GATE Architecture - Planning (6 - B. K. Das PDF
GATE Architecture - Planning (6 - B. K. Das PDF
GATE Architecture - Planning (6 - B. K. Das PDF
GATE
Architecture/ Planning
(6 ed.)
No Author Book
1. Adolf Loos Ornamentation and Crime
2. Alvin Toffler Future Shock
3. Allan Dobby Conservation and Planning
4. Alvar Alto An Experimental Town
5. Alvar Alto The humanizing of Architecture
Amos
6. Rapoport Human Aspects of Urban Form
Amos
7. Rapoport House form and Culture
Andrea
8. Palladio Four Books of Architecture
9. Ayan Rand Fountainhead
Leonardo da
10. Vinci Codex Atlanticus
11. Brian Hackett Planting Design
12. Brian Hackett Landscape planning
13. Brian Hackett Man Society and Environment
14. Bruno Zevi Towards an Organic Architecture
Buckminster
15. Fuller The Dimaxian World
16. Burgees The City
17. C P Kukreja Tropical Architecture
Cecil Maurice
18. Bowra Golden Ages of Great Cities
Charles
19. Abraham The future of Housing (GATE 1991)
Charles
20. Correa The New Landscape
21. Charles Correa Urbanisation in the third world
Language of Post- Modern Architecture
22. Charles Jenks (GATE 1991)
Christopher
23. Alexander Pattern Language
Christopher
24. Alexander Synthesis of Form
Christopher
25. Alexander Oregon Experiment
Christopher
26. Alexander Community and Privacy
Christopher The city as a mechanism for sustaining
27. Alexander Human contact
Christopher
28. Alexander Pattern of streets
Christopher
29. Tunnard Gardens in Modern Landscape
No Author Book
Clarence
30. Stein Towards new Towns in America
31. Devid Lewis Urban Structure
32. Doxiadis Ekistics
33. Doxiadis Dynapolis
Urban Renewal and The Future of
34. Doxiadis Urban Cities
35. E. Saarinen City- its growth its decay its future
Ebenezer Tomorrow a Peaceful Path to Social
36. Howard Reform
Edmund N.
37. Bacon Design of Cities
38. F. A Gutkind Our World from Air
39. F A Gutkind Revolution in Environment
40. F L Wright Writings and Buildings
41. F L Wright Disappearing City
42. F L Wright The living city
43. Faber Birren New Horizon in Color
Francis D. K.
44. Ching Architecture: Form, Space & Order
Francis D. K.
45. Ching Architectural Graphics
Francis D. K.
46. Ching A Visual Dictionary of Architecture
Fredric
47. Gibberd Town Design
48. Felix Candela Structural digressions on style
49. Felix Candela Simple concrete shell structure
50. Felix Candela New ways to span space
51. Gallion Fisher Urban Pattern
52. G A Atkinson Introduction to tropical Building design
53. Geoffrey Scott The Architecture of Humanism
George F
54. Chadwick The park in the town
Gorden
55. Cullen Townscape
56. Garret Eckbo Landscape living
57. Garret Eckbo Urban Landscape design
58. Guy Gruer Your City Tomorrow
Harold Van
59. Dorsen Industrial Design
H V
60. Lanchaster The art of town planning
61. Hasan Fathy Mud Architecture
Hubbard and Introduction to study of Landscape
62. Kimball design
63. Ian Macharg Design with Nature
64. Jean Gottman Megalopolis
65. John Marshall Mohenjo-Daro and Indus civilization
No Author Book
66. John O Simon Earthscape
The Seven Lamps of Architecture
67. John Ruskin (GATE 1991)
Kenneth Meaning of 20th century the great
68. Boulding transition
Environment Technology in
69. Kenzeyz Sharp Architecture
70. Kenzeyz Sharp Acoustics in buildings
71. Kevin Lynch Image of City
72. Kevin Lynch Site Planning
73. Kevin Lynch City Form
74. Kevin Lynch What time is this place
Principles and Practice of Town and
75. Lewis Keeble Country Planning
L
76. Hilbersheimer The New city
77. Le Corbusier The Radiant City
78. Le Corbusier The Modular
79. Le Corbusier Concerning Town Planning
80. Le Corbusier The City of Tomorrow and its Planning
81. Le Corbusier New World of Space
82. Le Corbusier Towards New Architecture
Lewis
83. Mumford The city in History
Lewis
84. Mumford Culture of cities
85. Lewis Mumford The Brown Decades
86. Lewis Mumford The city development
87. Lewis Mumford Condition of man
88. Lewis Mumford Techniques and civilization
Lewis Mumford The city in History, its origin, its
89. transformation and its prospects
90. Lewis Mumford Pattern of streets
Lewis
91. Mumford The story of Utopians
92. Lloyd Rodwin Future of Metropolis
93. Mahony - Nagy Vision in Motion
94. Mahony - Nagy Matrix of man
Aesthetics of Proportion in Nature and
95. Matila Ghyka in the Arts
96. Met Scott Cities are for people
Margaret An Introduction to Town Planning
97. Roberts Technique
Nicholas
98. Negnoponte The Architecture Machine
Nicholas
99. Pevsner The Indian Metropolis
Norberg Meaning in Western Architecture
100. Schulz (GATE 1991)
No Author Book
Norman
101. Evenson A history of Building type
Oscar
102. Newman Defensible space (GATE 1991)
103. Paul Heyer Architects on Architecture
Arcology- the city in the image of
104. Paolo Soleri man
Patrick
105. Abercrombie Town and Country Planning
106. Patric Geddes Cities in Evolution
Paul D. The Architecture of Towns and
107. Spreiregen Cities
108. Pawley Architecture versus housing
Peter Geoffrey
109. Hall Cities of Tomorrow
110. Peter Wolf The future of the city
R
Buckminister
111. Fuller The Dimaxion World
112. R Scott Design Fundamentals
Richard N
113. Wagner Environment and Man
Raymond
114. Unwin Nothing gained by overcrowding
Reyner Theory and Design in the first machine
115. Banham age
Richard
116. Neutra Survival through Design
117. Robert Ardray The territorial Imperative
Robert Gillam
118. Scott Design Fundamentals
Robert Moore
119. Fisher Twenty Years of Public Housing
Robert
120. Sommer Personal space
Robert Complexity and Contradiction in
121. Venturi Architecture
Robert
122. Venturi Learning from Las Vegas
123. Robin Boyd Victorian Modern
124. Robin Boyd New Dimensions in Japan Architecture
Rose
125. Roseman The ideal city
126. S Geidon Space, time and Architecture
127. S Geidon Works of Joseph Paxton
128. Stuart Chapin Urban Landuse Planning
129. Sylvia Crowe The Landscape of Roads
130. Sylvia Crowe Garden Design
131. Talbot Hamlin Architecture through the Ages
No Author Book
Thomas
132. Adams Outline of Town and Country Planning
Thomas D
133. Church Gardens are for people
Thomas D
134. Church Your Private World
135. Tunnard The city of man
136. Victor Gruen The Emerging Urban Pattern
137. Victor Olgay Design with Climate
138. Victor Papanoc Design for real world
139. W D Teagni Design this Day
140. W Kennet Preservation
W Kohler/ Kurt
141. Koffle Gestalt Psychology
142. Wilfred own The accessible city
Yoshinobu
143. Ashihara Exterior Design in Architecture
1. Astropolis – star-scaled city/industry area; complex space station.
2. Aerotropolis- settlement around a major airport
3. Acropolis- Citadel located close to Athens, Greece and has ruins of Parthenon, stoa.
4. Artisanopolis- Settlement over sea.
5. Cosmopolis – a large urban centre with a population of many different cultural
backgrounds
6. Decapolis – a group of ten cities
7. Dodecapolis – a group of twelve cities.
8. Dynapolis- Islamabad, new capital of Pakistan, was designed by Coastantinos.
Doxiadis (1913-75), a famous Greek planner, in 1960 on the basis of his theory of
dynapolis.
9. Ecumenopolis – a city that covers an entire planet, usually seen in science
fiction.(50,000 million Population as estimated by Doxiadis)
10. Eopolis - the period of village (GATE 1997 )
11. Megalopois- built by merging several cities and their suburbs (Coined by Patric
Geddes)
12. Metropolis- city with population of 40 lacs and above in India
13. Necropolis- city of dead (graveyard) (GATE 1999)
14. Pentapolis – a group of five cities
15. Technopolis- a city with high-tech industry. (GATE 2004)
City Forms
1. Star Shaped City- Moscow, Washington D.C.
2. Linear City- Mumbai, Leningrad, Kolkata, Stalingrad
3. Ring form- Delhi, San Francisco
4. Sheet form- Tokyo
5. Poly Centred net- Detroit
6. Finger Plan- Copenhagen
=
Let the ratio be x: 1 then putting a=x and b=1
(ii)‘Mihrab’ is found
(A) on the west wall of a mosque
(B) inside wall of a masoleum
(C) in the stepped well of Gujarat
(D) on the crown of minaret
Answer: (A) on the west wall of a mosque
Mihrab is a semicircular niche in the wall of a mosque that indicates the qibla; that
is, the direction of the Kaaba in Mecca and hence the direction that Muslims
should face when praying. The wall in which a mihrab appears is thus the "qibla
wall".
In India it is found in west wall, as Mecca/Medina is in west of India.
(vi)‘Gopuram’ refers to
(A) Temple (B) Gateway (C) Village (D) Brick dome
Answer: (B) Gateway
A Gopuram is a monumental tower, at the entrance of any temple, especially in
Southern India.
Tallest Gopuram in India- Sri Ranganathaswamy Temple (Srirangam,
Tiruchirappalli) –UNESCO World Heritage site. Srirangam is a river island town
on Kaveri river.
Srirangam- town planning Sarvatobhadra
xi) PERT is
(A) Node oriented(B) Cost oriented (C) Activity oriented (D) Event oriented
Answer: (D) Event oriented
CPM uses activity oriented while PERT uses event oriented network.
(xvii) Average power output (in microwatt) of human speech in ordinary conversation is:
(A) 2.5 (B) 4.8 (C) 6.2 (D) 10.0
Answer: (D) 10.0
Ordinary conversation is at 65 dB at a distance of 0.5 m.
dB= 10 log10(
= ×(
= 3.14 × ×( watt
= 3.14 × ×( watt
= 3.14 × 3.16 × ( watt
= 9.92 × watt
Intensity of Various Sounds
Source of the Sound Level (dB) Intensity (Watt/m²)
sound
Jet Plane at 30 m 140 100
Treshold of pain 120 1
Loud rock concert 120 1
Siren at 30 m 100
1×
Busy street traffic 80
1×
Noisy restaurent 70
1×
Talk, at 50 cm 65
3×
Quiet Radio 40
1×
Whisper 30
1×
Rustle of leaves 10
1×
Threshold of 0
hearing 1×
(v)
(a)Munsell Atlas (A) Gothic (e)
(b) Low air speed (B) Landscape (c)
(c)Kinaesthetia (C) Colour (a)
(d) Jantar Mantar (D) Raja Jai Singh (d)
(e)Flying Buttress (E) Kata Thermometer (b)
(f) Hypostyle Hall (F) Egyptian (f)
(g) Humidity (G) Heliometer (h)
(h) Solar radiation (H) Microbar (i)
(i) Sound Pressure (I) Hygrograph (g)
j) Patina (J) Corrosion (j)
composition.
(iv) A square shape resting on its side looks vertically elongated or horizontally
elongated.
(v) Given one dimension ‘a’, draw a set of dimensions in Golden Mean Rectangle.
Q.9 (a) An urban area with a population of 2,15,000 is having housing stock of 39,000 and
average household size of 5.0. The city is expected
to have a population of 2,70,000 by 2001 with an average family size of 4.5.
Estimate the housing demand of the city by 2001 assuming there will
be depletion of existing housing stock by 3,500 during the
period.
Soln:
Given Population = 2,15,000
Housing stock = 39,000
Avg. Household size= 5.0
DU needed = = = 60,000 DU
Available DU in 2001 = 39,000 – 3500 = 35,500 (3500 units depleted due to obsolence)
Housing Demand in (2001) 60,000 – 35,500 = 24,500 DU
Q.10 (a) The residential landuse of an urban area accounts for 50 % of the developed land of
the city. The vacant undeveloped land is about 30 %
of the total urban area, which amounts to 2,400 hectare of land. Estimate the
quantum of land put to residential uses and also the overall density of the
urban area if the population is of 2,00,000 size.
Soln:
Residential Area = 50 %
Vacant (undeveloped) = 30 % = 2400 ha
Let total urban area of land be ‘A’ hectare so that Residentail area = 0.5A and vacant
undeveloped land = 0.3A
Now 0.3A= 2,400 hectare
It does this by the simple expedient of super blocks 300m by 600m with a series
of cul-de-sacs pointing into the centre of each block.
These cul-de-sacs provide car access to the front of each home while a separate
pedestrian network links to the back gardens via which residents can walk
through a central area of open space to local facilities.
Q.11 (a) Draw the bending moment and shear force diagram for the following:
(b)Sketch the bending moment and shear force diagram (values not required) :
(a) Grafting-
Graftage is a horticultural technique whereby tissues of
plants are joined so as to continue their growth together. The upper part of the
combined plant is called the scion while the lower part is called the rootstock
(b) Layering- The development of roots on a stem while the stem is still attached to the
parent plant is called layering.
Q.13 Draw the CPM network diagram with the activities as shown below:
Sl.No Activity Preceding activity
1 A -
2 B A
3 C A
4 D C
5 E B
6 F E
7 G D
Q.1
(i) The delay in transfer of thermal energy from outside to inside is called
(A) Thermal conductivity (B) Insulation
(C) Radiation (D) Thermal lag.
Answer :( D) Thermal lag
vi) According to the National Building Code of India the minimum clear height prescribed for
mezzanine floor is :
(A) 2.2 metres (B) 2.5 metres (C) 2.8 metres (D) 3.0 metres
Answer: (B) 2.5 metres
(x) The following compound of cement contributes most to the strength of concrete:
(A) Calcium Aluminate (B) Dicalcium Silicate (C) Tricalcium Silicate (D)Gypsum
Answer: (B) Dicalcium Silicate
Tricalcium silicate gives initial strength and hardness to concrete.It is
responsible for heat of hydration.
Dicalcium Silicate gives strength after one week and contributes to maximum
strength.
Gypsum retards the setting time of concrete.
(xvi) The minimum area of a combined bath and w.c. as specified in the National building
Code of India is
(A) 2.5 sq.metres (B) 2.8 sq. metres (C) 3.0 sq. metres (D) 3.2 sq. metres
Answer:(B) 2.8 sq. metres (as per latest revision of NBC)
(xvii) Cohort is
(A) grafting technique (B) Groups of people aggregated by one or more
characteristics
(C) A type of shading devices (D) Places with similar soil condition
Answer: (B) Groups of people aggregated by one or more characteristics
(xix) In a room in hot dry climate the minimum aggregate area of openings excluding doors
will be
(A) One-fifth of the floor area (B) One-sixth of the floor area
(C) One-eighth of the floor area (D) One-tenth of the floor area
Answer: (D) One-tenth of the floor area
(soln provided by Chitra Mishra, Sunderdeep College of Architecture, Ghaziabad)
Ratio of opening of window
Hot and Dry= 1/10
Warm Humid= 1/8
Temperate and Composite= 1/8
Cold= 1/12
(ii) (a) Lake shore Drive apartments (A) Frank Lloyd Wright (j)
(b) Sydney Opera (B) Uttam C. Jain (g)
(c)Centre of Development Studies, Trivandrum(C) Michael Graves (d)
(d) Portland Building (D) Charles Correa (h)
(e)U.S. Embassy Building, New Delhi (E) Joseph Paxton (i)
(f) Asiad Village Complex (F) Jorn Utzon (b)
(g) Jodhpur University (G) Meis van der Rohe (a)
(h) Hotel Cidad- de- Goa (H) Raj Rewal (f)
(i) Crystal Palace (I) Edward Durrel Stone (e)
(j) Falling Water (J) Laurie Baker (c)
(iii)(a) Dom-ino (A) Patrick Geddes (d)
(b) The Neighbourhood unit (B) Kevin Lynch (e)
(c)Cite Industrielle (C) Le Corbusier (a)
(d) Connurbation (D) Clarence A. Perry (b)
(e)Imageability (E) Tony Garnier (c)
(iv)(a) Letchworth (A) Hippodamus (e)
(b) Vidyadhar nagar (B) H. P Berlage (c)
(c)Amsterdam South (C) Raymond Unwin (a)
(d) Brasilia (D) B.V. Doshi (b)
(e)Miletus (E) Lucio Costa (d)
(i) Find out percentage of families earning a monthly income above Rs 1,500.
(ii) Draw a pi-diagram showing percentage distribution of various income groups.
Q.11 Draw the bending moment and shear force diagram for the following :
Q.12 List six factors that are considered while selecting a tree for a landscape.
Q.13 Draw the CPM network and determine the critical path from the following data:
Sl. No Activity Duration Preceding
(days) activity
1 A 4 -
2 B 10 -
3 C 6 -
4 D 6 A
5 E 8 B
6 F 3 C
7 G 7 D
8 H 2 E
Q.15 Draw a sketch of a typical Greek Temple façade and name the important elements.
GATE 1994
SECTION A
Q.1
(i) The visual principle of optical correction was invented and used in
(A) Byzantine Architecture (B) Islamic Architecture (C) Greco Roman
Architecture (D)Greek Architecture
(viii) In a two dimensional composition spatial depth can be created by the principle of
(A) Balance (B) Rhythm (C) Perspective (D) Harmony
Answer: (C) Perspective
viii) Plants which can block wind and view throughout the year when branching very near the
ground are known as
(A)Decidous(B) Evergreen Conifers (C) Broad leaf evergreen (D) Mixed evergreen
deciduous
Answer: (C)Broad leaf evergreen
ECTION B (PART-I)
. 11 Critically examine the architectural works developed by Laurie Baker and its influence in
modern architecture in India.
.12 Explain with sketches the working of Aqua Privy.
.13 Design a cantilevered R.C. roof slab to carry a live load of 1.5 KN/m². The overhang of
the slab is 1.2 m. Use M 15 grade concrete Fe 415 grade steel. (Given R= 0.658
N/mm²; j= 0.9; Area of 8 TOR bars = 0.5 cm²).
.14 The average completion time of the following construction activities are given below. As
a construction manager for which activities you would like to maintain very strict
schedule? Draw the network to justify your decision.
Activity Average
completion time
(in weeks)
1-2 11
1-3 14
2-4 6
2-5 16
3-4 7
4-5 3
Q.15 Mention briefly the salient architectural concepts and features of Khajuraho group of
temples.
Q.16 Find out the quantity of each types of materials required for a 12 cm thick R.C.C. (1:2:4)
roof slab 3.5m x 5.0 m with 0.8% steel (wt of steel = 7850kg/m³; 1 cum 1: 2: 4) concrete
requires 6.2 bag of cement, 434 lit sand and 868 lit of stone aggregate).
Q.17 Define Glare and indicate the causes of glare with it remedy.
Q.18 Determine the eccentric load per metre which a 250mm thick work section can carry.
The eccentricity of
load is 3cm from the centre line of the wall. The allowable compressive stress for brick
work (1:4 mortar) is 2000KN/m2; slenderness ratio for the wall is 10 for which the
allowable stress is to be reduced by 40%.
Q.19 Sketch two alternative courses of brick layers showing ‘English Brick bond’ for a
Tee junction of a half brick wall with a one brick thick wall.
Q.20 Outline briefly the architectural features developed during Islamic period in India.
Q.21 ‘Hall of Nation’constructed at the Permanent Exhibition complex (Pragati Maidan), New
Delhi as the forum for the demonstration of India’s industrial and technological potential-
critically evaluate the structure from the point of contemporary Indian architectural
development.
Q.22 Out of several water softening processes for hard water which process produces zero
hardness. Explain the reasons.
Q.23 State the advantages of pre stressed concrete.
Q.24 Sketch the details of ribbed slabs with precast panels and discuss the method of
construction of such a slab.
Q.25 Explain with sketches the method of forming pendentive for dome construction over a
square plan. Give example of a famous structure where it was adopted.
Q.26 Elaborate the considerations you will make in designing a toilet for male students hostel.
Sketch one such toilet having 2 W.C.’s, 3 baths, 4 urinals, 3 W.H. Basins and 1 Janitor’s
closet.
Q.27 Distinguish with help of sketches the construction of dome and supporting system for St.
Paul’s Cathedral, London and St.Peter Rome.
Q.28 Outline with sketches the principles in simplest form the different stages involved in
summer and winter air conditioning.
Q.29 Compare with sketches the proportion of Greek and Roman Doric order and label the
parts.
Q.30 Sketch the longitudinal section through a water closet with S-trap sowing fittings, fixtures
and connections to soil pipe leading to septic tank.
ECTION B (PART-I)
.11 Stating the concept of Primate City, outline how the primacy index could be computed.
.12 The distance measured between two identifiable location on a topographic map (scale 1:
50000) is 52 mm. The distance between the same two locations in an aerial
photograph is 260 mm. The aerial photograph just covers a settlement within its 200
mm x 200 mm size. 45 % of the area of the photograph is under residential use. Find
(a) the scale of the aerial photograph
(b) the total area of the settlement
(c) the area under residential use
.13 Outline the considerations for design and layout of street lighting system in an urban
area.
.14 Write ten major functions of urban government as per the Twelfth Schedule of the
Constitution (Seventy Fourth Amendment Act 1992).
.15 Calculate the time mean speed and space mean speed from Vehicle Spot
the following observed data of spot speeds of the No speed
vehicles. 1 10 m/sec
Soln: 2 15 m/sec
3 12 m/sec
Time mean speed =
4 11 m/sec
= 5 18 m/sec
= 13.2 m/s
Space mean speed = =
= = = 13.15 m/s
.16 Elaborate on the concept of “Spill- over Effect.”
.17 In a housing area of 18.7 Hectares, 1000 residential plots are to be provided. It is
contemplated that 50 % of the plots will be A-type. 30 % B-type and 20 % C-type. The
B-type plots will be 20 % larger in size than A- type plots and C type plots will be 30 %
larger than A-type plots. 15 % of the residential area will be under roads and 25 % area
will be used for open space and community facilities. Find the maximum area for each
type of plots.
Soln:
Total no of Plots = 1000 Let the area of Type ‘A’ be ‘a’ units, then type ‘B’ = ‘1.2a’ and C=
‘1.3a’
Type ‘A’= 500 (a)
Type ‘B’= 300 (1.2a)
Type ‘C’= 200 (1.3a)
Out of 18.7 ha, 15% is under road and 25% under open space/community facilities, Rest
60% is Residential
.18 Find out the quantity of run-off for 70 cm rainfall for an area of 100 Hectares out of which
55 % is residential area, 20 % is under roads and rest of the area is under open space
with 30 % paved area. The co-efficient of run off for residential area is 0.6, for roads
0.9, for open space is 0.5 and for paved area is 0.7.
Answer: 4,55,000 cubic m
Total area= 100 ha
Residential (55 %) = 55 ha
Road (20%) = 20 ha
Open space= 25 ha out of which 30% is paved
(ii) Of the following type of landscape , which one produces heat- island
(A) Islands (B) Coastal areas (C) Urban areas (D) Mountain ranges.
Answer: (C) Urban areas
(iii) Combination of Red and Green in a colour scheme is
(A) Simultaneous contrast (B) Complementary harmony
(C) Split complimentary (D) Analogous
Answer: (B) Complementary harmony
Composite is opposite colour in colour wheel.
(v) The optimum reverberation time for public lecture halls should not exceed
(A) 1.0 sec (B) 1.5 sec (C) 2.0 sec (D) 2.5 sec
Answer: (A) 1.0 sec
Around 2 seconds is desirable for a medium-sized, general purpose
auditorium that is to be used for both speech and music. A classroom should
be much shorter, less than a second. And a recording studio should minimize
reverberation time in most cases for clarity of recording.
The maximum level of background noise allowed in the classroom is 35
decibels (dBA).
Maximum acceptable noise level as per CPCB norms in India.
Day time Night time
Industrial area 75 70
Commercial area 65 55
Residential area 55 45
Silence Zone 50 40
Silence zone is referred as areas upto 100 meters around such premises as
hospitals,educational institutions and courts.
(vi) Higher the elevation of a town above the sea level, larger the dose human population is
exposed to
(A) Nuclear radiation (B) Cosmic rays (C) Electromagnetic waves (D) All the above.
Answer: (B) Cosmic rays
SUB SECTION A2
Q.7 Write a program in FORTRAN or BASIC for computing the volume of a sphere for
variable radius.
Q.8 In a square frame of 10 cm x 10 cm make a composition of figure and ground
(positive and negative) indicating expansion of figure on ground and ground on
figure.
Q.9 Explain “Venturi Effect” of air flow inside a building.
Q.10 Proposed land use distribution for 10 hectare housing complex is 65 %, 10%,
12.5 %, for residential, public-semi public, open space and roads respectively.
Costs of land acquisition, site development and construction are Rs 1200/ m²,
Rs 100/ m² and Rs 4000/ m² respectively. Permissible FAR being 1.5, find out
the cost of a dwelling unit of 85 m².
Q.11 Illustrate with sketches highlighting the major features of any planned Indian city.
SECTION B (PART I)
Q.12 Discuss briefly the important contribution of reinforced cement concrete to
modern Architecture.
Q.13 Greek Architecture is sometimes called “A Carpentry in Marble” – Justify.
Q.14 Describe the fire proofing treatment of steel columns in public buildings.
Q.15 Determine the allowable tensile force P that may be applied across two plates
connected to one another by fillet weld joints as shown in the Fig- B-I
15.Allowable working stress of weld is 75 MPa. Consider only shearing stress in
the weld. The load is applied midway between the two welds.
Q.16 The optimistic (t0) , most likely (tm) and permissible (tp ) times of activities on the
critical path of a PERT network are given below. Calculate the mean and
standard deviation of the critical path duration.
Activities on to tm tp
the
Critical path
A 5 10 15
B 8 16 24
Q.17 Explain the important Architectural Design features of any ONE of the following:
(i) Belgian Embassy
(ii)Bahai Temple
(iii)CMC building- Bombay
Q.18 Explain with illustration the construction of dome over a square plan as
developed during Indo-Islamic phase.
Q.19 Explain sound-focii and Dead Spot in an auditorium.
Q.20 Sketch a wall footing for a 250 mm wall of a two-storied residential building on a
ground having a safe bearing capacity of 10 tons/m² at a depth of 1 m below the
surface. The load from the wall at the ground level is 7 tons/m length of the wall.
Q.21 Sketch the connection of the house water supply pipe with the municipal water
main showing the position of Ferrule, water meter, goose neck and stop cock.
Q.22 Outline briefly the Architectural features of Gandhi Smarak Sangrahalay,
Sabarmati, and Ahmadabad.
Q.23 State the factors considered by the Buddhists while selecting the monastic sites.
Q.24 State the advantages of Fibre Reinforced Plastic (FRP) as structural materials
and mention some areas of their use in building.
Q.25 Draw elevation and details of an Aluminium window 2 m long and 1.5m high with
four vertical divisions out of which the middle two should consist of side-hung
openable shutter of 1.0 m height.
Q.26 Sketch a semi circular brick arch over an opening of 1.5 m and label all its
components.
Q.27 Design a dining hall with sitting capacity of 30 for a guest house showing the
furniture layout, relationship to the kitchen and washing area for the diners.
Q.28 Explain with sketches the characteristic features of a Mughal Garden.
Q.29 Discuss in brief the process of preparation, properties and the uses of plywood.
Q.30 Design illumination for a 6m x 4m computer lab so as to achieve good working
environment. The ceiling height is 3 m and the false ceiling is at 2.4 m. Draw an
inverted ceiling plan and a section of the room.
Q.31 Sketch two consecutive layers of right- angle corner of a 25 cm thick brick wall in
English bond.
Q.1.2An ‘Aquiclude’ is
(A) Confined bed of impervious material between acquifers
(B) Perched acquifer
(C) Artesian acquifer
(D) Large water body underground
Answer: (A) Confined bed of impervious material between acquifers
An aquitard may store water and may transmit appreciable water to and from
adjacent aquifers.
A completely impermeable aquitard is called an aquiclude or aquifuge.
Q.1.3If ‘a’ is the optimistic time, ‘b’ is the pessimistic time and ‘m’ is the most likely time of
an activity, the expected time of the activity is
Q.1.8 In a lecture auditorium the seating pattern from the speaker should fall within
maximum angle of
(A)70º (B)90º (C)120º (D)140º
Answer: (D) 140º
Q.1.9When two pigments of contrasting value are mixed, the most striking change observed
is in
(A) Hue Dimension (B) Occult rhythm (C)Occult Balance (D)None of the above
Answer:
Q.1.10 In meandering river the location of intake point for city water supply should be
(A) On concave bank (B) On convex bank
(C) Down stream point of waste water disposal (D) Middle of the river
Answer: (A) On concave bank
Location of intake.
As far as possible the Intake should be near the treatment plant.
The intake must be located in the purer zone of the source.
The Intake must never be located at the downstream or in the vicinity of a point
of disposal of waste water.
The intake should never be located near navigation channels
The intake site should be such that it will permit grater withdrawals of water, if
required in the future.
The intake must be- located at a place where it can draw water even during
driest periods
The intake site should be easily accessible even during floods and should not
get flooded.
In meandering rivers, the intake should not be located on curves as much as
possible. Even if they have to be located on curves It should be located on the
concave banks.
Q.1.11 Number of common clay bricks required to make one cubic meter of brick masonry
is
(A) 350 (B) 420 (C) 500 (D) 550
Answer: (C) 500
Q.1.13 BASIC is a
(A) Compiler (B) Hardware item (C) Interpreter (D) Plotter type
Answer: (A) Compiler
Q.1.18 Minimum strength of cement mortar used in load bearing brick masonry is
(A) 50 N/cm² (B) 60 N/cm² (C) 80 N/cm² (D) 100 N/cm²
Answer: (D) 100 N/cm²
Min Compressive Strength (IS Code)
S. Item Min
No Compressive
Strength
(N/mm²)
1 Mortar for brick 1 N/mm²
Masonry
2 Brick 3.5 N/mm²
3 Plain Cement 15 N/mm²
Concrete (PCC)
4 RCC 20 N/mm²
Mortar (cement : sand ratio must not be less than 1:3 for any type of work)
1:3 – for repair work
1:4 – for external plaster / ceiling plaster
1:5 – for brick work/ internal plaster
1:6 – for plaster work when fine sand is available
Q.1.19 If ‘P’ denotes the total population, the age dependency ratio is expressed as
Answer: (D)
Age dependency ratio (% of working-age population) in India was last measured at
52.45 in 2015, according to the World Bank. Age dependency ratio is the
ratio of dependents--people younger than 15 or older than 64--to the working-age
population--those ages 15-64
Q.1.21 Of the following types of forests, which one is least likely to be destroyed by fire
(A) Deciduous forest (B) Coniferous forest (C) Rain forest (D) Broad leaf evergreen
forest.
Answer: (C) Rain forest
Deciduous forest- loose the leaves seasonally
Coniferous forest- vegetation composed primarily of cone-bearing needle-leaf
Tropical rain forests grow around the equator in South America, Africa, and
Southeast Asia. They have the highest species diversity per area in the world,
containing millions of different species. The temperature is stable year-round, around
27°C. Most tropical forests receive at least 200 cm of rain in a year.
Evergreen forest A forest in which there is no complete, seasonal loss of leaves (i.e.
trees shed old leaves and produce new ones partially, and sometimes throughout the
year, rather than during particular periods)
Q.1.24 The extent of wind shadow on the leeward side is more dependent on
(A) Height of the building (B) Depth of building
(C)Width of building (D) All of the above
Answer: (D) All of the above
Q.3 Select out of the given list of architects, the ones associated with the design of each of
the following ten buildings:
(a) Victoria Terminus, Bombay (A) A.P Kanvinde
(b) India International Centre, Delhi (B) Pierre Jenneret (f)
(c)Centre for Development Studies, (C) Aditya Prakash
Thiruvananthpuram
(d) Kashmir Conference Complex, Srinagar (D) Hasmukh Patel
(e)I.I.M. Bangalore (E) Madhav Nayak
(f) Gandhibhavan, Chandigarh (F) Le Corbusier
(g) Raj Bhavan, Calcutta (G) B. V. Doshi (e)
(h) Hall of Nations, Pragati Maidan (H) Laurie Baker (c)
(i) Tamilnadu Legislative Complex, Madras (I) F.W Stephens (a)
(j) Sriram Centre, New Delhi (J) U C Jain
(K) Habib Rehman
(L) J. A. Stein (b) (d)
(M) Raj Rewal (h)
(N) Ram Sharma
(O) Shiv Nath Prasad (j)
(P) D. A. Nair
(Q) Kuldip Singh
(R) Charles Correa
(S) Leo Pereira
(T) Charles Wyatt (g)
SUB SECTION A2
Q.6 Write a simple interactive programme in BASIC or FORTRAN to compute the
volume of a regular cone.
Q.7 State, to the point, the environmental attributes of trees in urban planning context.
Q.8 Mention basic pattern of city forms and illustrate them with diagrammatic sketches.
Q.9 State the effects of pollution on microclimate in an industrialized urban area.
.10 Compute the capacity and work out the dimension of a septic tank for a small colony of
500 persons with average daily sewage flow of 75 litres per head. Detention period is
36 hours. Cleaning interval is six months. Assume rate of deposited sludge as 25 litres
per capita per year.
SECTION B (PART –I)
Q.11 What are the influencing factors for the development of regional style in Indo- Islamic
architecture?
Q.12 Discuss, to the point, the contributions made by Le Corbusier in Modern
Architecture.
Q.13 Explain and illustrate with sketches the principal differences between Greek Agora
and Roman Forum in terms of
planning and architectural features.
Q.14 ‘The sense of urban spatial scale is based on enclosure’. What are the different
degrees of enclosure
and how do they help in perception of urban spaces and forms?
Q.15 In five square frame of equal size make compositions using lines and square shapes
depicting (i) rhythm (ii) pattern
(iii) bi-axial symmetry (iv) spatial depth and distance and (v) rotation.
.16 Compute the thermal transmittance (U) value for a 230 mm brick wall with 12.5 mm
thick cement plaster on both sides (values of thermal conductivity for
.19 A newly built property fetches an annual rent of Rs 18000. As per agreement tenant is
liable to pay out-goings equivalent to 18 % of the annual rent. Calculate the present
value of the property. (Assume rate of interest as 8.5 %)
Q.20 Highlight briefly the features of a typical Japanese garden.
.21 a) What are the controls essential for comfort air conditioning in India? Mention the
range of each control element.
b) Why is dehumidification essential in summer air conditioning?
Q.22 Why is artificial lighting preferred to natural lighting in a museum or art gallery?
.23 Mention the common acoustical defects encountered in the design of a big auditorium.
Mention their causes.
Q.24 Determine which of the following (Fig. B-I-24) are determinate or indeterminate
structures.
.25 A reinforced concrete slab (having balanced section) has an overall depth of 100 mm.
The effective cover is 20 mm. If the stress in concrete and steel are not to exceed
5N/mm² and 140 N/mm², find the safe uniformly distributed load which can be placed
on the slab. The slab is supported on beam at 3.0 m c/c on both sides. The maximum
bending moment for a meter strip of slab may be taken as . Take the moment of
resisance of the balanced section as equal to 0.85 bd² N mm.
Q.26 The time estimates of various activities of a project are indicted in the following Table.
Determine the standard deviation of the critical path.
Activity Optimistic Most Pessimistic
time likely time
(Weeks) time (Weeks)
(Weeks)
1-2 8 12 22
1-3 6 12 18
2-4 1 4 7
3-4 5 9.5 11
2-5 9 15 21
4-5 3 4 5
Q.27 What are hue, value and intensity in a colour scale? Indicate their position in a three
dimensional diagram.
Q.28 Mention the factors that made the architecture and planning of Fatehpur-Sikri unique.
Q.29 Mention the means of controlling external noise which should be considered while
designing a building.
Q.30 State the function of DXFOUT, DXBIN and XREF commands in AutoCAD.
Q.1.7‘Years Purchase’ in perpetuity can be computed by (where ‘n’ is number of years and ‘i’
is the rate of compound interest)
Answer: (C)
Q.1.10 Two major components of gas generated through anaerobic digestion of sewage
sludge are
(A) CO2 and H2 (B) CO and CH4 (C) CH4 and CO2 (D) H2 and CO
Answer: (C) CH4 and CO2
Methane (CH4) generated is 70 % while Carbon di oxide (CO2) is 30 %. This mixture is
known as Bio gas.
Q.1.11In a simply supported beam, the maximum bending moment occurs at
(A) The point where shear force is zero (B) The point where shear force is
maximum
(C) Mid span point (D) None of the above
Answer: (A) The point where shear force is zero
Q.1.12The proportion and sizes of Greek Architecture – its scale were based on
(A) A module (B) Various parts of a building
(C) Optical corrections (D) Human measurements
Answer: (B) Various parts of a building
Q.1.16Eopolis is
(A) A city (B)A city is cosmos (C)A village (D )The universal city
Answer: (C) A village
Q.1.21Fire tower is
(A) An arrangement of pipes (B) A tower open to sky (C) A spiral chute (D) An
enclosed staircase
Answer: (D) An enclosed staircase
.1.30When the contractor is asked to execute the various items of works specified in the
schedule at the tendered rates, it is called
(A) Lump sum contract (B) Cost plus a fixed percentage contract
(C) Unit –price contract (D) Labour contract
Answer: (C) Unit –price contract
(Corrected by Sumeet Singh Malik, Jai Bhagwan Institute)
Q.2.2 (a) Golden Ages of the Great Cities (A) Victor Gruen
(b) The Landscape of Roads (B) Fisher Robert M.
(c) Design Fundamentals (C) Edmund N Bacon
(d) The Emerging Urban Pattern (D) Crowe Sylvia
(e) Design of Cities (E) Bowra, Sir Maurice (a)
(f) Tomorrow : a peaceful path to social reform (F) C.A. Doxiadis
(g) New Horizon in Colour (G) Ebenezer Howard (f)
(h) Twenty Years of Public Housing (H) Robert Gillaim Scott
(i) Mastering Turbo C (I) Faber Birren
(j) Urban Renewal and the Future of the Urban Cities (J) Stan Kelly- Bootle
SUBSECTION A2
Q.4 Mention briefly the issues to be considered while planning a terrace garden.
Q.5 Explain with sketches a town developed during the Greek period highlighting the major
features.
Q.6 Illustrate with sketches distance relationship for seeing facade details of a building.
Mention the angles.
Q.7 A housing project is initiated to build 30,000 dwelling units of different categories (20 %
H.I.G. of 80 sq.m., 30 % M.I.G. of 60 sq.m. and 50 % E.W.S. for 25 sq.m.) Assuming the
cost of land, site development, construction cost and overhead cost to be Rs. 1000 per
sq.m., Rs 500 per sq.m., Rs 3000 per sq.m. and Rs 500 per sq.m. respectively
for the upper income group. The total cost of the self financing project is estimated as
Rs 62,250 lacs.
Work out the various cost components for EWS housing.
Q.8 Write an interactive programme in FORTRAN or BASIC for computation of V, where
SECTION B
PART I
.9 Explain important architectural contributions made by Mies van der Rohe in his domestic
building.
Q.10 Explain with sketches construction of gothic wall and vaults.
.11 Illustrate with sketches the difference between random rubble and ashlars works in
stone masonry.
.12 Draw conceptual diagram and label the different components of typical fire fighting
system in an apartment building above 24 m.
.13 An investor has capital of Rs 15 Lakhs from which he expects the return of 14.5
percent. He intends to purchase a small workshop from which the net annual income is
expected to become Rs 5 lakhs. Calculate the maximum price which the investor can
invest for the workshop if money can be borrowed in mortgage at 16% for 8 years.
.14 Draw a sun path diagram labeling all the elements in it for tropic. What information does
a sun path diagram convey to architects?
Q.15 Explain salient architectural features as evident in Quit Miner.
Q.16 Distinguish between ‘setting of cement’ and hardening of cement?
Q.17 What is meant by ‘occult balance’? illustrate it through a sketch within a frame of
10cmX10cm.
Q.18 Highlight the principle of Jain temple planning.
Q.19 Draw the Bending Moment and Shear Force diagrams for the following:
.20 Critically compare between two well known network analysis techniques ‘PERT’ and
‘CPM’ with respect to architectural projects.
.21 Design and illustrate a general classroom for 40 students in hot-humid climate, and
mention the design criteria adopted.
.22 Outline the usefulness of Building Bye-laws.
.23 Highlight, with suitable examples, the characteristics features of Spanish garden.
.24 Mention the factors to be considered for thermal insulation of buildings.
.25 A studio has dimension 10 m. x 8 m. x 5 mother ceiling of studio is provided with
acoustical tiles having absorption coefficient = 0.40. Curtains in heavy folds (absorption
coefficient = 0.50) are provided on one short wall. The absorption power of other
surfaces of the studio may be taken as 8 sq. m. sabins. What will be extra absorption
units required to make reverberation time t= 0.75 sec.?
.26 What is colour harmony? How it differs from Colour Contrast? Give some examples.
.27 Explain the function of ‘BLOCK’ and ‘WBLOCK’ commands in Autocad highlighting their
attributes.
.28 Draw the sketches of a ‘Balanced Cantilever’ and a ‘Propped Cantilever’ highlighting
their functions.
SECTION B
PART II
Q.9 Outline the cause of soil degradation as major concern on terrestrial environment.
.10 Comment on the existing mechanism of devolution of urban development fund between
State and Local Governments.
.11 Stating the scope of ‘MILE STONE TECHNIQUE’, prepare a mile stone chart schedule
for residential site planning project.
.12 Briefly discuss the system adopted for urban solid waste disposal.
.13 Discuss the elements of PERT to establish its logical network in scheduling projects.
.14 Evaluate the Fagence techniques of Peoples’ participation in Planning.
.15 Explain through sketch a typical plan and section of Pour-Flush Water seal Latrine.
.16 Briefly outline the contents of a Development Plan.
.17 (a) Illustrate to the point, the significance of Landform in Landscape.
(b) Mention the factors which govern the decision related to Landform.
.18 There are four routes from a person’s house to his work place. there are two parking lots
near his office building. His office building has 4 entrances, three elevators to reach his
office floor, and a corridor from each to his office door.
(a) How many ways can the person reach his office door?
(b) While starting from home he realizes that route 1 and 3 are no entry, parking lot 1 is
closed for the day and elevator no. 2 is on repair. What is
probability of selecting route no. 4, parking at lot no. 2 use the cast
entrance and use elevator 1?
.19 Distinguish between the ‘Spacing’ and ‘Headway’ in traffic stream and mention the way
they can be measured.
.20 Discuss the Professional Code of Conduct of a Planner to his fellow Professional.
.21 State the major data inputs from Satellite Remote Sensing System for Urban Planning.
.22 Draw a schematic layout of a ‘Trumpet Interchange’ showing direction of flow of traffic.
Mention at what situation it is more appropriate.
.23 Highlight the importance of G.I.S. (Geographic Information System) in the planning
decision making.
.24 Analyze ‘St. Mark’s Square, Venice’ from the urban design point of view, highlighting the
merits and achievements.
.25 The distance between two points in a map on 1: 100,000 is 2 cm. Distance between the
same two points in an aerial photograph is 10 cm. The camera of the aerial photograph
was flown with a focal length of 6 inches. Find out the scale of the photograph and
calculate the flying height.
.26 Highlight the Demographic characteristics for delineation of a Region.
.27 Illustrate with sketches the major features of Mohenjidaro Plan.
.28 A property has been sold by the Housing Board on a conditional sale. The Board is to
receive Rs 24,000 at the end of every year for 10 years, and further, the Board is to
receive an amount of Rs. 200,000 at the end of 10 years. A period of 4 years has
already lapsed. Estimate the current value of the property (Interest rate for Years
Purchase is 8 %)
GATE 1998
Q.1.1‘Pompidou Centre’ in Paris is an example of
(A) Symbolic analogy (B) Mechanical analogy (C) Bio-morphic analogy (D)Mathematical
analogy
Answer: (B) Mechanical analogy
Q.1.2Cement (in cu.m) required for preparing 10.0 cum. of cement concrete in the
proportion of 1: 2: 4 is
(A) 0.80 (B) 1.00 (C) 1.20 (D) 1.40
Answer: (D) 1.40
Q.1.6‘Zeolite’ is
(A) Hydrated alumino-silicate (B) Sodium carbonate
(C) Hydrated Calcium hydroxide (D) Calcium bi-carbonate
Answer: (A) Hydrated alumino-silicate Diameter Gradients Discharge
mm m3/min
Q.1.7The gradient of a horizontal branch in building 100 1 in 57 0·18
drainage system should not be steeper than 150 1 in 0·42
(A) 1 in 60 (B) 1 in 30 (C) 1 in 20 (D) 1 in 10 100
Answer: (A) 1 in 60 200 1 in 0·73
Normally, the sewer shall be designed for 145
discharging three times the dry-weather flow flowing
230 1 in 0·93
half-full with a minimum self-cleansing velocity of
175
0·75 m/s. The approximate gradients which give this
velocity for the sizes of pipes likely to be used in 250 1 in 1·10
building drainage and the corresponding discharges 195
when flowing half-full are as follows: 300 1 in 1·70
250
Q.1.8‘Timgad’ is an example of
(A) Greek town (B) Roman Town (C) Sumerian Town (D) Egyptian Town
Answer: (B) Roman Town
Q.1.9‘Architect’s Credo’ is
(A) Liberty, Equality and Fraternity (B) Firm, Commodity and Delight
(C) I came, I built, I overchanged (D) Man, Hot dogs and Apple pie
Answer: (C) I came, I built, I overchanged
Q.1.15 The pH scale runs from 0-14, the nearest value of drinking water is
(A) 0 (B) 4.5 (C) 7.0 (D) 12.6
Answer: (C) 7.0
Q.1.17 According to architecture of Mansara a building is called female when its plan is
(A) Octagonal (B) Rectangle (C) Circular (D) Square
Answer: (B) Rectangle
Square plan is for male and rectangle plan is for female. Male God can be
placed in Rectangle but female God not in square plan.
Q.1.19 To prevent excessive contrast between wall and window which creates glare, the ratio
of wall to window area should not generally exceed
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 2 : 1 (C) 3 : 1 (D) 4 : 1
Answer: (D) 4 : 1
Q.1.20 Permissible stress in bending compression (N/mm²) for M20 grade concrete is
(A) 3.0 (B) 5.0 (C) 7.0 (D) 8.5
Answer: (C) 7.0
Q.1.27 Type of village should be built on a bank of river or a sea as per architecture of
Mansara is
(A) Nandyabarta (B) Karmukha(C) Swastika (D) Prastara
Answer: (B) Karmukha
Q.2.3
(a) Linear City (A) P.L. Nervi
(b) Dynapolis (B) Anant Raje
(c)National Institute of Immunology, Delhi (C) D. A. Nair
(d) Exhibition Hall (D) Turin (a)
(e)Loyola Chapel, Trivandrum (E) Le Corbusier
(f) Kinemax, France (F) Oscar Periera
(g) Kalakshetra Theatre, Chennai (G) Raj Rewal (c)
(h) Metabolism (H) I. M. Pei (j)
(i) New Parliament Complex, Sri Lanka (I) Shivnath Prasad
(j) National Gallery of Arts, Washington D.C.(J) Lawrie Baker (e)
(K) Denis Laming (f)
(L) Gunar Mydral
(M)Geoffrey Bawa (i)
(N) Charles Correa
(O) Kenzo Tange (h)
(P) C. A. Doxiadis (b)
Q.3.0Distinguish between:
(i) Transplantation and Transpiration
(ii) Hardening and Tempering of steel
(iii) curtain wall and cavity wall
(iv) Gully and Gutter
(v) Heartwood and Laminated wood
(vi) Food Producers and Food Consumers
(vii)Repitition and Rhythm
(viii) Easement and Prescriptive Rights
(ix) Earthernware and Stoneware
(x) S-trap and P-trap
SECTION- B
Q.9 Explain with sketches the evolution of Gothic vaulting during Roman and Romanesque
period.
Q.10 Explain the term ‘Vernacular Architecture’. Mention the contribution of Lawrie Baker in
the development of vernacular
architecture.
Q.11 Mention the advantages of Poly-carbonate sheets or fiber glass reinforced plastic.
Q.12 Draw the sketches (atleast five) of the different ways to cover long span uninterrupted
space.
Q.13 Critically analyze the architectural features of Taj Mahal building complex at Agra.
Q.14 State the special considerations for the fire fighting measures for an auditorium.
Q.15 Bring out the advantages of PVC pipes over conventional C.I. pipes in building sewer
system.
Q.16 Enumerate the design considerations to ensure ventilation in engineering industrial
structures.
Q.17 Discuss with illustrations the application of ‘Organic Architecture’ by F. L. Wright.
Q.18 Show the exploded details of
a) Dove-tailed joint in wood
b) Double Tenon and Mortise joint in wood.
Q.19 Outline the utility of mixing sand in mortar.
Q.20 Explain the visual principles of landscape design with building mass or block.
Q.21 Draw the essential features of St. Peter Plaza, Rome, explaining the design feature.
Q.22 The rateable value of a building is Rs 20,000/- p.a.when interest on capital is 18% and
on sinking fund is 6 %. The owner of the building gets an offer from a bank for a net rent
of Rs 25,000/- p.a. for 21 years lease period, provided he modifies the internal layout at
a cost of Rs. 30,000/-. As a valuer what would be your advice to the owner
regarding the bank offer.
Q.23 Determine the size and the end span reinforcement (due to moment) for a beam to
support a live load of 12 KN/m on a single span of 8 m, using M15 concrete grade σst =
230 N/mm² (R= 0.658 N/mm² (R= 0.658 N/mm² and j= 0.9)
Q.24 Highlight the critical design features of Asiad Village, New Delhi.
Q.25 Compare between Early start schedule and Late start schedule in Project
Management.
Q.26 Mention the architectural characters developed in the construction of Khajuraho group
temples which distinguish them from any other temple design and style.
Q.27 Starting the concept of ‘Taxonomy of Space’, explain atleast four methods of creating
spaces within a large enveloping space.
Q.28 Suggest the elements in normal public buildings to be stressed upon for the use of
physically handicapped persons.
SECTION -B
51 52 54 56 57 58 58 59
59 60 61 62 62 63 63 64
64 64 65 65 66 66 67 67
68 68 69 69 70 71 72 72
73 74 76 77 78 79 81 84
Q.16 Mention the different ways of decreasing the Traffic Noise level from a Highway.
Q.17 Identify various methods for conducting Environmental Impact Assessment.
Q.18 Outline the details required to be incorporated in the preparation of project estimate for
water supply scheme of a town.
Q.19 Suggest an action program for top soil conservation or protection.
Q.20 Explain the principles for serial vision and truncation in Urban Design.
Q.21 State the importance and purpose of channelization of modern highways.
Q.22 Outlining the ‘Vastupurush Mandala’ discuss its applicability in modern urban structure.
Q.23 Comment on the performances of Urban Land Ceiling and regulation Act, and suggest
requisite reforms.
Q.24 State the ‘Elements of Public Interest’ in formulating Development control.
Q.25 Suggest the characteristics of “Growth Centre” in regional planning.
.26 The total population of an area for 1981 and 1991 was given as 30 lakhs and 35 lakhs
respectively. Extrapolate the expected population for 2001 based on two different
methods.
a) Arithmetic mean
b) Geometric mean
Q.27 Explain the merits and demerits of a large dam in regional planning.
.28 An aircraft flying at an altitude of 5000 m above mean sea level takes aerial photographs
of a terrain having an average elevation of 1000 m above mean sea level.
a) Find the scale of photograph if focal length of camera is 20 cm.
b) Find the area covered in ground by each photo format of 23 cm x 23 cm.
GATE 1999
Q.1.1Peristyle in architecture means
(A) a row of free sanding columns surrounding an area
(B) perimeter wall of an enclosed shrine
(C) perishable materials in buildings
(D) the triangular part above the entablature in the classic order
Answer: (A) a row of free sanding columns surrounding an area
Hypostyle: roof supported by columns only. Eg. Hypostyle hall of Karnak,
Temple: Egypt.
Pediment: the triangular part above the entablature in the classic order
Q.1.6‘Savannas’ are
(A) grasslands with drought-resistant trees (B) parts of arctic region with moving
glaciers
(C) estuaries, where delta is formed (D) parts of the desert with perennial water pockets.
Answer: (A) grasslands with drought-resistant trees
.1.10 The total quantity of runoff of an area of 1.8 hectares in a lateritic region (runoff
coefficient = 0.5 and rainfall = 10 mm/hr) is
(A) 55 m³/hr (B) 108 m³/hr (C) 90 m³/hr (D) 180 m³/hr
Answer: (C) 90 m³/hr
Run off= CIA where C= Runoff Coefficient
I= Intensity of rainfall (here annual rainfall is given)
A= Area
Q.1.11 The average Lux required on a pavement, having width 4 m, is 8. The mounting height
of the lamp (lumen 2000) is 4 m. The spacing of the lamps (for coefficient of the
utilization is 0.5 and maintenance factor is 0.8) is
(A) 25 m (B) 75 m (C) 10 m (D)15 m
Answer: (A) 25 m
Let a stretch of 100 m of road be considered. Then total area to be illuminated is 100
× 4= 400 m²
Totals lumens required to get Lux of 8 = 400× 8= 3200 lumens
Given lumen by each lamp = 2000 lumens
Actual lumens reaching ground=
2000 × maint. Factor × utilization coeff.
= 2000× 0.8× 0.5= 800 lumens
Spacing of lamp= = 25 m
Sub Section A2
Q.2 Match the following from 2.1 to 2.10
(2.1) Distomat (A) Odour
(2.2) Trowel (B) Truss (2.5)
(2.3) Lamelle (C) Plaster (2.2)
(2.4) Aziotoc (D) Mud architecture (2.6)
(2.5) Purlin (E) Survey (2.1)
(2.6) Adobe (F) Order (2.10)
(2.7) Jalousie (G) Luminaire
(2.8) Latourette (H) Plumbing
(2.9) Column (I) Window(2.7)
(2.10) Doric (J) Temple
(K) Le Corbusier(2.8)
(L) Buckling (2.9)
(M) Computer
(N) Air conditioning
SubSection A3
Q.3.0Distinguish between :
Q.3.1Viewshed and Watershed.
Q.3.2Dormer Window and Bay Window.
Q.3.3Economic life and Physical life of building
Q.3.4Aqueduct and Acquifer
Q.3.5Ventillation and Air- conditioning.
Q.3.6Gradient and Camber
Q.3.7Revolving Fund and Sinking Fund
Q.3.8Raster images and Vector Images
Q.3.9Value and Intensity of colour
Q.3.10 Arbitrator and Umpire.
Section B (Part I)
Q.4 Draw the following Brick paving patterns.
(A) Running Bond (bricks laid on edge)
(B) Herringbone (bricks laid flat)
(C) Basket Weave (bricks laid on edge)
(D) Stacked Bond (bricks laid on edge)
(E) Basket weave variation (bricks laid flat)
Q.5 What is a Psychrometric Chart? Draw a typical Psychrometric Chart with appropriate
labeling and explain its explanation.
Q.6 Discuss the salient features of French style garden through illustration.
Q.7 Illustrate with sketches the function of the following AutoCAD commands:
(A) REVSURF
(B) RULESURF
(C) EDGESURF
(D) TABSURF
(E) THICKNESS
Q.8 Draw a schematic plan and a section of an Open Air Theatre designed for good
acoustics, showing all the design elements used for achieving the
objective.
Q.9 A loan of Rs 8,00,000 Rs been granted by a financial institution to an individual for the
construction of his house. The loan has to be repaid by way of annuity at the rate of
13.5 % interest per annum in 15 equal installments from the year in which the loan is
taken by the house owner. Calculate the yearly installment for repaying the
loan.
Q.10 Indicate five major advantages for which you will recommend steel structure for a multi
storied building.
Q.11 Sketch the section of an overhead water reservoir, showing the float valve, overflow pipe,
drain outlet, supply inlet and outlet and other valves.
Q.12 What is Mastic Asphalt? Where is it used in built environment?
Q.13 An activity in a CPM network has duration of 4 days. The free float for the activity is 10
days and the total float is also 10 days. Find the maximum delay that can be allowed for
the activity from the occurrence of the preceding event.
Q.14 With the help of the diagrammatic plan and as idea view, show the various important
elements and space components of a typical Orissan temple.
Q.15 Explain the phenomenon ‘Stack effect’ in a building. Write the equation for estimating
stack effect.
Q.16 With the help of three sketches explain the variation of the horizontal thrust at the
springing point of an arch with respect to its rise for a fixed span and load.
Q.17 What is contrast in visual design ? Explain the various applications of contrast in
architecture.
Q.18 Explain the importance of Variance, Easement, and Deed restrictions in architectural
preservation.
Q.19 What is the utility of central court in a housing cluster under hot-humid climate? Explain
with sketches.
Q.20 Indicate the various possibilities of use of the following industrial and agricultural
wastes in buildings.
(A) Blast furnace slag
(B) Waste glass
(C) Slate and late rite stone waste
(D) Coconut waste and husk
(E) Rice Husk
Q.21 Compare between ‘Chaityas’ and ‘Viharas’ in rock cut architecture, in terms of their
layouts, elements and facade treatment.
Q.22 What were the major driving forces in development of modern architecture in post
industrial revolution?
Q.23 Explain through plan and section the illumination scheme of the design studio in an
architect’s office having six drawing desk units and three computer work
stations.
Q.7 Indicate with sketches, the different types of water supply distribution network in an
urban area.
Q.8 Briefly enumerate the advantages as well as the application of Remote Sensing in
planning.
Q.9 In a 200 m x 150 m corner plot with vehicular traffic on two abutting roads, prepare a
schematic housing layout plan with six four –storied blocks of 48 HIG units , with the
objective of minimum pedestrian –vehicular conflict and maximum defensible spaces.
Q.10 In the light of 74th Amendment of the Indian Constitution, discuss the new role of the
State Town and Country Planning Departments.
Q.11 Write, step by step, the AutoCAD commands to perform the following operations in
mapping.
(a)to draw a site plan of irregular configuration, closed traversed dimensions of edges
and angles between the pairs of edges.
(b)to estimate the area and perimeter of the site
(c)to create hatches for the landmass and water bodies.
Q.12 What are the major considerations for designing an Oxidation pond for a small town?
Q.13 What is Net Present Value? Which are the major parameters that decide the Net Present
Value of a development project?
Q.14 Mention the significant factors for designing a neighbouhood level park.
Q.15 Explain the major design features of ‘Campidoglio’ in Rome.
Q.16 A primary road within a city has to bend along a horizontal curve having a radius of 150
m. what should be the design speed of the road at that section if the maximum super
elevation of 0.07 is not to be exceeded and the safe limit of transverse coefficient of
friction is 0.15.
Q.17 Explain the salient features of Kenzo Tange’s plan for New Tokyo.
Q.18 In urban and rural systems highlight the social conditions that influence the social class
structure.
Q.19 What are the primary considerations for planning of settlements in a desert region?
Q.20 What are the factors to be considered in landscape planning for cyclone- prone coastal
zones?
Q.21 Mention the points to be considered while designing a Signage system for the India Gate
precinct in New Delhi.
Q.22 The spot elevation of four points A, B, C and D, in an area are 900 m, 1650 m, 1200 m,
and 1800 m respectively. Determine the maximum scale and the average scale of the
survey photo, when the flying height is 4500 m. The focal length of the camera is 140
mm.
Q.23 Indicate five major factors that you would consider for the assessing the house
demand in a town.
GATE 2000
Q.1.1J. N. U., New Delhi campus has been designed by
(A) A. P. Kanvinde (B) Louis I. Kahn (C) C. P. Kukreja (D) J. A. Stein
Answer: (C) C. P. Kukreja
Q.1.5For Indian Metropolitan cities the quantity of solid waste accumulation per head per
day is approximately
(A) 0.5 Kg (B) 1.5 Kg (C) 5 Kg (D) 3.5 Kg
Answer: (A) 0.5 Kg
Q.1.11 To ensure comfort condition inside the room, the temperature and relative humidity
values should preferably be
(A) 20º C and 65 % respectively. (B) 15º C and 45 % respectively.
(C) 25º C and 50 % respectively. (D) 30º C and 65 % respectively.
Answer: (C) 25º C and 50 % respectively.
Q.1.13 As per the National Building Code the minimum area of a habitable room is
(A) 8.5 sqm. (B) 9.5 sqm (C) 10.5 sqm (D) 11.5 sqm
Answer: (B) 9.5 sqm
Q.1.14 The most commonly used disinfectant for purification of municipal water is
(A) boric powder (B) alum (C) bleaching powder (D) camphor
Answer: (C) bleaching powder
Q.1.16 With every doubling of distance from source the noise level will reduce by
(A) 6 dbA (B) 8 dbA (C) 10 dbA(D) 12 dbA
Answer: (A) 6 dbA
Q.1.18 The situation which provides the most intimate scale to an observer is, while walking
along
(A) 9 m wide road in front of one storey buildings.
(B) 12 m wide road infront of two storey buildings
(C) 15 m wide road infront of three storey buildings
(D) 21 m wide road infront of four storey buildings
Answer: (D) 21 m wide road infront of four storey buildings
Sub Section A2
Q.3Distinguish between.
3.1 Value and Cost
3.2 Urbanism and Urbanisation
3.3 Absolute Humidity and Relative Humidity
3.4 Site Plan and Key Plan
3.5 Fine Sand and Coarse Sand
3.6 Forum and Agora
3.7 Harmony and Contrast
3.8 Artesian Well and Infilteration well
3.9 Restoration and Reconstruction
3.10 Conforming Use and Compatible Use
3.11 Plot Coverage Control and F.A.R. Control
3.12 Aerobic and Anaerobic
3.13 Cadastral Map and Topographic Map
3.14 Percentage Rate Contract and Lump Sum Contract
3.15 Hard Wood and Soft Wood
SECTION B
Part I
Q.4 Describe with sketches various elements of Bisnupur Temple Architecture in West
Bengal.
Q.5 Explain with illustration, the Baroque City Planning concept of Monarchy and
Monumentlism.
Q.6 Comment on the concept of ‘Smart Building’ in contemporary architectural
development.
Q.7 Highlight with example the utility of ‘Floorscaping in a public plaza.
Q.8 Draw a steel truss roof showing north- light and label the components.
Q.9 Outline the cause of failure due to combining old and new materials for building
preservation.
Q.10 What is the significance of water cement ratio in building construction? Indicate the
critical observations required in this context.
Q.11 Illustrate any one of the best example of residential sector planning in post independent
new towns of India.
Q.12 Explain briefly the function of the following commands in AutoCAD.
a) FILTER
b) 3DFACE
c) PEDIT
d) SETVAR
e) LTSCALE
Q.13 Highlight briefly, a) Planning criteria and b) Environmental requirements for Indoor
plantations.
Q.14 State the parameters governing the lightening design of a room.
Q.15 Highlight the design philosophy through project examples of architect Norman Foster
and his contributuion to contemporary
architecture.
Q.16 List all the information required in a Notice Inviting Tender.
Q.17 Sketch various techniques of water proofing on R.C.C. roofs.
Q.18 Explain the concept of ‘After Image’ as a visual phenomenon.
Q.19 Highlight the structural significance of Flying Buttress with reference to historic
architectural evolution.
Q.20 Indicate the criteria for selection of an Elevator System in a building.
Q.21 Draw a neat sketch of a domestic kitchen, 3.0 m x 2.4 m showing arrangement of
different functional areas as well as the necessary
services layout.
Q.22 Discuss the significance of air changes in a given room and mention the factors
governing the air change requirements.
Q.23 List the various forms of plants used generally in planting design.
SECTION B
PART II
Q.4 Explain with the help of sketches the Hippodamus planning concept.
Q.5 Mention the key elements used for interpretation of Aerial Photographs.
Q.6 Outline the concept of ‘Vermiculture’ in Solid Waste Management.
Q.7 What do you understand by ‘Sight Distance’ in a traffic flow?
Write the expression for ‘Braking Distance’ of a vehicle on a roadway.
Q.8 Explain the concepts of ‘Eminent Domain’ and ‘Police Power’ in relation to town
planning.
Q.9 An urban area is expected to accommodate during the next decade an additional
population of 65,000 to the existing population of 2,25,000. Estimate the existing
housing need and also the need at the end of the next decade based on the following
information.
Present household size - 4.75 persons
Future household size - 4.50 persons
Housing stock to be replaced
At the end of the decade - 4,500 units
Q.10 A residential neighbourhood with a population of 15,000 has to be serviced by a water
supply pipe 700 m in length. Assuming average rate of supply of water at 175 litres per
capita per day, maximum permissible velocity of flow of 1.5m/sec and head loss across
the pipe length not to exceed 8 m, design the diameter of the pipe using Hazen’s-
Willaim’s Nomogram for C.I. pipes.
Q.11 Explain the ‘Backwash Effect’ in development process.
Q.12 State the administrative procedure under the Land Acquisition Act, 1894 and the
recent amendments to expedite the process of land acquisition.
Q.13 Briefly outline the main recommendations of the National Housing Policy.
Q.14 Explain the hierarchy of recreational open spaces in Urban areas in terms of physical
size and facility standards.
Q.1.3‘Architrave’ is the
(A) slab of stone on top of classical order (B) lowest part of entablature
(C) wall supporting the weight of an arch or vault (D) topmost part of a classical Greek
column
Answer: (B) lowest part of entablature
Q.1.5The minimum water supply requirement per head per day for residential purpose
including drainage and sanitation is
(A) 70 litre (B)135 litre (C)180 litre (D)210 litre
Answer: (B) 135 litre
Q.1.10 The architectural movement, which was also popularly referred to as ‘Jazz Moderna’
is
(A) Arts and Crafts movement (B) Art Nouveau movement
(C) Art Deco movement (D) Ecole de Beaux Arts movement
Answer: (B) Art Nouveau movement
Q.1.11 Temples of many Sikharas are
(A) Indo- Aryan temples (B) Dravidian temples (C) Besara temples (D) Khajuraho
temples
Answer: (D) Khajuraho temples
Vesara is one of a number of terms for a distinct stylistic tradition of Indian
Hindu temple architecture primarily used in the Deccan and Central India,
between the Vindhyas and the river Krishna.
Q.1.15 Which of the following is generally the largest internal source of revenue for Indian
municipalities?
(A) Property Tax (B) Stamp duty on property transfer (C) Conservancy Tarrif (D)
Water Tariff
Answer: (A) Property Tax
Governance Highest Revenue
Centre Union Excise Duty
State Stamp duty on
property transfer
Local Property Tax
Q.1.16 For proper ventilation, the ratio of opening area in a room to the total floor area of
the room, should be
(A) 1 : 6 (B) 1 : 10 (C) 1 : 12 (D) 1 : 20
Answer: Marks to all (It depends upon climate of the region)
As per NBC 2016
No Climate Opening area:
floor area
1 Warm and 1: 6
Humid
2 Temperate 1:8
3 Hot and Dry 1:10
4 Cold 1:12
Q.1.17 Resemblance of Graeco-Roman basilica is evident in a Buddhist
(A) Temple (B) Vihara (C) Chaitya (D) Stupa
Answer: (C) Chaitya
.1.18 Among the following architect- planner of foreign origin, the only one who is NOT
associated with an Indian city is
(A) Otto Koenigsberger (B)Frei Otto (C)Le Corbusier (D)Edwin Lutyens
Answer: (B) Frei Otto
Q.1.19 The most appropriate plan type for comprehensive physical planning of a
metropolitan region is
(A) District Plan (B) Action Area Plan (C)Town Planning Scheme (D) Structure Plan
Answer: (D) Structure Plan
.1.20 In network analysis, the amount of time by which the start of an activity may be delayed
without hampering the start of a succeeding activity, is called
(A)Total Float (B)Free Float (C)Time Lag (D)Start Lag
Answer: (B) Free Float
Q.1.22 Codex Atlanticus, a book propagating a new concept in urban planning, was
authored by
(A)Leonardo da Vinci (B)Biaggio Rossetti(C)Michelangelo (D)Leon B. Alberti
Answer: (A)Leonardo da Vinci
Q.1.23 The book ‘Design with Nature’ was written by
(A) Lawrence Halprin (B) Frederick Law Olmsted (C)Ian Mcharg (D) Andre Le Notre
Answer: (C) Ian Mcharg
Q.1.25 The locus of a fixed point outside a circle rotating on a fixed straight line is called
(A) Super Trochoid (B) Hypocycloid (C) Epicycloid (D) Involute
Answer: (A) Super Trochoid
Trochoid is the curve traced out by a point fixed to a circle (where the point may be on,
inside, or outside the circle) as it rolls along a straight line.
Term Position of Rolls over
Point
Trochoid on, inside, or Straight line
outside the
circle
Supertrochoi Outside the Straight line
d circle
Cycloid On the circle Straight line
Inferior Inside the circle Straight line
trochoid
Hypocycloid Within small Within
circle Large circle
Epicycloid Edge of small Outside
circle large circle
The cycloidal arch was used by architect Louis Kahn in his design for the Kimbell Art
Museum in Fort Worth, Texas. It was also used in the design of the
Hopkins Center in Hanover, New Hampshire, USA (Architect Wallace Harrison)
Involute: In mathematics, an involute is a particular type
of curve that is dependent on another shape or curve. An involute of a curve is the locus of a
point on a piece of taut string as the string is either unwrapped from or wrapped around the
curve.
.2.2 Two critical activities A and B need 5 and 8 days respectively, to complete. Another non-
critical activity C needs 5 days to complete with a free float of 2 days. If C is completed
in 4 days now, how much compression in project time is achieved?
(A) 0 days (B)1 day (C)2 days (D)3 days
Answer: (A) 0 days
Compression of project imply completing project before normal completion time. Since the poject completion time
is dependent on Critical path, activities along critical path has to be crashed to complete in shorter time
duration.Any non critical activity crash will not have any effect on Project completion time.
(explanation provided by Amit Das, Manager (Commercial) Air India)
Q.2.3In a seminar room of area 200 sq.m, 4 m height and total absorbing power of 120 m²
sabines, what is the reverberation time?
(A) 0.24 secs. (B)1.06 secs (C)1.52 secs (D)4.16 secs
Answer: (B) 1.06 secs
Soln: A standard reverberation time has been defined as the time for the sound to die
away to a level 60 decibels below its original level. Formula for calculation of
reverberation time.
RT 60=
Q.2.4A town has a basic employment of 25,000 workers. If the basic: non basic ratio is 1:2.5
and the workers dependency ratio is 4:1, what is the population size of the town?
(A) 2,50,000 (B) 4,37,500 (C) 3,50,000 (D) 3,12,500
Answer: (B) 4,37,500
Basic employment= 25,000 ( basic activities produce export based goods/services)
Non Basic employment= 25,000 ×2.5= 62,500 9Non- basic activity produce goods/service
for domestic consumption)
Total Employment = basic employment + non basic employment
= 25,000 + 62,500= 87,500
Age dependency ratio is the ratio of dependents people younger than 15, or
older than 64 to the working-age population of those ages between 15-64.
Here, for every one working population there are 4 non working population.
So, non working population =
Total Population is 87,500 + 350000 = 4,37,500
Q.2.5For large and closed buildings, the fire hydrants should be located at distance of
(A) 90- 120 metres (B) 50 - 80 metres (C) 120- 150 metres (D) 150- 300 metres
Answer: (A) 90- 120 metres
Q.2.6 What is the rate of ventilation due to wind action if the free area of the window is 1
sq.m., and the wind speed is 1 m/hr. Assume the wind to be perpendicular to the
window.
(A) 1.0 cu.m/hour (B) 0.6 cu.m/hour (C) 0.3 cu.m/hour (D)0.1 cu.m/hour
Answer: (B) 0.6 cu.m/hour
Soln: for the wind which is perpendicular to window plane effective ventillation is 60 %
and for diagonal winds it is 30-35%.
.2.7 The diagram below shows the relative distribution of different types of housing within a
total residential area of 150 hectares. If the net density of the plotted housing area is
350 ppha, how many people will be accommodated there?
(A) 20,000 - 25,000 (B) 25,000 - 30,000 (C) 30,000 - 35,000 (D) 35,000 -
40,000
Answer: no appropriate answer
(pie diagram angle not given, so technically an error)
Q.2.8As per 1991 Census, the urban component of India’s total population was between
(A) 10% and 20% (B) 20% and 30% (C) 30% and 40% (D) 40% and 50%
Answer: (B) 20% and 30%
2011 Census= 31.6 % urbanized.
Q.2.11 For a four-way road intersection the following alternative traffic management schemes
are proposed.
i)signalized intersection;
ii) manually controlled intersection;
iii) rotary intersection
Considering the above alternatives, which of the following statement is INCORRECT ?
(A) All are equally space consuming
(B) ‘i’ is more power consuming than ‘ii’ and ‘iii’
(C) ‘ii’ is more power consuming than ‘i’ and ‘iii’
(D) ‘iii’ is less power and manpower consuming than ‘i’ and ‘ii ’
Answer: (A) All are equally space consuming
Q.2.12 A residential plot of 20 metre frontage and 25 metre depth is governed by the
development regulations of maximum F.A.R. of 200 and maximum plot coverage of 50
%. Upto what maximum height can the plot be built?
(A) 2 floors (B) 3 floors(C) 4 floors (D) 10 floors
Answer: (C) 4 floors
Q.2.13 Minimum visibility distance at a major road intersection, for a design speed of 80
kmph is
(A) 200 metres (B) 180 metres (C) 80 metres (D) 100 metres
Answer: (B) 180 metres
Minimum visibility Distance along
major roads at priority Intersections
Design speed of Minimum visibility
major road (kmph) distance along
major roads
(metres)
100 220
80 180
65 145
50 110
source: IRC-66-1975
Q.2.14 For accumulation of Re. 1/- for n years at a given rate of compound interest ‘i’, the
annual sinking fund is equal to
(A) 1 / i (B) (1 + i)n
(C) {(1 + i)n -1} / i (D) i / {(1 + i)n -1}
Answer: (D) i / {(1 + i) -1}
n
R=
R : periodic payment.
A : required to accumulate a sum of ‘A’ Rs
n: number of periods.
i: interest rate.
Q.2.15 Which of the following parametric conditions will provide the most suitable land for
intensive development of settlement?
(A) slope ≈ 4 %; soil ≈ silty loam aggregate; depth of water table ≈ 6 metres; vegetation ≈
moderate
(B) slope ≈ 20 %; soil ≈ aggregate sand; depth of water table ≈ 30 metres; vegetation ≈
barren
(C) slope ≈ 2 %; soil ≈ clay; depth of water table ≈ 1 metre; vegetation ≈ moderate
(D) slope ≈ 10 %; soil ≈ sandy loam; depth of water table ≈ 15 metres; vegetation ≈ dense
Answer: (A) slope ≈ 4 %; soil ≈ silty loam aggregate; depth of water table ≈ 6 metres;
vegetation ≈ moderate
Q.2.17 With the following given data the velocity of undisturbed water flow in a rectangular
open drain channel is equal to
(Given data: coefficient of roughness = 0.11; liquid width = 1 metre; Depth of liquid = 60 cm; and slope = 1 in 200)
(A) 43 metres per sec (B)38 metres per sec (C) 31 metres per sec (D) 27 metres per
sec
Answer: No appropriate answer in options.
Coefficient of roughness (N)= 0.11, Liquid depth = 0.6 m, Liquid width = 1.0 m
Slope (S) = 1 in 200 = 0.005
Manning formula V= × ×
= = = 0.27
V= × ×
= 9.09 × 0.42 × 0.07 = 0.267 m/s
(soln. provided by Jamshed Baig, MURP, NIT Patna)
Q.2.19 A tree of 13 metres height is required to shade the entire southern wall of a building of
4 metres height. At a solar altitude of 45º, what should be the maximum distance of a
tree from the building wall?
(A) 4 metres (B) 9 metres (C)13 metres (D)17 metres
Answer: (B) 9 metres
Q.2.20 The Dampers placed in the air conditioning duct are provided to control the
(A) Velocity and volume of air (B) Exhaust air and velocity (C) Foul air and exhaust
air (D) Volume of air and foul air
Answer: (A) Velocity and volume of air
Q.2.21 A site map drawn to scale 1: 10,000 shows six contour lines at 5 metres contour
interval. The highest contour elevation is 250 metres. The average distance between
the highest and the lowest contour lines on the map is 2.1 cms. What is the average
slope between the highest and the lowest contour elevations?
(A) 1 in 25 (B) 1 in 21 (C) 1 in 30 (D) 1 in 7
Answer: No appropriate answer
Highest contour = 250 and lowest contour = 225 so elevational difference= 25 m
2.1 cm on map = 2.1 × 10,000 = 21,000 cm = 210 m on actual terrain
So average slope = 25 : 210 = 1: 8.4
Q.2.22 One cm square area on a map represents 9 hectares. What is the scale of the map?
(A) 1 : 300 (B)1 cm = 30 metres (C) 1 : 30000 (D) None of the above
Answer: (C) 1 : 30000
1 cm × 1 cm ≈ 9 hectares = 90,000 m² = 300 m × 300 m.
1 cm ≈ 300 m = 30,000 cm
Q.2.23 If the original cost of the building is Rs 1,00,000/-, scrap value is Rs 1,000/- and the life
of the property is 99 years, The Annual Depreciation calculated by Straight line Method
is
(A)100 (B)1000 (C)90 (D)999
Answer: (B) 1000
Q.2.25 Which of the following operations should be the first one for setting up plane table
survey?
(A) Orientation (B) Levelling (C) Centering (D) Resection
Answer: (B) Levelling
SECTION B
PART I
Q.3 How was Roman Architecture influenced by the availability of natural building materials
during classical period?
Q.4 Through a schematic section, explain the function of ‘wind scoop’ in hot-dry climate.
Q.5 Name and sketch the five major elements governing ‘imageability’ of a place propagated
by Kevin Lynch.
Q.6 Enumerate the function of each of the following commands in Auto CAD
i) BLOCK
ii) DDEDIT
iii)DIMSCALE
iv)OFFSET
v) UCS
Q.7 Highlight the significance of ‘Building Automation Systems’ and identify its application
area in a building.
Q.8 Name and draw atleast fivetypes of foundation used for heavy R.C.C. structures.
Q.9 Discuss the concept and features of ‘Post Occupancy Evaluation’ in architecture.
Q.10 ‘Green trees in front of a building do not create fatigue to our eyes’- Why?
Q.11 How are the recesses on external surfaces of Hindu temple functional?
Q.12 Explain the influence of wooden construction style in Buddhist Architecture.
Q.13 Draw a layout of a toilet of size 1.8 metres x 3.0 metres, showing wasbasin with counter,
bathtub, European W. C., water heater for hot water supply and all other fixtures.
Draw the isometric view of all the pipelines (water supply, sanitary and drainage)
showing the positions of fixtures, valves, etc. (Drawing need not be scale).
Q.14 Mention the salient features of the architectural work of Alvar Alto. Give any one example
of his famous works.
Q.15 Explain the factors to be considered in the prevention of heat gain of the structure during
summer months.
Q.16 Explain the differences between ‘Sound Focci’ and ‘Dead Spots’ in an auditorium.
Q.17 Illustrate with sketches any five different defects of timber.
Q.18 How does purity of air play a significant role in the comfort of people affected by
ventilation system?
Q.19 What are the reasons for efflorescence on porous building materials?
Q.20 Explain with illustration, the philosophy behind the design of Jawahar Kala Kendra,
Jaipur.
Q.21 Outline the salient features of the historical landscape gardening style of Japan.
Q.22 With an illustrative example, highlight the characteristics, utilities and effectiveness of
Ferro- cement concrete in building construction.
PART II
Q.3 Outline the salient features of the ‘Central Place Theory’ of Christaller. Use a diagram
to explain your answer.
Q.4 Briefly state the Environmental Impacts of highways.
Q.5 What was the major planning issue that the plan of Radburn helped to resolve? Show
through neat schematic diagram how the Radburn plan achieved this objective.
Q.6 State the common methods of domestic refuse disposal.
Q.7 In project management, differentiate between PERT and CPM. How the expected time of
an activity is computed in PERT?
Q.8 Distinguish between ‘linear’ and ‘radio-centric’ pattern of physical form of cities in terms
of
(i) Transportation (ii)Utility Networks
Illustrate your answer with schematic diagrams.
Q.9 Highlight briefly, the features and application of Geographical Information Systems
(GIS) in decision making in planning.
Q.10 (a)Differentiate between ‘gross’ and ‘net’ residential densities for a planned sector.
(b) For a sector of 2 km x 1 km size and gross density of 350 ppha, what will be the net
density if non residential land- use constitutes 30 % of the land area?
Q.11 Outline the differences between hot- humid and hot- dry climate, in terms of appropriate
building and urban forms. Illustrate their differences in mass-void relationship of urban
forms.
Q.12 Describe briefly the ‘Activated Sludge Process’, highlighting its operations.
Q.13 What is difference between ‘direct subsidization’ and ‘cross subsidization’ in the
provision of urban land, housing or
infrastructure in India? Which among these is relatively advantageous and why?
Q.14 (a)Distinguish between ‘Time Mean Speed’ and ‘Space Mean Speed’.
(b) Estimate the average travel speed of an urban road based on the following
information. (Length of the segment of
the urban road = 3 km)
Vehicle No Travel time (min.)
1 4.5
2 3.45
3 3.0
4 6.0
Q.15 Discuss the essence of ‘Concordance’ and ‘Discordance’ analysis technique, through a
suitable example.
Q.16 Name the specific laws governing each of the following activities.
(i) Permission of building construction in a city.
(ii) Notification of master plan area of a city.
(iii) Permissible use of a plot of land in a city
(iv) Impact assessment of a highway development.
(v) Eviction of a tenant by a landlord.
Q.17 The 1991 Housing Census for a town of 2.5 lakhs with average household size of 5
persons shows a total number of 40,000 dwelling units. If the annual exponential
population growth rate is 2.0 %, what should be the average annual rate of dwelling unit
supply to meet housing shortage in 2001? Assume a constant average household size
and annual obsolesce rate of 5%.
Q.18 In SWOT Analysis, what do the individual letters stand for? Give one example for each
of these elements in the context of a cities/ place or an organization.
Q.19 Outline the various urban planning and design strategies towards conservation of ground
water resources.
Q.20 Explain the characteristics of ‘maritime desert climate’. Name a place located in this
climate.
Q.21 What are the basic components of an ideal remote sensing system?
.22 Name the Amendment Act and the Schedule of the Constitution of India that provides for
the responsibilities and Functions of urban local bodies. Outline the steps necessary to
empower the local bodies to carry out these functions.
GATE 2002
. 1.1 The colour code for the storage of objects with radiation hazards according to the
Occupational Safety Hazards Act (OSHA) is
(A) red with black (B) purple with yellow(C) orange with blue (D) green with white
Prostyle- Prostyle is
an architectural term
defining a row of
columns in front of a
building.
tracery is the stonework elements that support the glass in a Gothic window.
Q. 1.5 When the picture plane moves towards the observer, the size of the picture in
perspective
(A) does not change (B) increases (C) decreases (D) gets elongated
Answer: (C) decreases
Q.1.10 The duct size for an air conditioning system is dependent on amount of air flow and
its
(A) velocity (B) temperature (C)relative humidity (D) latent heat
Answer: (A) velocity
Q.1.11 The botanical name of ‘Neem’ tree, used for roadside landscaping is
(A) Lagerstroemia speciosa (B) Ficus benghalensis (C) Kleinhama hospital
(D)Azadirachata Indica
Answer: (D) Azadirachata Indica
Q.1.17 ‘Swastika’ form of settlement layout in ancient Indian town planning is basically
(A) a grid iron pattern(B) a radial pattern (C) a ring radial pattern (D) an informal
pattern
Answer: (A) a grid iron pattern
Q.1.18 Pompidou Centre in Paris , designed by Renzo Piano, illustrates the concept of
(A) Biology analogy (B) Mechanical analogy (C) Romantic analogy (D) Pattern
Language analogy
Answer: (B) Mechanical analogy
Richard Rogers & Renzo Piano: Designed Pompidou Centre in Paris which is a
high tech. architecture building.
Q.1.21 For street lighting maximum lumen per watt is obtained from
(A) sodium vapour lamps (B) mercury vapour lamps (C) incandescent
lamps (D) fluorescent lamps
Answer: (A) sodium vapour lamps
Q.1.22 ‘Logit Model’ for discrete choice analysis has been developed by
(A) A.O. Hirshman (B) D. McFadden (C) P. Nijkamp (D) T. Scitovsky
Answer: (B) D McFadden
Q.1.25 Class II towns as defined in the Indian Census relate to a minimum population size
of
(A) 2,00,000 (B) 1,50,000 (C) 1,00,000 (D) 50,000
Answer: (D) 50,000
Q.2.3For a Split Complementary colour scheme, the primary red colour should be
associated with
(A) blue violet – red violet (B) red orange –yellow orange
(C) blue green – yellow green (D) red violet – blue green
Answer: (C) blue green – yellow green
Q.2.4The fixed end moment of a cantilever beam with a u.d.l. of 20 kN/m and span of 3 m is
(A) 60 kN m (B) 90 kN m (C) 120 kN m (D) 150 kN m
Answer: (B) 90 kN m
Q.2.5The buildable area available on a plot of one hectare with a FAR of 2.25 is
(A) 15500 sqm (B)20500 sqm (C)22500 sqm (D)25500 sqm
Answer: (C) 22500 sqm
Q.2.6For an open drain if the ratio of the area to the wetted perimeter is tripled, then the
velocity of water in the drain increases by
(A) two times (B) three times (C)four times (D)five times
Answer: (A) two times
Q.2.8Water while falling down from a horizontal surface with an edge lip creates
(A) glassy sheet flow (B )vertical angular rhythm
(C) agitated frothy surface in multiple layers (D) none of the above
Answer: (A) glassy sheet flow
Q.2.9The R. L. at the basement floor of a building and the R. L. at the road surface are
93.00 and 94.85 respectively. If the plinth height from the road is 600
mm then the depth of the basement is
(A) 1.25 (B) 1.85 (C) 2.35 (D) 2.45
Answer: (B) 1.85
Depth will be 1.85 and height of basement will be 1.85 m + 0.60 m= 2.45 m.
Q.2.10 Along a critical path crashing is carried out for the activity that has
(A) minimum cost-time slope (B) maximum cost- time slope (C) minimum cost
slope (D) maximum time slope
Answer: (C) minimum cost slope
Q.2.12 If the scale of the map is 1: 30,000, then 1 sq cm area of the map would represent
(A) 9.00 Hectare (B)15.00 Hectare (C)17.30 Hectare (D)30.00 Hectare
Answer: (A) 9.00 Hectare
.2.13 The oxygen demand in the initial stage of the biological decomposition of sewage is due
to the presence of
(A) nitrogenous matter (B) phosphate matter (C) carbonaceous matter (D) calcerous
matter
Aswer: (C) carbonaceous matter
Q.2.18 The process of acquiring excess land for selling at a higher price after the
completion of the project is known as
(A) Encroachment (B) Enforcement (C) Betterment (D) Recoupment
Answer: (C) Betterment
Q.2.25 When the arrival rate of bank customers is lower than the service rate at the
counters
(A) queues ae quite often formed (B) queues are never formed
(C) queues of infinite length are formed (D) queues of particular length are always
formed
Answer: (B) queues are never formed
Q. 2 The Baroque city of European Renaissance and the city Beautiful Movements though
separated by a period of 300 years have one of the following things in common
(A) palaces and sculptures (B) colonnades and forum
(C) grand open spaces and waterways (D) radial streets and concentric landscaping
Answer: (D) radial streets and concentric landscaping
Q. 13The tool to recover the cost of providing new services and infrastructure is known as
(A) property tax (B) land tax (C) development charge (D) professional tax
Answer: (C) development charge
Q. 14 In an urban electricity network, load factor is defined as
(A) average demand divided by maximum load (B) average demand divided by
minimum load
(C) maximium demand divided by average demand (D) minimum demand divided by
average demand.
Answer: (A) average demand divided by maximum load
The value of load factor is less than one.
Q. 16Dhanurmusti and Dhanurgraha are basic modular units used in ancient India. They
respectively represented the twin system of
(A) environment and ecology (B) architecture and townplanning
(C) house and temples (D) microcosm and macrocosm
Answer: (B) architecture and townplanning
Q. 17With respect to the contents of a base map, identify the odd one out
(A) physical features (B) topological features
(C) economic features (D) planning and administrative boundaries
Answer: (C) economic features
Q. 20 The sampling technique used to “select from every sub- group of population in atleast in
at least one stage of the procedure” is known as
(A) systematic sampling (B) cluster sampling
(C) stratified sampling (D) multi- stage- random sampling
Answer: (C) stratified sampling
Random sampling : Suppose there are N=850 students in a school from which a
sample of n=10 students is to be taken. The students are numbered from 1 to 850.
Since our data runs into three digits we use random numbers that contain three
digits. All numbers exceeding 850 are ignored because they do not correspond to
any serial number in the data. In case the same number occurs again, the repetition
is skipped.
Systematic sampling: In this method first we have to number the data items from 1
to N. Suppose the sample size be n, then we have to calculate the sampling interval
by dividing N by n. And generate a number between 1 and N/n and select that data
item to be in the sample. Other items in the sample are obtained by adding the
sampling interval N/n successively to the random number.
Cluster sampling is a sampling technique where the entire population is divided into
groups, or clusters, and a random sample of these clusters are selected.
Stratified Sampling : When sub-populations vary considerably, it is advantageous to
sample each subpopulation (stratum) independently. Stratification is the process of
grouping members of the population into relatively homogeneous subgroups before
sampling.
Multistage sampling is a complex form of cluster sampling. Cluster sampling is a
type of sampling which involves dividing the population into groups (or clusters).
Then, one or more clusters are chosen at random and everyone within the chosen
cluster is sampled.
Q.21 Which one of the following sequences is in the correct ascending order
(A) lithosphere, barysphere, mesosphere, stratosphere (B) hydrosphere, troposphere,
ionosphere, exosphere
(C) barysphere, lithosphere, ionosphere, atmosphere (D) ionosphere, exosphere,
troposphere, barysphere
Answer: (B) hydrosphere, troposphere, ionosphere, exosphere
Q. 22In a land use map, identify the colour code used for the manufacturing industry
(A) yellow (B) blue (C) purple (D)black
Answer: (C) purple
Q. 25 In AutoCAD 2000, which command will allow you to select two point pairs, move, rotate
and scale the selected objects in 2D or 3D to adjust with other objects.
(A) Rotate (B) Qselect (C) Align (D) Skpoly
Answer:
Q. 28The concept of obtaining maximum utility per unit length of road is called
(A) capacity building (B) facilities information system (C) saturation
system (D) trip distribution
Answer: (C) saturation system
Q. 29The hanging gardens of Babylon were built in
(A) the flood planes of Tigris (B) the banks of river Euphrates
(C) the slopes of the Median hills (D) the coastlines of the Persian Gulf
Answer: (B) the banks of river Euphrates
Q. 32Assume that a camera with a 152 mm focal length lens was flown over a flat terrain
located at 1200 m above mean sea level. If the scale of the aerial photography is 1:
50,000 calculate the flying height above the terrain
(A) 6400 m (B)7600 m (C)8800 m (D)4166 m
Answer: (B) 7600 m
Soln:
Q. 33A town of 2,25,000 population in 1981 has exhibited decadal growth rates of 25%, and
30% during 1991 and 2001 respectively. Estimate the population in 2011 having a 40 %
decadeal growth rate
(A) 3,50,000 (B) 6,14,250 (C) 5, 11,875 (D) 4,50,000
Answer: (C) 5, 11,875
Population in 1981= 2,25,000
In 1991 (25% growth) = 2,25,000 ×1.25= 2,81,250
In 2001 (30% growth) = 2,81,250 ×1.30 = 3,65,625
In 2011 (40% growth) = 3,65,625× 1.40 = 5,11,875
Q. 35Hippodamus and Vitruvius pioneered in important areas of built environment. They are
famous for
(A) the planning of Priene and ‘De Architecture’
(B) the planning of Memphis and ‘De Mensura’
(C) the planning of Constantinople and ‘Treatise of Vesta’
(D) the planning of Alexandria and ‘The ionic order’
Answer: (A) the planning of Priene and ‘De Architecture’
Hippodamus (498- 408 BC) is known as father of Urban planning and
designed Piraeus, Olynthus, Priene, and Miletus.
De Mensura was written by Deculi for astronomical calculation.
Constantinople was planned by Anthemius, a mathematician.
Alexandria was planned by Dinocrates.
Q. 36A group housing plot of 400 sqm, abutting a 20 m road is permitted to have 35 % ground
coverage and maximum FAR of 1.25. Assuming 70 sqm of super built up area, calculate
the maximum number of units that can be accommodated
(A) 5 (B) 7 (C) 9 (D)12
Answer: (B) 7
FAR = 1.25 (Maximum built up area = 400
Q. 38As speed of the vehicle increases, the driver experiences one or more of the following
P planes perpendicular to road become more prominent
Q distance of focusing point decreases
R peripheral vision increases
S foreground details begin to fade
T importance of the roadside treatment decreases
(A) P, Q, S, T (B) S, T (C) P, Q, R, S, T (D) P, S, T
Answer: (A) P, Q, S, T
Q. 40The contemporary style that turns down nature and becomes dependent on huge energy
supply is referred as
(A) Aerodynamic and Ergonomic technology – City gate, Dusseldorf
(B) Local climatological conditions- New Caledonia Cultural Centre, UK
(C) Glass Box and automated systems- CityCorp Centre, New York City
(D) Solar Active controls- Sophia University (Tokyo)
Answer: (C) Glass Box and automated systems- CityCorp Centre, New York City
Q. 41A 25- storied office building is served by a group of 4 lifts of 25 capacity each. Calculate
the probable number of stops
(A) 14 (B) 10 (C) 25 (D) 11
Answer:
The number of stops that the elevator makes in one round trip is called the probable
number of stops, S.
If there was only one lift then the formula to determine the number of probable stops is
S= N [ 1- ( )P]
Where S= number of probable stops
N= No of floors served
P= No of passengers
Q. 46Participatory plan development having scope like detailed planning, coordinated detailed
design, legal services, coordinating tender process, coordinating construction,
mobilization of funds, mortgage brokerage, operation and maintenance, sales and
marketing, is known as
(A) build operate and transfer (B) development initiatives
(C) leasing contract (D) direct management services contract
Answer: (B) development initiatives
Q. 47The period between 1870 and 1940 was the era of metropolitan development in the
USA. Identify the factor that was not responsible for metropolitan development
(A) The great migration from Europe
(B) Technological advances in highway and high –rise engineering
(C) The comparative advantages of World Wars and Marshall Plan
(D) The process of Urban decentralization.
Answer: (D) The process of Urban decentralization
The Marshall Plan (officially the European Recovery Program, ERP) was an
American initiative passed in 1948 to aid Western Europe, in which the United
States gave over $12 billion (nearly $100 billion in 2018 US dollars) in economic
assistance to help rebuild Western European economies after the end of World
War II.
Q. 48The Bariloche model defines the key development factor as the Basic Needs to ensure
growth. Choose the correct combination that applies to it
(A) (B) (C) (D)
death rate birth rate food birth rate
literacy rate calorie intake shelter school enrolment
employment rate school enrolment education health care
income rate urbanization urbanization clothing
Answer:
Q. 49Identify the criteria that are best suited for building design in hot and dry climate
P high building density
Q plantation parallel to air movement
R small openings
S thick walls
T large openings
U plantation perpendicular to air movement
(A) P, Q, R, S (B) Q, S, T (C) P, R, S, U (D) P, T, U
Answer: (C) P, R, S, U
Q. 50Which of the following are reasons to use mulch on the topsoil of newly planted shrubs
?
P aid in water retention
Q prevent soil temperature fluctuation
R discourage weed growth
S improve landscape appearance
T protect from insects
(A) P, Q (B) P, R (C) P, R, T (D) P, Q, R, S
Answer: (D) P, Q, R, S
Q.52 Calculate the number of light fixtures required in an office room of 8m x 7m, requiring
an illumination level of 400 lux on the work plane. Each light
fixture has a rated output of 7350 lumens. Assume a utilization factor of
0.5 and a maintenance factor of 0.8
(A) 8 (B) 7 (C) 10 (D) 12
Answer: (A) 8
Q. 53The concept of “pattern language” deals with one or more of the following
P description of a problem that occurs in our environment and the core of solution to hat
problem
Q communication and public participation using sign language
R recognition of styles and patterns of various languages
S devising patterns to create a building or a town
(A) P, Q, S (B) Q (C) Q, R (D) P, S
Answer: (D) P, S
Pattern Language was written by Cristopher Alenxander.
. 54 In Indian system of Anthropometrics, two known and one unknown data are given, i.e., 8
angulas = 1 pada, 3 pada = 1 hasta, 1 hasta and 1 danda = x padas. Given
this, find out the perimeter of a square site in angulas and dandas if its sides
are measuring 2 hastas each
(A) 164 angulas and 4 dandas (B) 192 angulas and 2 dandas
(C) 126 angulas and 3 dandas (D) 108 angulas and 6 dandas
Answer: Insufficient data (No appropriate answer)
From the given data:
1 danda = ? angula (Actually 1 danda = 4 hasta = 96 angula)
1 hasta= 24 angula
1 pada = 8 angula
1 angula= 1 angula
Q. 56Identify the attributes that best apply to Ring type distribution of electric supply.
P only one cable is laid from substation into each building
Q only one fused switch is required in distribution board in each building to isolate
the system
R current flows in both directions from intake room.
S repairs to any point disrupts supply to other buildings
T provides better and balanced supply than radial system
U repairing any cable fault at any point does not lead to loss of supply to any
building
(A) R, S, T, U (B) P, Q, S, T (C) P, R, T, U (D) Q, S, T, U
Answer:
Q. 58Which is the correct match for the elements (Group1) with behavior (Group 2) ?
Group I Group II
P Beam/ Slab 1. Flexure
Q Arch 2. Compression
R Cable 3. Meriodional Stress
S Shell 4. Tension
5. Indeterminancy
(A) P -1, Q- 2, R- 3, S- 4 (B) P -1, Q- 2, R- 4, S- 3 (C) P -5, Q-1, R- 3, S-
4 (D) P -2, Q- 3, R- 4, S-5
Answer: (B) P -1, Q- 2, R- 4, S- 3
Q. 59What is the theoretical capacity of a traffic lane with one-way traffic flow at a speed of
60 kmph? Assume that the average cente to centre spacing of
vehicles at this speed is 16.68 m
(A) 1000 (B) 3597 (C) 500 (D) 4000
Answer: (B) 3597
Soln: = 3597
Q. 61Choose the right kind of statutory provision to enforce integrated urban conservation
(A) Conservation of Ancient Monuments and Sites Act (B) Urban Arts Commission Act
(C) Conservation of Energy Act (D) Conservation of Natural Resources Act
Answer: (A) Conservation of Ancient Monuments and Sites Act
. 62 A community comprising 120 hectares is having 60% of the land put to residential plots,
and a population of 30,600. Calculate the net residential density
(A) 375 pph (B) 400 pph (C) 425 pph (D) 500 pph
Answer: (C) 425 pph
. 63 Poor academic performancesof school children were attributed to missing breakfast and
subsequent malnutrition. The investigating survey schedule questioned every student,
how many days the students have missed the breakfast? Their response may be
referred as
(A) nominal scale (B) ordinal scale (C) longitudinal scale (D) interval scale
Answer: (D) interval scale
For qualitative data
i. Nominal: scales are exclusive, no order or overlap eg. What is your
religion: Hindu/ Muslim/ Sikh/……..
ii. Ordinal: data can be rank ordered and can overlap, eg. Mild,
moderate, severe
iii. Dichotomous: nominal data fall into only two categories. (Yes/No)
For quantitative data
i. Interval: Numeric interval, eg: height group
ii. Ratio: Interval data with necessary zero
. 64 A site map shows five contour lines. A line drawn across the lowest and the highest
contour measures 125 m and has a slope of 8 %. Determine the contour interval
(A) 5 m (B) 2.5 m (C) 10 m (D) 2 m
Answer: (B) 2.5 m
Contour interval = = 2.5 m (for five contour lines there are four contour intervals)
Q. 68The Bahai temple of New Delhi has a lotus plan. The lotus has x number of petals, y
number of equal angles and z type of architectural tradition. Which of the following is
correct?
Type x y z
(A) 12 30 Egyptian Mastaba
degrees
(B) 9 40 Persian Sepharial
degrees
(C) 10 36 Santa Sophia,
degrees Turkey
(D) 8 45 Ideal city of Vineezo
degrees Seamozzi
Answer: (B)
Q. 69Michael Wilford, Peter Salter and Richard Rogers are associated with
(A) Potsdamer Plaza (Berlin), Kyoto Centre (Japan), Music School and Theatre
Academy (Stuttgart)
(B) Marlenbone Gate (UK), islamic Arts Centre (London), Stone Henge Visitors Club (UK)
(C) Reich Stag (Berlin), Camden Arts Center (France), Tete Gallery (Cornwall)
(D) Fountain Abbey Visitors Centre (Yorkshire), Flat Conversion (London), More Cambe
(UK)
Answer:
. 70 Match the fittings shown in Group 1 with the sketches shown in Group 2
Group 1
P Single socketed pipe
Q Double equal junction
R Pipe- shoe
S Reducing piece
Q. 71Which is the correct match for items given in Group 1 with items given in Group 2?
Group 1 Group 2
P Plastering 1 Volume
Q Earthwork 2 PERT
R Reinforcement 3 Schedule of bending
S Management 4 Area
5 Temperature
(A) P -4, Q-1, R- 3, S- 2 (B) P -2, Q-1, R-3, S- 4 (C) P -3, Q- 5, R-2, S- 4 (D) P
-2, Q- 3, R- 4, S- 5
. 72 Match the attributes with the corresponding shapes of central island in a rotary shown in
the sketches below
P reduction of vehicular speed on entering rotary and enable speeding of going
out vehicle
Q enables excessive speeding of vehicles
R where two equally important roads crosses
S accomodates four or more intersecting roads and allow traffic flows
along direction of elongation
(A) P – 4, Q-1, R- 3, S- 2 (B) P – 2, Q-1, R- 3, S- 4 (C) P – 3, Q- 1, R- 2, S-
4 (D) P – 2, Q- 3, R- 4, S- 1
Answer: No appropriate answer
Q. 74Match the urban forms in Group I with their corresponding urban areas in Group 2.
Group I Group II
(Description) (Cities)
P Sheet 1. Delhi
Q Star 2. Tokyo
R Ring 3. Copenhagen
S Linear 4. Ohio
5. Bombay
6. Chandigarh
(A) (B) (C) (D)
P- 3 P- 2 P- 1 P- 4
Q- 2 Q- 3 Q- 2 Q- 1
R- 4 R- 1 R- 3 R- 2
S- 6 S- 5 S- 6 S- 3
Answer: B
. 75 Four sequences of development are given below. Choose the one that is appropriate for
slums
(A) land → services → house → people
(B) land → services → people → house
(C) people → land → house → services
(D) land → people → house → services
Answer: (A) land → services → house → people
Q. 76The neoclassical school and the modern ecological school of environment studies differ
on
(A) their historical evaluation of environmental resources
(B) their relative emphasis on cost- benefit test vis- a-vis resource development
(C) their variable interpretation of local and global ecosystems.
(D) their variable interpretation of Malthusian model of sustainability explaining
environmental disaster
Answer: (A)
Q. 77The term Imperial Garden, Viewing hill, Middle Sea, South Sea, Gate of Heavenly
Peace, Land and God of Grain are associated with
(A) Mongolian Garden – Hukado Garden, Ulan Bator
(B) Japanese Garden – le Garden at Kobe
(C) Chinese Garden – Forbidden city at Peking
(D) Persian Garden – Palace Court at Persopolis
Answer: (C) Chinese Garden – Forbidden city at Peking
Q.78 Find the thermal transmittance (U) of a 50 cm thick wall with 5 cm cavity, 1.8 cm thick
plaster internally and having a normal exposure
Given
Thermal resistivity of brickwork = 0.96 kcal per m² h ºC
Thermal resistivity of plaster = 2.02 kcal per m² h ºC
Thermal resistivity of 5 cm cavity = 0.205 kcal per m² h ºC
Internal Surface resistance = 0.1440 kcal per m² h ºC
External Surface resistance = 0.0620 kcal per m² h ºC
(A) 1.672 kcal per m² h ºC (B) 1.078 kcal per m² h ºC (C) 0.935 kcal per m² h ºC (D)
2.015 kcal per m² h ºC
Answer: Unit of thermal resistivity is confusing. Again in options the unit of U- value is
same as thermal resistivity
. 79 Domes of Islamic period are found in three distinct phases. Given below are four phases
and their respective examples. Identify the incorrect one
Phases Type
(A) Imperial Lodhi Tomb Dome,
style Delhi
(B) Provincial Bijapur Dome
style
(C) Early style Samarkand Dome
(D) Mughal Sultan Ghori Dome
style
Answer: (D)
Samarkand Dome is in Uzbekistan.
Q. 80Identify the building that has open passageways, inner outer courts, influences from
Lodhi gardens, use of local stones for horizontal elements and precast concrete slabs
for vertical elements, in –situ concrete frames and burnt clay
(A) French Embassy staff quarters in New Delhi
(B) India International Center in New Delhi
(C) Akbar Hotel in New Delhi
(D) YMCA Guests House Complex and staff quarters in New Delhi
Answers: (B) India International Center in New Delhi
Q. 81Find the total volume of liquid in a septic tank with the following criteria.
i. Numbers of users =20
ii Cleaning intervals =365 days
iii The capacity required for sludge digestion = 0.033 m³ per capita at 25 ºC
iv Volume of digested sludge = 0.0002 m³ per capita per day
(A) 4080 litres (B) 2580 litres (C) 5250 litres (D) 3289 litres
Answers: Marks awarded to all.
Amount of sludge deposited 0.0002 × 20× 365 = 1.46 m3
Capacity required for sludge digestion = 0.033 × 20= 0.66 m3 (at 25 ºC)
Total volume of liquid = 1.46 + 0.66= 2.12 m3 which equals 2120 litres.
Q. 82Safe axil load for a short R.C. square column having cross section as 300 mm x 300 mm
and 4 longitudinal bars of diameter 20 mm (using M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel) is
near to
(A) 100 kN (B) 10 kN (C) 1000 kN (D) 10,000 kN
Answers: (C) 1000 kN
According to IS Code 456 in limit state
load carrying capacity of short column is Age Strength
P=0.4F(c) x A(c) + 0.67F(y) x A(s) percent
P=Load Carrying capacity of column 1 day 16%
A(c)=Area Of Concrete 3 days 40%
A(s)=Area Of Steel
7 days 65%
F(c)=Characteristic strength of Concrete
F(y)=Characteristic Strength of Steel 14 days 90%
28 days 99%
Here area of one steel bar = 2
= 3.14 x 102 = 314 mm2
Area of four steel bar : 314 x 4= 1256 mm2
Area of concrete = 300 x 300 – 1256 = 88744
P= (0.4 x 20 x 88744) + (0 .67 x 415 x1256)
= 709952 + 349230
= 1059182 N/mm2
= 1059 kN/mm2
The strength of concrete increases with age. Table shows the strength of concrete at
different ages in comparison with the strength at 28 days after casting.
Grade of Minimum Specified characteristic
Concrete compressive compressive strength
strength (N/mm2) at 28 days
N/mm at 7 days
2
M15 10 15
M20 13.5 20
M25 17 25
M30 20 30
M35 23.5 35
M40 27 40
M45 30 45
. 83 Given below is a table of five types of roads and their characteristics. Which of the
following types represent the collector and the urban arterial street?
Type Width Recommended
(meters) speed
(km/hr)
P 10-20 30
Q 20-30 50
R 30-40 60
S 50-60 80
T 80-100 80-100
. 89 A settlement pattern has a 4 x 4 matrix with a cross like principle axis of main roads and
four smaller cross like networks of arterial roads, opening upto 4 gateways cardinally.
The pattern is called
(A) Dandaka (B) Nandavartya (C) Chaturmukha (D) Sarvatobhadra
Answer: (C) Chaturmukha
1.0 0.841
0.8 0.788
0.6 0.726
0.4 0.655
0.2 0.579
0.0 0.500
-0.2 0.421
-0.4 0.345
-0.6 0.274
-0.8 0.212
-1.0 0.519
. 2 A dark brown organic compound found in the soil due to partial or complete
decomposition of vegetable matter is known as
(A) Loam (B) Texture (C) Humus (D) Mulch
Answer: (C) Humus
Loam- soil with 40% sand. 40% silt and 20 % clay.
Humus- partial or complete decomposition of vegetable or animal matter.
Mulch- a layer of material applied to the surface of an area of soil.
Q.3 The format for transferring the AutoCAD drawing file to an ASCII file is known as
(A) DXB (B) DXF (C) JPEG (D) DGN
Answer: (B) DXF
Drawing Interchange Format (DXF) files enable the interchange of drawings between
AutoCAD and other programs. The term “ASCII file” refers to a “text” file that is
readable by the naked eye (it only contains the letters a-z, numbers, carriage returns,
and punctuation marks). Conversely, a binary file is not readable by the
naked eye (it contains the ASCII characters in addition to binary codes).
Q.5 Earthwork for the mounds in the landform work in a landscape is estimated by
(A) Average- end- area method (B) Borrow pit method
(C) Dead-man- method (D) Prismoidal method
Answer: (B) Borrow pit method
Average end area calculation is used to calculate volume between two cross
sections i.e., two cross sectional areas are averaged and multiplied by the length
(distance) between two cross sections to get the volume.
Volume = L x (A1 + A2) cubic meter where L is distance between two cross section
and A1 and A2, area of cross sections.
Borrow pit method: The area is divided into grid and average height of each grid is
multiplied with the area of grid to get the volume.
Prismoidal Method: Prismoidal formula is accurate in finding the volume of prisms,
pyramids, wedges, and prismoids having irregular end sections. The estimation of
earthwork gives nearly an accurate volume.
Q.7 For proper ventilation, the ratio of opening area to the total floor area of the room
should be
(A) 1 : 6 (B) 1 :10 (C) 1: 12 (D) 1:20
Answer: (A) 1 : 6
Standards of ventilation
Cubic space- 3000 cubic feet per person per hour. (range is 300- 3000)
Air change- 2 to 3 times per hour in living room and 4 to 6 times per hour in
work rooms and assemblies.
(Note: For volume of room calculation height above 10-12 ft are not taken into
account)
Q.9 Indicate the minimum horizontal and vertical distance for any building from a 33kV
electric line
(A) 3.7m (Vertical) & 2.0m (Horizontal) (B) 1.5m (Vertical) & 4.6m (Horizontal)
(C) 2.5m (Vertical) & 1.2m (Horizontal) (D) 4.5m (Vertical) & 6.9m
(Horizontal)
Answer: (A) 3.7m (Vertical) & 2.0m (Horizontal)
Voltage-Categories:
(a) Low Voltage upto 250 V
(b) Medium Voltage 250 V to 650 V
(c) High Voltage 650 V to 33 KV
(d) Extra High Voltage above 33 KV
Q. 15 Homelessness refers to
(A) number of people per 1000 urban area population sleeping outside dwelling units
(B) total number of peple living on footpath
(C) percentage of people living on unauthorized land
(D) share of urban population living in slums
Answer: (A) number of people per 1000 urban area population sleeping outside dwelling
units
Q.17 The roof above the millennium dome in England (2000 AD) is made of
(A) P. V. C (B) Ferro- cement (C) Teflon (D) Titanium
Answer: (C) Teflon
Q. 23For a truss under vertical loading the top chord members of the truss are subjected
to
(A) torsion (B) axial tension
(C) tension and compression (D) axial compression
Answer: (C) tension and compression
Q.26 Which plan form is most suitable for a building located in an earthquake zone:
(A) Rectangular (B) U- Shape (C) L- Shape (D Square
Answer: (D) Square
Q. 28Square plan of Garbh Griha in Hindu temple is very much linked with
(A) Climate (B) Orientation (C) Corbelling (D) Façade treatment
Answer: (D) Façade treatment
Q. 29An external enclosure for any space is most pleasing when its
walls are
(A) 1/ 2 to 1/3 rd as high as the width of space
(B) Height is greater than the width
(C) Height is four times the width
(D) Height is equal to the width
Answer: (C)
North
In accordance with the position occupied by the gods in the mandala, guidelines are
given for zoning of site and distribution of rooms in a building. Some of these are:
North – treasury
Northeast – prayer room
East – bathroom
Southeast – kitchen
South – bedroom
Southwest – armoury
West – dining room
Northwest – cowshed.
Q.32 The purpose of the Building code is to protect the interests of the citizen. Choose the
right combination from the following factors.
P General Welfare
Q Aesthetic Quality
R Protection of Health
S Safety
T Convenience
U Affordability
(A) P, R, S, U (B) P, R, S, T (C) P, S, T, U (D) Q, R, S, T
Answer: (B) P, R, S, T
Q. 33 The items associated with the garden styles listed in Group- I are shown under
Group II
Group I Group II
P. French Baroque 1. William Kent
Q. Moghul 2. Temple Garden
R. English Romantic 3. Varsailles
S. Japanese 4. Charbag
Select the appropriate combination from the following options
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (B) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
(C) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1 (D) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1
Answer: (B) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
. 34 Choose the right combination of information, which should accompany an application for
Building Permission from any urban local government.
P Site Plan
Q Building Plan
R Key Plan
S Ownership Title
T Power of Attorney
U Services Plan
V Quantity Estimate
(A) P – Q – R- S – U (B) R – Q – T – V (C) S – T- U – V (D) Q – R – S – T
Answer: (A) P – Q – R- S – U
Q. 35Which of the following are the phenomena exhibited by the sound waves
P Reflection
Q Refraction
R Interference
S Polarization
T Diffraction
Indicate the correct combination
(A) P, Q, R (B) Q, R, S, T (C) P, R, S, T (D) P, Q, R, T
Answer: (D) P, Q, R, T
. 36 The net rent received from a property is Rs. 1,00,000/- per annum. The outgoings is Rs
20,000/- per annum. It is expected that the rent will be received for a long period.
Estimate the rental value of the property for 10% rate of interest.
(A) Rs 9,00,000/- (B) Rs 10,00,000/- (C) Rs 10,20,000/- (D) Rs 11,00,000/-
Answer: (B) Rs 10,00,000/-
= 1,00,000 ×
= 10,00,000 Rs
Net Rent: Amount received by land lord from tenant after deduction of maintenance,
taxes, insurance. If gross rent was given instead of Net Rent, then 20,000/- was to be
deducted to get Net Rent.
(corrected by Kavinaz Kaur, B. Arch, GNDU Amritsar)
Q. 38All the meanings of the following architectural terms are not correct. Select the correct
answer
Term Meaning
P PLAZZA - an open public square
Q COLUMN - a horizontal support
R STUCCO - art of high relief decoration by moulding plaster
S PORTICO - entry porch or vestibule supported by columns
(A) P, Q (B) P, S (C) Q, R (D) R, S
Answer: (B) P, S
Stucco- plaster used for coating and making decorative casts.
Q. 39Number of modular bricks required for Ten cubic metre brickwork in a house is
(A) 4500 (B) 4750 (C) 5000 (D) 5225
Answer: (C) 5000
Size of modular bricks= 20 cm × 10 cm × 10 cm
No of bricks = = 5000
Q. 40 A residential area of 80 hectares has the following residential plot subdivision. Each plot
has one dwelling unit and the average household size is 5 persons. The rest area is
devoted to roads, schools, parks and shops.
Plot Size Numbers
500 sq m 100
300 sq m 500
200 sq m 1000
What are the gross and net density respectively of the area in person per hectare (ppha) ?
(A) 100 ppha and 200 ppha (B) 500 ppha and 300 ppha
(C) 200 ppha and 100 ppha (D) 200 ppha and 300 ppha
Answer: (A) 100 ppha and 200 ppha
Total no of Dwelling units = 100 + 500 + 1000= 1600 Dwelling units.
Total Population = 1600 ×5= 8000
Total Residential Area= (500× 100) + (300 ×500) + (200 ×1000) = 4,00,000 sqm= 40
ha
. 41 A site map shows six contour lines at 5 metre contour interval. The mid point distances
between the top and the bottom most contour lines is 600 metres. The site measures
100 metre x 100 metre square. What is the slope between the above two midpoints?
(A) 1 in 60 (B) 1 in 30 (C) 20% (D) 5%
Answer: None of these.(Question not clear)
Ground coverage= 60 %=
FAR= 300 so total built up area= 600 ×3= 1800 m²
No of floors=
. 43 Which of the following percentage distribution of different land use is the most
representative one for a medium size urban area.
[Note : R- Residential, C- Commercial, P- Public and Semi Public, T- Transportaion
and Communication, I- Industrial] ?
(A) R : 45%, C : 4%, P : 12%, T : 14%, I : 8%
(B) R : 30%, C : 4%, P : 35%, T : 14%, I : 10%
(C) R : 30%, C : 20%, P : 12%, T : 14%, I : 10%
Q. 46 The following
figures represent four different study areas
Which of the following combination of the study area and number of nursery school
required is the most appropriate as per the planning norms.
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-2, S-2 (B) P-1, Q-2, R-1, S-1
(C) P-1, Q-2, R-2, S-1 (D) P-1, Q-1, R-2, S-2
Answer: (C)
(with input from Shweta Bharti, Ganga Institute of Arch. and Town Planning, MDU,
Rohtak)
Q. 47The following figures P, Q, R represent three areas of different population sizes. The
Small circles within represent distribution of two consecutive hierarchical levels of
commercial centres in each study area. Typologies of these commercial centres are
given below.
Typologies
1. Community Centre
2. Convenient Shop
3. District Centre
4. Sector market
Q. 48On street parking along a road kerb has provision for 45 degree angular parking with car
spaces of 5.4 m by 2.5 m. How many cars can be parked in 400 m stretch along the
kerb ?
(A) 100 cars (B) 110 cars (C) 120 cars (D) 130 cars
Answer: (B) 110 cars
Equating both δ1 = δ2 =
=
Q. 50Consider the following qualities of building materials:
P Fire resistance
Q Moisture resistance
R Strength
S Thickness
T Stability
Which of the following combination of qualities is most appropriate for thermal insulation?
(A) P, Q, R (B) P, Q, S (C) Q, R, S (D) R, S, T
Answer: No appropriate answer.
Q. 51A 300 metre long and 6 m wide pathway is to be illuminated with 4000 lumen lamps
having maintenance factor of 0.8 and coefficient of utilization 0.45. The desired average
lux on the pathway is 6. What should be the spacing between the lamps?
(A) 20 m (B) 30 m (C) 40 m (D) 50 m
Answer: (B) 30 m
Desired Lux= 6 lumens/m²
Total Area to be illuminated= 300 m²
Total Lumens required= 1800 (effective)
Let the no of lamps be ‘y’
Then y = 10800
y= 7.5 lamps (say 8 lamps)
. 54 Which of the following combination correctly represent the labels indicated in the
diagram given below?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
RIDGE Q R Q P
VALLEY R Q R Q
HIP P P S R
GABLE END S S T T
EAVES PROJECTION T T P S
Answer: B
.55 Indicte the correct combination of dimensions against the labels shown below in the
diagram of the WC?
Q. 56 Indicate the correct combination of duals of five platonic solids given below
TETRAHEDRON
CUBE
OCTAHEDRON
DODECAHEDRON
(A) (B) (C) (D)
T–T T–O T–D T–I
C–O C–D C–C D–D
I–D I–I I–O O–C
Answer: (A)
The top row shows the original Platonic solids. The middle row shows the vertex
figures of the original solid as lines superposed on the tangential polygons forming
the corresponding duals. Finally, the polyhedron compounds consisting of a
polyhedron and its dual are illustrated in the bottom row.
Archemedian Solids: Solids with two or more regular polygon with identical vertex.
There are 13 archemidian solids.
Q. 58 Match the following landscape architects listed in Group A with their works listed in
Group B
Group A Group B
P Andre Le Notre 1 Versailles, France
Q Valladier 2 The Piazza del Popolo, Rome
R John Wood 3 The Regents Park
S John Nash 4 Palace de la Concorde
5 Terrace Trivoli Garden
6 The Royal Crescent & Circus at Bath
(A) (B) (C) (D)
P3 P1 P3 P3
Q4 Q2 Q2 Q2
R6 R6 R4 R6
S5 S3 S6 S5
Answer: (B)
Q. 59Identify two attributes which best describe to the works of Michael Graves
P Anthropomorphic Q Aesthetic irony
R Traditional Symmetry S Symbolic
(A) P, S (B) P, Q (C) Q, R (D) R, S
Answer: (D) R, S
Anthropomorphic: resembling or made to resemble a human form.
Aesthetic irony:
Traditional symmetry: extrinsic geometric properties of the shape.
Symbolic architecture: Term coined by Charles Jencks in the 1980s to
describe architecture with cultural ideas, historical references, and other pre-
Modernist themes.
Portland Building at Oregon, USA, Resort World Sentosa, Singapore was designed
by Michael Graves,
. 60 Select three important factors from the following, which were considered by Louis I.
Kahn in his works
P Materials and the ways they can be joined together
Q Heights
R Sensitivity to light
S Grand Spaces
T Glass and steel
(A) P, Q, R (B) P, R, S (C) R, S, T (D) P, S, T
Answer: (B) P, R, S
Important Buildings by Louis I. Kahn
1959 – Salk Institute for Biological Studies, 10 North Torrey Pines Road, La
Jolla, California
1962 – Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad, India
1962– Jatiyo Sangshad Bhaban, the National Assembly Building of
Bangladesh, Dhaka, Bangladesh
1963 – President’s Estate, Islamabad, Pakistan (unbuilt)
1974 – Franklin D. Roosevelt Four Freedoms Park, Roosevelt Island, New
York City, New York (Completed 2012)
(A) Kurmaka
(B) Nandyavarta
(C) Padmaka
(D) Swastika
Answer: (B) Nandyavarta
Q. 62Match the following commands in the AUTOCAD.
P REVSURF 1 – Reverse the last command
Q SURFTAB 2 – Makes a view portable to other software applications
R VIWPORT 3- revolve an entity
S SHX 4- opens another window
5- surfing the table generated
6- assigning the mesh density
7- related to shape file
(A) P-1, Q-5, R-2, S-6 (B) P-2, Q-6, R-4, S-5
(C) P-5, Q-3, R-7, S-4 (D) P-3, Q-6, R-4, S-7
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-6, R-4, S-7
. 63 Identify the appropriate combination of the following items vis-à-vis their description,
which may be either True or False.
P SPLINE generates curve on the polyline
Q LTYPEGEN generates continuity of linetype in a polyline
R WCS Window compression by scaling
S XREF references X coordinate of the element
(A) P-F, Q-T, R-T, S-T
(B) P-T, Q-T, R-F, S-F
(C) P-F, Q-F, R-F, S-T
(D) P-T, Q-F, R-T, S-F
Answer:
Q. 64Identify the appropriate match between Group A and Group B from the choices given
below.
Group A Group B (Computer Programming Language)
P Main ( ) { ……..} 1 Pascal
Q Begin { …..} End 2 Lisp
R (Defun ( ) …….) 3 Basic
S Format (* ,*) ….. 4 Fortran
T REM…………… 5 C
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2, T-4 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-3, T-1
(C) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2, T-5 (D) P-5, Q-1, R-2, S-4, T-3
Answer: (D) P-5, Q-1, R-2, S-4, T-3
. 65 Match the following building materials in Group 1 with their predominant use in places as
mentioned in Group 2.
Group 1 Group 2
P Glazed Bricks 1 Mohenzodaro
Q Tufa 2 Mesopotemia
R Fine grained marble 3 Greece
S Sun dried bricks 4 Rome
5 Egypt
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-5 (B) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1
(C) P-2, Q-5, R-3, S-4 (D) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-5
Q. 66Match the name of books in Group 1 with the authors listed in Group 2.
Group 1 Group 2
P Design of cities 1 Fredric Gibbard
Q Town design 2 Kevin Lynch
R Site Planning 3 Edward N Bacon
S Comments on Neighbourhood concept 4 Ebenezer Howard
5 Hans Bluemenfeld
6 Charles Abrams
(A) P-3, Q-2, R-6, S-4, (B) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-5,
(C) P-6, Q-5, R-3, S-1, (D) P-5, Q-6, R-3, S-2,
Answer: (B) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-5,
. 68 A good thermal insulating materials should possess the several qualities. Select the
combination of best three factors.
P. Fire-resistance
Q. Moisture resistance
R. Strength
S. Stability
T Soundproofing
(A) P, Q, S (B) Q, R, S (C) P, Q, R (D) R, S, T
Answer: (B) Q, R, S
. 70 Match the following paints in Group 1 against their most important quality as mentioned
in Group 2.
Group 1 Group 2
P Cement Paint 1 Water proofing
Q Plastic Emulsion Paint 2 Glossy appearance
R Oilbound distemper 3 Decorative appearance
S Synthetic Enamel paint 4 Easily washable
5 Fire- resistant
6 Acid resistant
(A)P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-5, (B) P-2, Q-3, R-5, S-3,
(C) P-1, Q-6, R-3, S-4, (D) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-6,
Answer: (C) P-1, Q-6, R-3, S-4,
Red Lead- base paint for iron material.
White Lead (Lead Carbonate) – base paint for wood.
Q. 71Strips of two different metals firmly joined together as shown in the figure.
Select the changed profile of the joined strips while heated from the figure shown below.
(A) P (B) Q (C) R (D) S
Answer: (B) Q
Q. 73In Gandhi Smarak Sangrahalaya architect Charles Correa used different types of
finishes. Select the combination of finishes used in the building.
P Stone Cladding Q Exposed brick
R Plastering and painting S Marble chip finish
T Exposed concrete U Plain cement concrete finish
(A) R, S, T (B) Q, T, U (C) P, Q, R D) Q, R, S
Answer: (B) Q, T, U
Wooden doors, stone floors, ceramic tile roofs, and brick columns are the features of the
building. Load bearing brick columns support concrete
channels, which support the wooden roof and direct the rainwater
Boards are nailed underneath the joists and tiles are placed atop the joints. The
foundation is concrete and is raised about a foot from the ground
1 2 3 4
Moorish Style Romanesque Style Gothic Style Renaissance Style
15th Century 11th- 12th Century 13th- 14th Century 15th- 16th Century
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4, (B) P-2, Q-4, R-4, S-1,
(C) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-1, (D) P-2, Q-1, R-2, S-2,
Answer: (C) P-1, Q-3,R-4, S-1
. 76 The figures 1 and 2 represent two different case of building forms, building layouts and
the site features on sites located respectively in hot- humid and hot- dry regions.
Considering the factors listed below which of the following options compared best the
relative presence and absence of these factors in the two cases.
Factors
V Cross Ventillation
P Privacy in outdoor space
E Exposure to outside view
Q. 77 The graph below shows urban population growths of four countries (P, Q, R and S)
with time.
Which of the following statements is INCORRECT ?
(A) Urbanisation started much later in ‘P’ than in ‘S’ and it has achieved lower growth
rate.
(B) Growth rate is higher in ‘Q’ than in ‘R’.
(C) Growth rate is higher in ‘P’ than in ‘Q’, ‘R’, ‘S’ after 1900.
(D) Urban population is higher in ‘R’ than in ‘Q’.
Answer: (A) Urbanisation started much later in ‘P’ than in ‘S’ and it has achieved
lower growth rate.
Q. 78 The following figures show four different unmanaged traffic intersections in a city.
6 Cracking
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-5, S-1 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-6
(C) P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (D) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-4, R-5, S-1
Star shake in timber.
Mottle- it is spot of different shades of colour as in granite.
. 81 A stack of sand measures 2.5 metre x 3.5 metre at the top and 3.5 metre x 4.5 metre at
the base. The average height of the stack is 1 metre. What is the volume of sand in the
stack ?
(A) 10 cum (B) 12 cum (C) 15 cum (D) 18 cum
Answer: (B) 12 cum
. 82 In a residential community of 10000 population 20% are Higher Secondary school going
children. The expected enrolment is 80 % and per capita gross floor space required is
3.0 sq m. The ground coverage permissibility is 40 %. Indicate the land area required
for the Higher Secondary school building.
(A) 0.85 hectare (B) 6.0 hectare (C) 1.2 hectare (D) 7.5 hectare
Q.83 Which is the correct match for items given in Group 1 with items given in Group 2.
Group 1 Group 2
P Thermal Inversion 1. Water repellent
Q Efflorescence 2 Stable airflow
R Hydrophobic surface 3 Lecture Hall
S Psychedelic effect 4 Crystallization
5 Globulation
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1
(C) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-1 (D) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3
In meteorology, an inversion is a deviation from the normal change of an atmospheric
property with altitude. “temperature inversion”, i.e., an increase in temperature with
height. Thermal inversion is an atmospheric condition that occurs when a layer of
warm air settles over a layer of cool air that is near ground level.
Efflorescence (chemistry) – loss of water of crystallization
Efflorescence (botany) - gradual process of unfolding of flower
Efflorescence (civil engg.) – It is a deposit, usually white in color that
occasionally develops on the surface of concrete, often just after a structure is
completed. Water in moist, hardened concrete dissolves soluble salts. This
salt-water solution migrates to the surface by vapor transmission or hydraulic
pressure where the water evaporates, leaving the salt deposit at the surface.
Hydrophobia- fear of water.
Psychedelic effect-a stage of seeing colourful, twisting, spinning, winding, swirling
images and euphoric feeling depending upon drug and the dose.
(Relationship with Lecture Hall confusing)
Select from the following group of pairs the one you consider as most appropriate
while designing the hospital.
(A) PR, QW, RS (B) PR, ST, RT (C) RT, PU, RV (D) RV, UW,
QR
Answer: (B) PR, ST, RT
. 85 In high- rise building the walls are built thinner as they get higher. Select the most
important pair of factors.
P. Thinner wall has less weight to bear at the top
Q. Thinner wall are suitable for earthquake
R. Thinner wall look beautiful
S. Thinner wall can take electrical conduit pipe easily
T Thinner wall have moment of inertia
(A) P, R (B) P, Q (C) R, S (D) Q, T
Answer: (B) P, Q
. 86 In the landscape drains correlate the drain types with their positive or negative
attributes, and select the appropriate combinations.
P Open drain 1. Economic
Q Swale 2 easy collection
R French Drain 3 susceptible to clogging
S Pipe drain 4 high rate of flow
5 easy maintenance
6 visual scar
(A) P - 1, 2, 4, 6 (B) Q - 2, 3, 6, 4
(C) R – 1, 2, 5, 6 (D) S – 1, 4, 5, 6
Answer: (A) P - 1, 2, 4, 6
Open drain is open nala.
Swale is a low tract of land, especially one that is moist or marshy. The term
can refer to a natural landscape feature or a human-created one. (GATE 2016)
French drains are primarily used to prevent ground and surface water from
penetrating or damaging building foundations. Alternatively, French drains may
be used to distribute water, such as a septic drain field at the outlet of a typical
septic tank sewage treatment system. French drains are also used behind
retaining walls to relieve ground water pressure. Is a trench filled with gravel or
rock or containing a perforated pipe that redirects surface water and
groundwater away from an area.
Q. 87 Match the tree forms with their corresponding functions as listed below.
1 Visual screening
2 Shading of functions around
3 Backdrop
4 Water side edge planting
5 Boundary edging of a functional area
6 Scale induction of the adjoining object
. 88 The Age- Sex pyramid of an urban area shows a bulge in the age group of 15 to 25.
Select the likely correct group of inference.
P Birth rate has fallen
Q In- migration is high
R Out- migration is high
S Death rate has fallen
T Males are more than females
(A) P – Q (B) P – R (C) R – T (D) S – T
Answer: (A) P – Q
Demographic cycle of population. (India is in stage III)
S. Stage Birth/death Category
No
1 Stage I High birth/ high death High
stationary
2 Stage II High birth/ death decline Early
expansion
3 Stage III Birth marginal decline/ Late
death decline expansion
4 Stage IV Low birth/ death decline Low
stationary
5 Stage V Low birth/ high death High decline
1 Rafter 2 Strut
3 King Post 4 Diagonal tie
5 Flat tie 6 Support
7 Main tie
(A) P – 1, Q- 2, R-3, S- 4, T- 5, U- 6 (B) P – 3, Q- 1, R-3, S- 6, T- 7, U-
4
(C) P – 3, Q- 4, R-5, S- 1, T- 2, U- 7 (D) P – 2, Q- 4, R-5, S- 7, T- 6, U-
3
Q. 90Select the items in the Group 1, which matches most appropriately with items in Group
2.
Group 1 Group 2
P Air delivery System 1. Adsorption
Q Air distribution system 2 Dampers
Habitat, Montreal
Canada
Q.7 The sampling rate for household survey of a town with 2 lakhs population is
(A) 1 in 10 (B) 1 in 5 (C) 1 in 8 (D) 1 in 15
Answer: (D) 1 in 15
For 2, 00,000 population (if avg. family size is 5.5) no of household = = 36363
household. 1 in 15 will be 2424 household, which is still high.
Most statisticians agree that the minimum sample size to get any kind of
meaningful result is 100. If your population is less than 100 then you really
need to survey all of them.
A good maximum sample size is usually around 10% of the population, as long
as this does not exceed 1000. For example, in a population of 5000, 10%
would be 500. In a population of 200,000, 10% would be 20,000. This exceeds
1000, so in this case the maximum would be 1000.
Even in a population of 200,000, sampling 1000 people will normally give a
fairly accurate result. Sampling more than 1000 people won’t add much to the
accuracy given the extra time and money it would cost.
Q.8 Identify the most appropriate set that relates to Physical Infrastructure
(A) Water supply, solid waste (B) Housing, education, health Management,
electricity
(C) Petrol pumps, milk booths, LPG (D) Communication, postal services godownsfire
protection services
Answer: (A) Water supply, solid waste Management, electricity
Q.9 Urban design theory that deals with analysis of relationship between building mass and
open space is
(A) Open space theory(B) Figure ground theory(C) Linkage theory (D) Place theory
Answer: (B) Figure ground theory
There are three approaches to urban-design theory which are figure-ground theory;
linkage theory; and place theory.
Q. 11Albido refers to
(A) Thermal properties of external surface material (B) Roughness of stone surface
(C) Height of a frame to allow creepers to grow (D) Nosing of steps made in marble
Answer: (A) Thermal properties of external surface material
Q. 13 Water harvesting is
(A) A new method of water purification
(B) Collection of water in paddy fields
(C) Device to allow quick flow of storm water run off into rivers
(D) Device to re direct storm water run off into under ground aquifers
Answer: (D) Device to re direct storm water run off into under ground aquifers
Aquifer: An aquifer is an underground layer of water-bearing permeable rock or
unconsolidated materials (gravel, sand, or silt) from which groundwater can be
extracted.
Aquitard: bed of low permeability along aquifer.
Aquiclude: An impermeable body of rock or stratum of sediment that acts as a
barrier to the flow of groundwater.
Assembly Buildings
Indian Parliament- Leutyens
Pakistan National Assembly- Edward Durel Stone
National Assembly Building, Dhaka, Bangladesh- Louis Kahn
Srilanka Parliament Building- Geoffrey Bawa
Q. 20 The role of government agencies in the field of housing started changing since 1970s
in the following way
(A) From provider to facilitator (B) From plot supplier to dwelling unit supplier
(C) From designer to builder (D) From facilitator to provider
Answer: (A) From provider to facilitator
Q. 23The best example of synthesis between Indo- Aryans and Dravidian stylistic features in
a temple is
(A) Hoyasaleshwar (B) Madurai (C) Konark (D) Dilwara
Answer: (A) Hoyasaleshwar
Hoyasaleshwar Temple at Halebid is in Hassan District of Karnataka.
Durga Temple at Aihole and other temples of Pattadakal and Badami is in Bagalkot
District of Karnataka.
Both the site of Hassan and Bagalkot represent the synthesis of Nagara and Dravidian
style of temple.
Q. 24Urushringa is the design component used in shikhara of one of the following temple
styles
(A) Bhubaneshwari(B) Dravidian (C) Khajuraho (D) Deccan
Answer: (C) Khajuraho
An urushringa is a subsidiary tower pasted against the main tower (sikhara) in the
Hindu temple architecture. The urushringa is lower and narrower than the sikhara. It
strengthens the feeling of height given by the temple. We find them on the temple of
northern India in the Nagara architecture.
Q. 25 Development that meets the need of the present without compromising the ability of
the future
generations to meet their own need is
(A) Health, education and welfare development (B) Sustainable development
(C) Economic development (D) Infrastructure development
Answer: (B) Sustainable development
This definition first appeared in 1987 from World Commission on Environment and
Development, (the Brundtland Commission) Brundtland was the former Prime
Minister of Norway.
1972 Stockholm Conference on the Human Environment
1980 World Conservation Strategy of the International Union for the Conservation of
Nature (IUCN)
headquartered at Gland, Switzerland.
1992 Earth Summit, Rio de Janeiro (Agenda 21)
2002 Third UN Conference on Environment and Development in Johannesburg,
South Africa in 2002
P 1 Christaller’s concept
4 Radburn concept
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-4 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-4 (C) P-2, Q-3, R-1 (D) P-1, Q-3, R-2
Answer: (B) P-2, Q-1, R-4
Q. 33Match the appropriate noise level in Group 2 with the building types in Group 1.
Group 1 Group 2
P Radio and TV Studios 1 35- 40 dB
Q Industry 2 40- 45 dB
R Hospitals and auditoria 3 25- 30 dB
S Court rooms & class rooms 4 70- 75 dB
5 50- 55 dB
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (D) P-4, Q-5, R-
3, S-2
Answer: (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Q. 34 Match the period/ style in Group 1 with their most significant contribution in the progress
of Architecture in Group 2.
Group 1 Group 2
P Egyptian 1 New bonding material
Q Greek 2 Building skeleton and skin
R Roman 3 Trabeation
S Gothic 4 Optical corrections
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (B) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (C) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (D) P-4, Q-3, R-2,
S-1
Answer: (B) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
New Bonding material (pozzolona: type of cement) was used in Pantheon in
Rome.
Gothic: Flying buttress and rose window with glass.
Trabeation: Having
horizontal beams or lintels rather than arches.
Entasis is the application of a convex curve to a surface for optical correction.
The Classical columns were slightly bulged out a bit above the base.
. 35 A sector has a gross area of 65 hectares and a residential area of 50 hectares. If net
residential density is 325 pph, what is the gross density of the sector?
(A) 275 pph (B) 225 pph (C) 300 pph (D) 250 pph
Answer: (D) 250 pph
= 250 pph
Q. 39To describe the traffic characteristics of a city, show how you would identify the
volume of
Group 1 Group 2
P Peak hour traffic 1 By quantifying traffic that stops
Q Through traffic 2 By determining the maximum hourly traffic volume
R Terminating traffic 3 By observing the traffic that does not stop inside the city
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1
(C) P-3, Q-1, R-2 (D) P-2, Q-1, R-3
Answer: (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1
Q. 40Match the typology of gardens in Group 1 with their typical features in Group 2.
Group 1 Group 2
P Mughal Garden 1 Moss, manicured trees, rocks, water
Q Italian Garden 2 Cycle tracks, meandering walkways, benches
R Japanese Garden 3 Sculpture of pretty nymphs, angels, fountains
S City Forest 4 Geometric floral patterns, flowing water, stone Shelters.
(A) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-2 (B) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1 (C) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (D) P-2, Q-1,
R-3, S-4
Answer: (C) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2
Mughal Garden:
Shalimar Bag, Lahore (Built by Babur)
Humayu’s Tomb, Delhi.
Shalimar garden in Kashmir (Initiated by Jehangir)
Taj Garden, Agra (Built by Sahjahan)
Mahtab Bagh, Red Fort Agra (Built by Sahjahan)
Khusro Bagh, Allahabad
Nishat Garden, Jammu and Kashmir
Garden of President Estate, New Delhi (Built by Leutyens)
Lal Bagh Fort, Dhaka, Bangladesh
Ismili Centre, Lisbon, Portugal, (Raj Rewal)
Features of Mughal Garden:
Walled, protected from outside world.
Flowing water from four cardinal directions depicting honey, milk, wine
and water.
Gardens in pure geometric pattern.
Backdrop contained fort, museloeum, riverfront or mountain.
pool to reflect the beauties of sky and garden.
trees of various sorts, some to provide shade, and others to produce
fruits and flowers, colorful and sweet-smelling; grass.
Features of Japanese Garden:
Miniature idealized landscape
Japanese gardens always have water, either a pond or stream, or, in the
dry rock garden, represented by white sand. A traditional garden will
usually have an irregular-shaped pond, or, in larger gardens, two or
more ponds connected by a channel or stream, and a cascade, a
miniature version of Japan’s famous mountain waterfalls.
Water body with island.
Use of rock, sand and gravel.
Stepping stones
Features of Chinese Garden:
Chinese gardens are filled with architecture; halls, pavilions, temples,
galleries, bridges, kiosks, and towers, occupying a large part of the
space.
A Chinese garden was not meant to be seen all at once; the plan of a
classical Chinese garden presented the visitor with a series of perfectly
composed and framed glimpses of scenery; a view of a pond, or of a
rock, or a grove of bamboo, a blossoming tree, or a view of a distant
mountain peak or a pagoda.
In addition to these larger halls and pavilions, the garden is filled with
smaller pavilions, (also called ting) which are designed for providing
shelter from the sun or rain, for contemplating a scene, reciting a poem,
taking advantage of a breeze, or simply resting.
The classical garden was surrounded by a wall, usually painted white,
which served as a pure backdrop for the flowers and trees.
A pond of water was usually located in the center. Many structures,
large and small, were arranged around the pond.
The artificial mountain rock garden is an integral element of Chinese
classical gardens.
Flowers and trees, along with water, rocks and architecture, are the
fourth essential element of the Chinese garden.
Features of Italian Garden:
Statues (Sculpture of pretty nymphs, angels)
Fountains
Grottoes (natural or artificial cave)
Water organs
Features of French Garden:
A geometric plan using the most recent discoveries of perspective and optics.
A terrace overlooking the garden, allowing the visitor to see all at once the
entire garden.
All vegetation is constrained and directed, to demonstrate the mastery of man
over nature. Trees are planted in straight lines, and carefully trimmed, and
their tops are trimmed at a set height.
The residence serves as the central point of the garden, and its central
ornament. No trees are planted close to the house; rather, the house is set
apart by low parterres and trimmed bushes.
A central axis, or perspective, perpendicular to the facade of the house, on the
side opposite the front entrance. The axis extends either all the way to the
horizon (Versailles) or to piece of statuary or architecture (Vaux-le-Vicomte).
The axis faces either South (Vaux-le-Vicomte, Meudon) or east-west (Tuileries,
Clagny, Trianon, Sceaux). The principal axis is composed of a lawn, or a basin
of water, bordered by trees. The principal axis is crossed by one or more
perpendicular perspectives and alleys.
The most elaborate parterres, or planting beds, in the shape of squares, ovals,
circles or scrolls, are placed in a regular and geometric order close to the
house, to complement the architecture and to be seen from above from the
reception rooms of the house.
The parterres near the residence are filled with broderies, designs created with
low boxwood to resemble the patterns of a carpet, and given a polychrome
effect by plantings of flowers, or by colored brick, gravel or sand.
Farther from the house, the broderies are replaced with simpler parterres,
filled with grass, and often containing fountains or basins of water. Beyond
these, small carefully created groves of trees, serve as an intermediary
between the formal garden and the masses of trees of the park. “The perfect
place for a stroll, these spaces present alleys, stars, circles, theaters of
greenery, galleries, spaces for balls and for festivities.”
Bodies of water (canals, basins) serve as mirrors, doubling the size of the
house or the trees.
The garden is animated with pieces of sculpture, usually on mythological
themes, which either underline or punctuate the perspectives, and mark the
intersections of the axes, and by moving water in the form of cascades and
fountains.
Features of English Garden: (Kent, William Capability Brown, Humphrey Repton)
The English garden usually included a lake.
Sweeps of gently rolling lawns set against groves of trees.
Ornate carpets of floral designs and walls of hedges, decorated with statues
and fountains.
Recreations of classical temples, Gothic ruins, bridges, and other picturesque
architecture
Grottoes (natural or artificial caves), temples, tea-houses, belvederes
(architectural structure to augment the scenic beauty), pavilions, sham ruins
(false impression of old ruined structure), bridges and statues
Q. 41 Choose TWO abbreviations from the following that are very commonly used in
transportation planning.
P MOU T DJB
Q DPC U PCU
R ROW V RAW
S ITI W EIA
(A) MOU, ROW (B) ITI, DJB (C) ROW, PCU (D) ROW, EIA
Answer: (C) ROW, PCU
MOU: Memorandum of Understanding
DPC: Damp Proofing Course
ROW: Right of Way
ITI: x
DJB: x
PCU: Passenger Car Unit
RAW: x
EIA: Environmental Impact Assessment
Q. 42Find the correct matches in the given list of architectural entities and the architectural
style/ period
Group 1 Group 2
P Temple 1 Mohenjo-Daro
Q Public Bath 2 Greek
R Agora 3 Roman
S Granary 4 Mayan
(A) R-3, R-4 (B) Q-1, Q-3 (C) S-3, S-4 (D) P-2, P-3
Answer: (B) Q-1, Q-3
Thermae in Rome and Great Bath in Mohenjodaro.
Q. 43Stress due to bending moment may be computed through appropriate combination from
the following parameters. Select the appropriate choice out of the ones given below.
M Bending moment I Moment of Inertia
y Distance from neutral axis E Young’s modulus of elasticity
R Radius of curvature Stress due to bending
(A) R= y E (B) M I= E (C) I= M R (D) y= M E
Answer: Marks to all
Correct ans I= M y
Q. 44Match the shape of the age- sex pyramid and their interpretations.
P Q R S
Q. 46Choose the two most appropriate design approaches that signify Laurie Baker’s work.
P Recycling of materials
Q Imaginative use of bricks in construction
R Innovative construction methods to save cost
S New vocabulary in indigenous construction
(A) P, R (B) Q, S (C) R, S (D) P, S
Answer: (B) Q, S
Q. 47A two colour / tone colour scheme is proposed for an office building. Which is the most
appropriate set of combinations between the desired effect and the colour scheme?
Group 1 Group 2
P Contrasting 1 Complementary colours
Q Formal 2 Extreme grey values
R Neutral 3 Light colours
(A) P-2, P-3 (B) Q-1, Q-3 (C) R-1 (D) P-1, P-2
Answer: (A) P-2, P-3
. 51 Given below is a sketch plan of a hilly site and two points to be connected by road.
Select the best road alignment. Contour interval is 2 m.
Q. 53 Identify the devices from Group 1 that prevent sliding of truss roof components
in Group 2
Group 1 Group 2
P Screw 1 Battens
Q Bolt 2 Purlins
R Wall plate 3 Rafters
S Cleat 4 Struts
(A) P-3, P-4 (B) S-3 (C) S-2 (D) P-2, R-4
Answer: (C) S-2
Q. 54 Choose the most appropriate set of facilities to be provided at the Sector level for
about 20,000 inhabitants in a town of 3,25,000 inhabitants.
P High School Q College
R Play field S Shopping centre
T Civic Centre
(A) P, Q, S (B) Q, R, T (C) P, R, S (D) Q, S, T
Answer: (C) P, R, S
Q. 55In different climatic zones, different set of devices are used to achieve comfort in a
dwelling. Choose the most appropriate set.
Group 1 Group 2
P Warm and Humid 1 Thick walls
Q Hot and dry 2 Central Courtyard
R Composite 3 Thin walls
4 Small openings
5 Good ventilation
6 Evaporative cooling
(A) Q- 1, Q- 2, Q- 6 (B) P-2, P-3, P-6 (C) R-1, R-4, R-6 (D) P-1, Q- 3, R-2
Answer: (A) Q- 1, Q- 2, Q- 6
Q. 58Select the most appropriate combination of elements that can be labeled as “Street
Hardware”.
P Advertisement kiosk T Battens
Q Junction boxes U Letter Box
R Signals V Bus shelter
S Planter beds W Traffic signs
(A) Q, R, T, W (B) P, Q, S, V, W (C) Q, R, S, T, U, W (D) Q, R, S, V, W
Answer: No appropriate answer
Street furniture and street hardware is confusing term.
Street furniture is a collective term for objects and pieces of equipment installed on
streets and roads for various purposes. It includes:
benches
traffic barriers
bollards
post boxes
phone boxes
streetlamps
traffic lights
traffic signs
bus stops
tram stops
taxi stands
public lavatories
fountains
watering troughs
memorials
public sculptures
waste receptacles
(A) P-3, Q-6, R-1, S-2 (B) P-5, Q-1, R-4, S-2
(C) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-6 (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-5
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-5
Q. 61Match the type of land use in Group 1 with their most appropriate colour code in
Group 2.
Group 1 Group 2
P Residential 1 Purple
Q Industrial 2 Yellow
R Recreational 3 Blue
S Transportation 4 Green
5 Gray
6 Red
(A) P-3, Q-6, R-4, S-5 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-6, S-3 (D) P-6, Q-1, R-
2, S-4
Answer: (B) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5
Q. 62Find out which of the following are TRUE (T) or FALSE (F) and then choose the correct
combination.
Group 1 Group 2
P Housing loan amount is determined by repayment capacity 1 True
Q The period of repayment of housing loans is never more than 7 years 2 False
R In the villages, loans for house buildings is still taken from private sources
S Housing loan packages are available From LIC, HUDCO, HFDC, CPWD &
SBI.
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-1, S-2 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-2, S-2
(C) P-1, Q-2, R-2, S-1 (D) P-2, Q-1, R-1, S-2
Answer: (A) P-1, Q-2, R-1, S-2
Q. 631750 square meters of a water body having as total surface area of 14,000 square
meters is covered with water hyacinth. Assuming the weed grows at GP rate every 24
hour, in how many days the water body will totally covered ?
(A) 16 days (B) 8 days (C) 3 days (D) 1 day
Answer: (C) 3 days
1750 sq.m. will be 3500 in one day, 7000 in two day and 14,000 sq.m. in three days.
Q. 65Referring to the Figure below, select the valid combination of symbols representing he
parameters given below.
Group 1 Group 2
P shearing force at point A 1 Maximum value
Q shearing force at point B 2 Positive value
R shearing force at point C 3 Negative value
S bending moment at point A 4 Zero
T bending moment at point B
U bending moment at point C
V Torsion at point A
(A) P-1, S-1, V-1 (B) R-4, U-3, T-2 (C) Q-1, T-3, V-4 (D) S-3, P-4, T-2
Answer: (C) Q-1, T-3, V-4
Q. 66Identify the most appropriate sequence of process used for treatment for waste water.
(A) Skimming tank → Racks and screen → Precipitation tank → Sedimentation tank
→ Biological growth → Disinfection
(B) Biological growth → Racks and screen → Skimming tank→ Sedimentation tank
→ Precipitation tank → Disinfection
(C) Racks and screen → Skimming tank → Sedimentation tank→ Precipitation tank→
Biological growth → Disinfection
(D) Biological growth → Skimming tank → Precipitation → Racks and screen→
Sedimentation tank→ Disinfection
Answer: (C) Racks and screen → Skimming tank → Sedimentation tank→
Precipitation tank→
Biological growth → Disinfection
. 67 A plot of land under development is located in a rocky area without any public sewerage
system. Identify the most appropriate combination for sewage disposal for the
proposed development.
P Septic tank
Q Soak pit
R Anaerobic filter
S Oxidation ditch
(A) P, Q (B) S, R (C) P, R (D) S
Answer: (C) P, R
Soak pit and oxidation ditch will not work in rocky area since ground percolation is low.
Q. 70 Match the items from Group 1 with the appropriate items in Group 2
Group 1 Group 2
Town Planning Scheme 1 Additional FAR gained to the per if he provides public
amenities / spaces
Q Transferable Development Rights 2 A legal procedure that allows pooling of lands
by owners, preparation
of layout and redistribution of final plots.
R Incentive Zoning 3 Allows the plot owner to transfer the FAR/ FSI on the area of
the
plot, surrendered to the local authority, to another plot.
(A) P-3, Q-1, R-2 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-3 (C) P-2, Q-3, R-1 (D) P-3, Q-2, R-1
Answer: (C) P-2, Q-3, R-1
Q. 71 Match the housing programmes in Group 1 with their key features in Group 2
Group 1 Group 2
P KIP of Indonesia 1 Participatory, stress on young beneficiaries education
Q MHP of Sri Lanka 2 Participatory, beneficiaries contributed land.
R Orangi Project of Pakistan 3 Employment generative, tenureship to beneficiaries,
in situ
S CDP of Hyderabad, India 4 Flexible assistance, tenureship to beneficiaries, in situ
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (B) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
(C) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (D) P-4, Q-3, R-4, S-3
Answer: (D) P-4, Q-3, R-4, S-3
These are famous slum upgradation program of Asia.
The innovative Kampung Improvement Programme (KIP) in Jakarta, Indonesia,
launched in 1969 is the world’s first urban slum upgrading project. The densely
populated, unserviced, low-income urban homes scattered around the city that are
home to 60 percent of its 4.8 million inhabitants. The KIP worked to provide basic
urban services, such as roads and footpaths, water, drainage and sanitation, as
well as health and education facilities.
Million Housing Project of Srilanka. In the MHP, the focus is on : (a)very small
loans, the average loan is $ 178 per family ; (b)a large participation by the
households, in the form of work or money, this participation represents 60 to 90 %
of the total value of the accommodation built ; (c)and absence of strict technical
standards ; (d)technical assistance from the administration and a control of how
the loans are used ; (e)a wide range of loans for improvement, building of new
accommodation, sites and services, water supply, sewage and drainage, etc. ; (f)a
policy for improving slums in Colombo and in other towns ; (g)a land policy to
facilitate land access in urban areas, beneficiaries occupying public land acquire
ownership without land expenses ; if the land is privately owned, the State
undertakes to purchase it and only part of the price is counted in the loan granted
to the household ; (h)a subsidy policy, interest rates are below those of the
market, infrastructures are financed without repayment, administrative costs are
not taken into consideration in the cost of the loan. The National Housing
Development Authority (NHDA)is responsible for managing the programme and
granting loans.
Orangi poverty alleviation project (Orangi Pilot Project, OPP) was initiated by
Akhtar Hameed Khan in 1980 in Karachi, Pakistan. The project comprises a
number of programs, including a people’s financed and managed Low-Cost
Sanitation Program; a Housing Program; a Basic Health and Family Planning
Program; a Program of Supervised Credit for Small Family Enterprise Units; an
education Program; and a Rural development Program in the nearby villages.
Community Development Program, Hyderabad.
Q. 72Match the names of the trees in Group 1 with the shape of their leaves in Group 2.
Group 1
P Ficus religiosa
Q Cassia fistula
R Delonix regia
S Polyalthia Longifolia
(A) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1 (B) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (C) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (D) P-2,
Q-1, R-3, S-4
Answer: (B) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2
Ficus religiosa- peepal
Cassia fistula- amaltus (tree with yellow flower)
Delonix regia- gulmohar
Polyalthia Longifolia- false ashok
Q. 73 Match the orders of Architecture in Group 1 with their most appropriate symbolic
expression in Group 2.
Group 1 Group 2
P Doric 1 Floral
Q Ionic 2 Most Decorative
R Corinthian 3 Masculine
S Composite 4 Feminine
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (C) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (D) P-1, Q-4,
R-3, S-2
Answer: (A) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Although Corinthian order is regarded as most decorative.
(input from Debanjali Saha, NIT Rourkela, PG SPAD)
Q. 74Referring to the structure shown in figure below, the maximum Shearing force in the
beam is at point
(A) P (B) Q(C) R(D) S
Answer: (C) R
Q. 75Choose the correct set of factors of physical planning to be placed at the vertex of
Geddesian Triangle.
P Development
Q Area
R Function
S Node
T Linkage
(A) P, Q, R (B) Q, R, S (C) R, S, T (D) P, Q, T
Answer: (A) P, Q, R
Q. 77Arrange the four types of standard urban roads in descending order from the following
Group 1 Group 2
P National Road U Sector Roads
Q District Distributors V Local Distributors
R Slip Roads W Bus Roads
S Primary Distributors X Access Roads
T Neighbourhood Roads Y Dead End Roads
(A) S, Q, V, X (B) P, V, W, Y (C) P, R, T, V (D) S, Q, T, X
Answer: No appropriate answer
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (D) P-2, Q-4, R-
1, S-3
Answer: (D) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3
.82a The flying height of the plane is 2500 m above MSL and the elevation of the terrain is
500 M. Assuming a camera lens of 210 mm focal length, calculate the scale of the
photograph. (to the nearest ten).
(A) 1: 11900(B) 1: 9520(C) 1: 14290 (D) 1: 2380
Answer: (B) 1: 9520
Q.82b If a tract of land measures 2.5 cm x 4.5 cm in the photograph, calculate its area in
acres.
(A) 27 acres(B) 10 acres (C) 25 acres (D) 18 acres
Answer: (C) 25 acres
2.5 cm equivalent to 2.5 = 23807 cm = 238 m
4.5 cm equivalent to 4.5 = 42853 cm = 428 m
Area= 238
Q.83a An auditorium of size 30m x 20m is 8 m high. Assuming optimum reverberation time of
1.2 seconds and existing absorption power of the hall as 300 m²-sabins, calculate the
extra absorption units required.
(A) 240 m²-sabins (B) 340 m²-sabins (C) 380m²-sabins (D) 450m²-sabins
Answer: (B) 340 m²-sabins
Soln: A standard reverberation time has been defined as the time for the sound to die
away to a level 60 decibels below its original level.
(Total )
Extra absorption required= 640-300= 340 m²-sabins
Q. 83b Extra absorption units in the above auditorium can be achieved by using indigenous
acoustical materials. If the area available for fixing acoustical materials is 580 sq. m, of
which 40 sq. m. are openings covered with heavy curtains. The absorption coefficients
of curtains is 0.50. Identify a single acoustical material for the remaining area.
(A) Compressed wood particle board- perforated (coefficient of absorption: 0.36)
(B) 18 mm thick compound wood particle board (coefficient of absorption: 0.60)
(C) Wood wool board (coefficient of absorption: 0.20)
(D) Straw board (coefficient of absorption: 0.30)
Answer: (B) 18 mm thick compound wood particle board (coefficient of absorption:
0.60)
Soln: Total area available for fixing = 580 sq m
40 sq m covered with heavy curtain with 0.50 absorption coefficients
Absorption created by curtain = 40 × 0.5 = 20 m²-sabins
Therefore remaining absorption area= 580- 40= 540 sq m and further
absorption to be created = 340- 20= 320.
For particular material : 540 × absorption coefficient = 320
. 84a A city had a population of 2,50,000 persons in 2001 with a growth rate of 2% p.a. and
occupied an area of 1500 ha. Estimate the projected population for the year 2010.
Estimate the additional land requirement for the year 2010 assuming an average town
density of 100 ppha.
(A) 300,000 pop, 1500 ha (B) 310,000 pop, 1600 ha
(C) 350,000 pop, 1735 ha (D) 375,000 pop, 1825 ha
Answer: (A) 300,000 pop, 1500 ha
. 84b If the existing land use under residential and commercial are 970 ha and 105 ha
respectively, and the proposed land use under residential and commercial are 52 %
and 4.5 % respectively, calculate the additional land requirements under these.
(A) 712 ha, 40.5 ha (B) 590 ha, 30 ha (C) 759 ha, 45 ha (D) 642ha, 34.5ha
Answer: (B) 590 ha, 30 ha
Soln: Total area of town is 3000 ha.
Existing land use under residential= 970 ha
(A) Stable and statically determinate (B) Stable and statically indeterminate
(C) Unstable and statically indeterminate (D) Unstable and statically determinate
Answer: (A) Stable and statically determinate
To check whether statically determinae or statically indeterminate.
No of members + no of reactions = 2(no of joints) ……. Then it is statically
determinate
(Note : in case of roller support there is one reaction but in case of hinged it is two
reaction)
In the above case total no of members= 25
Total no of Reaction= 3 ( two from hinged and one from roller)
Adding No of members + no of reactions= 25 + 3= 28
This is equal to twice the no. of joints = 14 × 2= 28 hence statically determinate.
To check stability
m =2j-3 where m= no of members and j= no of joints.
Here m= 25 and j= 14, so it satisfies the equation…..so stable.
Freeway- USA
Motorway- UK
Autobahn- Germany
Auto-estrada- Portugal
Autostrada- Italy
Autopista- Spain
Q. 3 The ‘Hall of Nations’ in Pragati Maidan at New Delhi is essentially a three dimensional
space frame with the basic unit of
(A) A spheroid (B) A decahedron
(C) An octahedron (D) A tetrahedron
Answer: (C) An octahedron
Raj Rewal used octahedral lattice structure to design ‘Hall of Nations’ in Pragati
Maidan at New Delhi (1972)
Q. 4 In a pitched truss, the two vertical web members set at equal distances from the apex
are called
(A) Joggle post (B) Queen Post (C) King
Post (D) Jack Post
Answer: (B) Queen Post
Q.5 The international charter guiding conservation of historic buildings and areas
is the
(A) Kyoto Protocol (B) Chicago declaration
(C) Agenda 21 (D) Venice Charter
Answer: (D) Venice Charter
Kyoto Protocol – Climate change (reduction of Green House Gases)
Agenda 21- Sustainable Development (Rio de Janeiro, Brazil) 1992
For Historic Buildings and sites
Athens Charter – Restoration of Historic Monuments (1931)
Venice Charter- Historic Building Conservation (1964)
Burra Charter – Historic Building conservation for Australia (1979)
ICOMOS (International Council on Monuments and Sites) was founded in 1965 in
Warsaw as a result of the Venice Charter of 1964, and offers advice to UNESCO on
World Heritage Sites. UNESCO is headquartered in Paris.
Density=
Q.11 Among the following brick paving patterns, the diagonal directional motif is prominent is
(A) Basket weave (B) Stacked bond laid flat (C) Running bond on edge (D) Herring
bone on edge
Q. 15In urban scale, dark objects seen against lighter backgrounds appear to
(A) Advance towards the viewer (B) Recedes from the viewer
(C) Shift laterally (D) Stretch vertically
Answer (A) Advance towards the viewer
Oxidation Ponds are also known as stabilization ponds. They are used for simple
secondary treatment of sewage effluents. Within an oxidation pond heterotrophic
bacteria degrade organic matter in the sewage which results in production of cellular
material and minerals. The production of these supports the growth of algae in the
oxidation pond. Growth of algal populations allows decomposition of the organic
matter by producing oxygen. The production of this oxygen replenishes the oxygen
used by the heterotrophic bacteria.
Septic Tank: The term “septic” refers to the anaerobic bacterial environment that
develops in the tank which decomposes the waste discharged into the tank.
. 20 The science of acquiring information about the earth’s surface without actually being in
contact with it is termed as
(A) Geographical Information Centre (B) Earth Science (C) Remote
Sensing (D) Geomatics
Answer: (C) Remote Sensing
Q. 24Match the items of building works in Group I with their units of measurement in Group
II
Group I Group II
P. Brickwork 1. Square metre
Q. Steel work 2. Running metre
R. Plastering 3. Tonne
S. Nosing 4. Cubic metre
(A) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1 (B) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (C) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2 (D) P-2, Q-4, R-
3, S-1
Anthropos – 1
room – 2
house – 5
housegroup (hamlet) – 40
small neighborhood(village) – 250
neighborhood – 1,500
small polis (town) – 10,000
polis (city) – 75,000
small metropolis – 500,000
metropolis – 4 million
small megalopolis – 25 million
megalopolis – 150 million
small eperopolis – 750 million
eperopolis – 7,500 million
Ecumenopolis – 50,000 million
P Q R S
Group II
1. Gable roof 2. Rainbow roof 3. Gambrel roof 4. Hip roof
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (C) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-2,
R-1, S-4
. 29 A typical fire fighting underground static tank for a 20 m high building should have a
pump capacity of
(A) 2400 lit/hour and pressure of 3.0 N/mm² (B) 2400 gallons/hour and pressure
of 0.3 N/mm²
(C) 2400 gallons/min and pressure of 3.0 N/mm² (D) 2400 lit/min and pressure of 0.3
N/mm²
Answer: (D) 2400 lit/min and pressure of 0.3 N/mm² (Refer IS: 14689)
1 liter= 3.78 gallon
Q. 30 The first four terms of a Fibonacci series are 1, 1, 2, 3, ……The sixth term of the
series will be
(A) 5 (B) 8 (C) 11 (D) 18
Answer: (B) 8
31 Two loading diagrams P and Q are shown. Their corresponding maximum Bending
Moments (P and Q respectively) are
(A) WL/4, WL/8 (B) WL/2, WL/4 (C) W /8, WL/4 (D) WL/4, WL/2
Answer: (C) W /8, WL/4
(Corrected by Chitra Mishra, B. Arch, Sundardeep College of Architecture, Ghaziabad.)
Q. 32 Match the city planners in Group I with the planning theories in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Patric Geddes 1. Mental map theory
Q. Gorden Cullen 2. Cities in transition
R. Kevin Lynch 3. Diagnostic approach to planning
S. Lewis Mumford 4. Serial vision
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (D) P-4, Q-2, R-
1, S-3
Answer: (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Serial Vision of Rashtrapati Bhawan- The avenues of the stees and alignment of the
water bodies with building in backdrop make you feel the serial vision on the
Rastrapati Bhawan. The intention of the mound created just near the North Block
and South Block was to create some sort of visual screening effect to the eyes of the
person who would be approaching it from the Purana Quila. The illusion of nearness
of the Rastrapati Bhawan when you are near Purana Quila will tempt you to march
fast to reach to the Bhawan but suddenly reaching near the North and South Block,
you will realise that Bhawan is still far away. One more effect awaits you. When you
reach near the Bhawan you will realise that how small you are on the scale of the
building. Thus, architects have created a space where the majesty will feel his
eminence among the general public visiting him.
Q. 34In a rectangular room of length 4 m and width 3 m, an electric bulb is to be fixed above
the working plane. If the room index is 1, the ideal mounting height of the bulb from the
floor should be
(A) 2.3 m (B) 1.33 m (C) 1.7 m (D) 2.0 m
Answer: (C) 1.7 m
The room index is a number that describes the ratios of the rooms length, width and
height.
Room Index =
Here 1=
1= h= = 1.71 m
(soln. provided by Jyoti Ahlawat, MBS School of Arch. and Planning, Delhi)
Group II
1. Segmental 2. Equilateral 3. Flat 4.Semi- circular
(A) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (D) P-2, Q-3, R-1,
S-4
Answer: (C) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
Q. 45 Match the structural systems in Group I with the force distribution pattern in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Flying Buttress 1. High tensile strength
Q. Catenary 2. Outward and downward thrust
R. Simply supported truss 3. Comprehensive, tensile and shear stresses acting in the
plane of the surface
S. Shell 4. Axial tension and compression
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (C) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2 (D) P-4, Q-2, R-
1, S-3
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3
Catenary: In physics and geometry, a catenary is the curve that an idealized hanging
chain or cable assumes under its own weight when supported only at its ends.
Q. 46 Match the survey questions regarding water supply in Group I with their scaling types in
Group II
Group I Group II
P. Is the water supply sufficient? 1. Ordinal
Q. How is the quality of water ? 2. Nominal
R. What is the quantity of water supply/ day? 3. Interval
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-2 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1 (C) P-3, Q-1, R-2 (D) P-2, Q-1, R-3
Answer: (D) P-2, Q-1, R-3
Statistical Scales
For qualitative data
i. Nominal: scales are exclusive, no order or overlap eg. What is your
religion: Hindu/ Muslim/ Sikh/……..?
ii. Ordinal: data can be rank ordered and can overlap, eg. Mild, moderate,
severe
iii. Dichotomous: nominal data fall into only two categories. (Yes/No)
For quantitative data
i. Interval: Numeric interval, eg.: height group
ii. Ratio: Interval data with necessary zero
Q. 47Determine the correctness of the following Assertion [a] and Reason [r]
[a] : In cold climate while glazing can act as a heat trap, it can also cause significant
losses at other times.
[r] : Since glass has a very low U- value, conductive heat loss takes place during night.
(A) Both [a] and [r] are True and [r] is the correct reason for [a]
(B) Both [a] and [r] are True but [r] is not the correct reason for [a]
(C) Both [a] and [r] are False
(D) [a] is True but [r] is False
Answer: (A) Both [a] and [r] are True and [r] is the correct reason for [a]
. 48 Two 50 cm cubes of concrete are cast in a Building Materials Testing Laboratory, one of
grade M15 and the other M20. The specified characteristic compressive strength of the
stronger block at 28 days will be
(A) 15 N/mm² (B) 20 N/mm² (C) 1.5 N/mm² (D) 0.88 N/mm²
Answer: (B) 20 N/mm²
Q. 49Match the plants in Group I with their prime uses in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Bignonia magnifica 1. Grass cover
Q. Ixora chinensis 2. Wall climbers
R. Cassia fistula 3. Topiary
S. Wedelia trilobata 4. Arboriculture
(A) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (C) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (D) P-2, Q-3, R-
4, S-1
Answer: (D) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1
Cassia fistula is amaltas with yellow flower covering the whole tree.
Topiary: trimming of plants to give particular form.
Arbour: a leafy gateway shaded by trees, climbers, shrubs, etc., especially when
trimmed to give shape.
Arboriculture: cultivation, management and study of individual trees.
Dendrology: Study of wooded trees.
Silviculture: study of forest.
DF = 100%
Q. 52Match the components of travel demand in Group I with the forecasting models in
Group II
Group I Group II
P. Trip Generation 1. Multinomial Logit model
Q. Trip Distribution 2. Minimum Tree search
R. Mode choice 3. Gravity Model
S. Trip Assignment 4. Regression model
(A) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (B) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (D) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-
3
Answer: (A) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2
Q. 53For a two way RCC slab, the Length to Width (L/W) ratio should be
(A) 0.5 ≤ L/W ≤ 2.0 (B) 2.0 < L/W ≤ 3.0
(C) 2.5 ≤ L/W ≤ 4.0 (D) 0.0 ≤ L/W < 0.5
Answer: (A) 0.5 ≤ L/W ≤ 2.0
= = 24,000
Therefore scale = 1: 24,000
Q. 58Match the colour schemes in Group I with their positions in the Colour Wheel in
Group II
Group I Group II
P. Complementary colours 1. Forming an equilateral triangle
Q. Analogous colours 2. A radial segment
R. Monochromatic colours 3. Adjacent to each other
S. Secondary colours 4. Opposite sides of each other
Q. 59The figure shows the Mass Curves of supply and demand for an Elevated Storage
Reservoir (ESR). The minimum required capacity of ESR is given
by
(A) (m + n) (B) (m – n)
(C) (m x n) (D) larger of m or n
Answer: (A) (m + n)
Q. 62A camera is used to shoot an aerial photograph from a flight. The scale of the
photograph is 1: 40000. If the flying height above mean sea level is 7500 m, and the
mean ground level is 1500 m, then the focal length of the camera lens is
(A) 70 mm (B) 150 mm (C) 200 mm (D) 50 mm
Answer: (B) 150 mm
Actual flying height of plane from the terrain= 7500-1500= 6000 m
Q. 63Match the land use in Group I with the prime activities in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Commercial 1. Crematorium and burial grounds
Q. Public and semi- public 2. Truck terminals
R. Recreational 3. Hotels
S. Transport 4. Parks and gardens
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-1, R-
4, S-2
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
. 65 In a multipurpose hall, 30 tube lights of 40 W each are switched on for 5 hours. The
electric meter will record a power consumption of
(A) 6 units (B) 12 units (C) 30 units (D) 60 units
Answer: (A) 6 units
Total Watt hour = 30 × 40× 5=6000 Watt hour
1 unit= 1 kWh= 1000Watt hour, So 6000 Watt hour = 6 units
Q. 75The projected population (in thousands) for 2021 using Geometric Increase method is
(A) 168.66 (B) 180 (C) 203.18 (D) 253
Answer: (C) 203.18
Geometric mean of % increase of population =
= 20.47 %
Pop in 2021 = P2001 (1+ 0.2047)2
= 140 (1.2047)2= 203.18
(input from Chitra Mishra, B Arch, Sundardeep College of Architecture, Ghaziabad)
Q. 76If the lateral strain of the beam is 1 unit, the longitudinal strain will be
(A) 7 x 106 units (B) 0.3 units (C) 2.1 x 106 units (D) 3.33 units
Answer: (D) 3.33 units
Poisson’s ratio=
0.3=
Q.77 The longitudinal stress for the same steel beam will be approximately
(A) 7 x 106 units (B) 0.3 units (C) 2.1 x 106 units (D) 3.33 units
Answer: (A) 7 x 106 units
Q. 78The relationship that holds true for the thermal performance of glass is
(A) R + T = A (B) R = T + A(C) R + T + A = 0 (D) R + T + A = 1
Answer: (D) R + T + A = 1
Q. 80 The expected time duration that may be allocated in a PERT scheduling would be
(A) 2 days (B) 3 days (C) 3.5 days (D) 4 days
Answer: (C) 3.5 days
Expected duration=
= = 3.5 days
. 81 If the same activity has a free float of 2 days then the maximum time that may be
allocated to it without hampering the start of the succeeding activity is
(A) 1.5 days (B) 2 days (C) 4 days (D) 5.5 days
Answer: (D) 5.5 days
. 85 The total distance travelled by the vehicle from the initial point of deceleration to the
stopping point is
(A) 10.5 m (B) 30.5 m (C) 50.5 m (D) 60.5 m
Answer: (D) 60.5 m
= 60.5 m
GATE 2009
Q. 1 to Q. 20 carry one mark each.
Q. 1 The essential difference between CPM and PERT is
(A) Critical Path vs. Critical Activity (B) Arrow notation vs. Precedence
notation
(C) Deterministic approach vs. Probabilistic approach (D)Project management vs.
Network Analysis
Answer: (C) Deterministic approach vs. Probabilistic approach
In CPM, (Critical Path Method) activity times are assumed to be predictable.
(“deterministic”).
In PERT, (Project Evaluation and Review Technique) activity times are
assumed to be random, with assumed probability distribution (“probabilistic”)
Q. 2 The Minimum Thickness of wall where single Flemish bond can be used is
In case of double flemish bond, both faces of the wall have flemish look, i.e.
each course consist of alternate header and stretcher.
In single flemish bond outer faces of walls have flemish look whereas inner
faces have look of English bond.
. 3 On a colour wheel, the combination of ‘Violet- Yellow’ or ‘Orange- Blue’ are best
described as
(A) Complementary (B) Supplementary (C) Analogous (D) Monochromatic
Answer: (A) Complementary
Two colour scheme
a. Complementary- exactly opposite
Three colour scheme
b. Analogous - neighbour
c. Split complimentary- neighbor of complementary
d. Triadic- three colours evenly spaced on colour wheel
Four colour scheme
e. Tetradic- four colors arranged into two complementary pairs.
f. Square – all four colours spaced evenly.
. 4 The sudden stoppage in the flow of water in a close conduit results in a phenomena
called
(A) Cavitation (B) Hydraulic Gradient (C) Stack Pressure (D) Water Hammer
Answer: (D) Water Hammer
Cavitation: Air
bubble formation in liquid.
Q. 14 As per IS 456:2000, the maximum area of tension reinforcement in a RCC beam shall
not exceed x% of its cross- sectional area, where x is equal to
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8
Answer: (B) 4
For Beam
Max percentage of reinforcement(both compression and tension steel) should
be 4% of cross sectional area of beam (cl.26.5.1.2, IS 456 :2000) i.e.
As= 0.04 bD where ‘b’ is breadth and ‘D’ depth of beam.
For column (cl.26.5.3.1 IS 456:2000)
Longitudinal reinforcement shall not be less than 0.8% and shall not be more
than 6% but generally in practice it limit to 4%
Q. 17 The Remote Sensing satellite that gives the highest spatial resolution is
(A) IKONOS 2 (B) IRS 1C/1D (C) Quickbird 2 (D) SPOT 5
Answer: (C) Quickbird 2
India’s Cartosat has a spatial resolution of 1 m
Q. 18 Development that meets the needs of the present generation
without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs is
termed by UNDP as
(A) Comprehensive Development
(B) Equitable Development
(C) Human Development
(D) Sustainable Development
Answer: (D) Sustainable Development
This definition was given by Brutland Commission in 1971 Convention. Brutland was ex Prime Minister of Norway under
whose chairpersonship a committee was formed for Sustainability.
. 23 If the height of facade=h, and the distance of observer from the building = d, then match
the enclosure type in Group I with their corresponding h/d ratio in Group II.
Group I Group II
P. Full Enclosure 1. 1
Q. Threshold of Enclosure 2. 1/2
R. Minimum Enclosure 3. 1/3
S. Loss of Enclosure 4. 1/4
5. 1/5
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (B) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1
(C) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (D) P-5, Q-1, R-2, S-4
Answer: (A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
. 27 A commercial plot measuring 100m x 80 m. If the permissible Floor Space Index is 3.0
and 50 % of the ground is covered, then the maximum number of floors that can be
built is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 12
Answer: (C) 6
Area of plot =100m x 80m = 8000 m2
FSI= 3.0 so total floor area permissible 8000 x 3 = 24,000 m2
Ground coverage 50 % so land area to be utilized for construction = 4000 m2
=> No of floors= =6
Q. 28 Match the elements of a Buddhist Stupa in Group I with their traditional names in
Group II
Group I Group II
P. Hemispherical Dome 1. Vedika
Q. Peripheral Railing 2. Anda
R. Entrance Gateway 3. Harmika
S. Portion above dome 4. Nagara
5. Chaitya
6. Torana
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-6, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-6, R-4, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (D) P-5, Q-6, R-1,
S-2
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-1, R-6, S-3
. 32 Match the figures of cut bricks in Group I with their terms in Group II
Group I
Group II
1. King Closer
2. Queen Closer
3. Half Bat
4. Three Quarter Bat
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (C) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-4, R-
1, S-2
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4
. 33 A site has 6 contour lines and the length of the line joining the midpoints of the highest
contour and the lowest contour is 300 m. If the slope of the line is 1 in 10, then the
contour interval (in m) is
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 50 (D) 60
Answer: (B) 6
Contour interval = = 6 m ( contour interval is one less than no. of contour line)
Q. 35 A neighbourood with a total area of 200 hectares has a gross density of 300 persons
per hectare (pph). If the residential area is 60% of the total area, then net density
(in pph) of the neighbourhood is
(A) 300 (B) 450 (C) 500 (D) 750
Answer: (C) 500
Q. 36 Identify the parameters used in the Hazen and William’s nomogram to calculate pipe
diameter for water supply:
P. flow rate in lit/sec Q. Pipe diameter in mm
R. Population to be served S. Head loss in mm
T. Velocity in m/s
(A) P, Q, S (B) R, S, T (C) P, R, S (D) P, S, T
Answer: (D) P, S, T
Q. 39 Identify the urban functions that are included under Social Infrastructure:
. 41 Match the high rise tube structural systems in Group I with their corresponding terms in
Group II
Group I
P Q R S
Group II
1. Framed Tube 2. Bundled Tube 3. Braced Tube 4.Perforated shell tube
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2 (C) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (D) P-1, Q-4,
R-3, S-2
Answer: (B) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2
. 42 A town with a population of 50,000 has an average household size of 5.0. The number of
occupied dwelling units is 8400 of which 10% are in dilapidated condition. The housing
demand of the town is
(A) 760 (B) 1600 (C) 2440 (D) 10840
Answer: (C) 2440
Q. 45 The correct sequence in the four stage model used for transportation planning is
(A) Trip Generation→ Trip distribution→ Modal Split→ Trip Assignment
(B) Trip Generation→ Trip Assignment→ Modal Split→ Trip distribution
(C) Trip distribution→ Modal Split→ Trip Assignment→ Trip Generation
(D) Trip Generation→ Trip distribution→ Trip Assignment→ Modal Split
Answer: (A) Trip Generation→ Trip distribution→ Modal Split→ Trip Assignment
trip generation (travel choice)
trip distribution (destination choice)
modal split (mode choice)
traffic assignment (route choice)
The four steps of the classical urban transportation planning system model are:
Trip generation determines the frequency of origins or destinations of trips in
each zone by trip purpose, as a function of land uses and household
demographics, and other socio-economic factors.
Trip distribution matches origins with destinations, often using a gravity model
function, equivalent to an entropy maximizing model.
Mode choice computes the proportion of trips between each origin and
destination that use a particular transportation mode.
Route assignment allocates trips between an origin and destination by a
particular mode to a route. Often (for highway route assignment) Wardrop’s
principle of user equilibrium is applied (equivalent to a Nash equilibrium),
wherein each driver (or group) chooses the shortest (travel time) path, subject
to every other driver doing the same. The difficulty is that travel times are a
function of demand, while demand is a function of travel time, the so-called bi-
level problem. Another approach is to use the Stackelberg competition model,
where users (“followers”) respond to the actions of a “leader”, in this case for
example a traffic manager. This leader anticipates on the response of the
followers.
Q. 46 Identify the objects with which the explode command in Auto CAD can be used:
P. Polyline
Q. Block
R. Multiline Text
S. Arc
T. 3-D Solid
. 48 A building has a rooftop area of 300 sq. m. If the avg. annual rainfall in the region is 700
mm and the Runoff Coefficient of the roof top is 0.8, then the maximum amount of
rainfall that can be harvested from the roof top (in litres) is
(A) 168 (B) 262 (C) 168000 (D) 2625000
Answer: (C) 168000
Run off= CIA where C= Runoff Coefficient
I= Intensity of rainfall (here annual rainfall is given)
A= Area
= 168,000 litres
. 50 Match the notations in the given figure in Group A with corresponding names in Group II:
Group II
1. Intrados 2. Extrados 3. Archivolt
4. Spring 5. Rise 6. Keystone
(A) P-6, Q-4, R-1, S-2, T-5 (B) P-6, Q-5, R-2, S-1, T-4
(C) P-6, Q-3, R-2, S-1, T-5 (D) P-6, Q-3, R-1, S-2, T-4
Answer: (B) P-6, Q-5, R-2, S-1, T-4
Common Data Questions
Common data for questions 51 and 52:
A construction project has the following data:
Activity Duration(days) Predecessors
P 4 -
Q 3 P
R 7 P
S 2 P
T 4 Q
U 6 S
V 4 R, T, U
. 54 When the same seminar hall is filled with audience, the reverberation time is recorded as
2.0 seconds. Then the total absorption of all acoustic material (in m²-sabines) will be
(A) 40 (B) 80 (C) 160 (D) 320
. 56 If 20lit/sec/person of air is extracted for the office, calculate the ventilation rate in terms
of air changes/hour.
(A) 0.4 (B) 2.0 (C) 4.0 (D) 20.0
Answer: (B) 2.0
Ventilation rate=
. 57 If self weight of the beam is neglected, bending moment developed at the fixed end (in
kN m) is
(A) 50 (B) 100 (C) 150 (D) 200
Answer: (B) 100
For point load BM at ‘X’ is w× length solving we get 2.5 × 40= 100
kNm
. 58 A Uniformly distributed load (in kN /m) that will result in the same value of bending
moment at the fixed end is
(A) 12 (B) 22 (C) 32 (D) 42
Answer: (C) 32
Let the uniformly distributed load be ‘w’ kN /m
w= = 32 kN /m
.3 A woonerf is a
(A) pavement pattern (B) sanitation system element (C) speed reducing element (D)
furniture detail
Answer: (A) pavement pattern
A woonerf is a living street where pedestrians and cyclists have legal priority over
motorists as implemented in the Netherlands.
A chicane is an artificial feature creating extra turns in a road, used in motor racing and on streets to slow traffic
for safety. For example, one form of chicane is a short, shallow S-shaped turn, requiring the driver to turn slightly
left and then right again to stay on the road, which slows them down.
A pedestrian chicane is a kind of permanent fence used at a railway crossing to slow pedestrians down and to
force them to observe both directions before crossing the railway tracks. While passing the chicane, one has to
turn to the left and to the right, increasing the probability of seeing an approaching train. A similar arrangement is
sometimes used at the entrances of parks to impede bicycle or car access.
Q.7 A brick cut length wise into two pieces so that each piece is half as wide as full brick is
called a
(A) King closer (B) Frog (C) Quion (D) Queen Closer
Answer: (D) Queen Closer
Q. 8 The strength of concrete increases with
(A) increase in water cement ratio (B) decrease in water cement ratio
(C) increase in workability (D) decrease in cement aggregate ratio
Answer: (B) decrease in water cement ratio
Q.10 When wind loads are accounted for in the design of structures, the permissible stresses
in the material are increased by
(A) 10 % (B) 16.33 % (C) 33.33 % (D) 50 %
Answer: (C) 33.33 %
Q.11 The term coined by Paolo Soleri that combines ecology with architecture and deals with
habitats maintaining an extremely high population density is
(A) Archaeology (B) Proxemics(C) Arcology (D) Utopia
Answer: (C) Arcology
Proxemics: Study of the spatial requirements of humans and the effects of
population density on behavior, communication, and social interaction.
Utopia: The word was coined in Greek by Sir Thomas More for his 1516 book
‘Utopia’, describing a fictional island society in the Atlantic Ocean. The term
has been used to describe both intentional communities that attempt to create
an ideal society, and imagined societies portrayed in fiction. It has spawned
other concepts, most prominently dystopia.
Q.12 The dislocation of continuity in rock strata as a result of cracking of the earth’s crust is
called
(A) Fissure (B) Fault (C) Eluvium (D) Drift
Answer: (B) Fault
Fissure: a long narrow opening.
Fault: a fault is a planar fracture or discontinuity in a volume of rock, across
which there has been significant displacement along the fractures.
Eluvium: eluvium or eluvial deposits are those geological deposits and soils
that are derived by in situ weathering or weathering plus gravitational
movement or accumulation.
Drift: In geology, drift is the name for all material of glacial origin found
anywhere on land or at sea, including sediment and large rocks.
Q. 17A building in which the roof is perfectly hemispherical on the inside and a shallow dome
on the outside is
(A) Hagia Sophia (B) Pantheon (C) Parthenon (D) Gol Gumbaz
Answer (B) Pantheon
Q. 18 National Science Centre at Pragati Maidan, New Delhi is designed by
(A) J. A. Stein (B) Anant Raje
(C) Raj Rewal (D) A. P. Kanvinde
Answer: (D) A. P. Kanvinde
Q. 19 In Islamic Architecture, the device used for placing a perfect circular dome over a
square plan is called
(A) Mehrab (B) Scroll (C) Mastaba (D) Squinch
Answer: (D) Squinch
Mehrab/ Mihrab: a semicircular niche in the wall of a
mosque that indicates the qibla; that is, the direction of
the Kaaba. (GATE 1991, GATE 2015)
Scroll: In architecture and furniture design, use of
curved elements suggesting such shapes as a sea
wave, a vine or a scroll of paper partly unrolled
Mastaba: Ordinary man/ Poorman’s grave in Egypt.
Squinch and Pendentive: A squinch in architecture is
a construction filling in the upper angles of a square
room so as to form a base to receive an octagonal or spherical dome. A later
solution of this structural problem was provided by the pendentive.
Pendentives, which are triangular segments of a sphere, taper to points at the
bottom and spread at the top to establish the continuous circular or elliptical
base needed for the dome.
Q. Dravidian 2. Gopuram
R. Hoysala 3. Pyramidal roof
S. Himalyan 4. Urushringa
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3
(B) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3
(C) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1
(D) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
Answer: (B) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3
Q. 27Match the Urban Planning Theories in Group I with their proponents in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Sector Theory 1. Walter Christaller
Q. Multiple Nuclei Theory 2. Clarence Perry
R. Neighbourhood theory 3. Ebenezar Howard
S. Central Place Theory 4. Harris and Ullman
5. Homer Hoytt
(A) P-1, Q-4, R-5, S-3 (B) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1 (C) P-5, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (D) P-5, Q-4, R-
2, S-1
Answer: (D) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1
Q. 28The plan of residential area with small houses on small plot has an uniform fabric with
(A) fine grain and uniform texture (B) coarse grain and uniform texture
(C) fine grain and uneven texture (D) coarse grain and uneven texture
Answer: (A) fine grain and uniform texture
Q. 29Match the Change Properties command in AutoCad (Group I) with the actions (Group
II) it can perform on a given dashed lines.
Group I Group II
P. Elev 1. Change the dashed line to a non dashed line
Q. Ltype 2. Changes the size and spacing of dashes
R. Thickness 3. Changes the position along th Z axis
S. LtScale 4. Change the width of line on screen
5. Changes the height along th Z axis
6. Changes the position along th Y axis
(A) P-6, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (B) P-5, Q-2, R-6, S-4 (C) P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (D) P-6,
Q-4, R-3, S-1
Answer: (A) P-6, Q-1, R-4, S-2
Q. 30Match the statements on Intelligent Buildings in Group I with True/ False in Group II
Group I Group II
P. All intelligent buildings are example of high tech architecture 1. True
Q. An intelligent building is synonymous with a smart building 2. False
R. An intelligent building need not deploy a building automation system
S. High tech architecture always result in intelligent buildings
(A) P-1, Q-1, R-2, S-2 (B) P-1, Q-2, R-2, S-2
(C) P-2, Q-2, R-1, S-1 (D) P-2, Q-1, R-1, S-1
Answer: (A) P-1, Q-1, R-2, S-2
Q. 31The correct sequence of various components of a house water connection from the
municipal water main is
(A) Stop cock → Water Meter → Goose Neck → Service Pipe → Ferrule connection
(B) Ferrule connection → Stop cock → Goose Neck → Service Pipe → Water Meter
(C) Goose Neck → Ferrule connection → Service Pipe → Water Meter → Stop cock
(D) Ferrule connection → Goose Neck → Service Pipe → Stop cock→ Water Meter
Answer: (D) Ferrule connection → Goose Neck → Service Pipe → Stop cock→
Water Meter
Q. 32The figure that will be generated by the following sequence of commands in AutoCAD
is
Command: pline
Specify start point: 0, 0
Specify next point: @50, 0
Specify next point: @0, -25
Specify next point: @25<180
Specify next point: c
Answer: B
Q. 33A sector has a gross density of 250 persons per hectare and a net density of 400
persons per hectare. If the area of sector is 120
hectares, then the percentage of non- residential area is
(A) 30 (B) 35.5 (C) 37.5 (D) 40
Answer: (C) 37.5
Population of Sector = 250 ×120 = 30000
Let the Residential area be ‘y’, so non residential area = 120 – y
400 × y = 30000 therefore ‘y’= 75 ha (Residential Area)
Q. 34Match the systems of plumbing for building drainage in Group I with their descriptions
in Group II
Group I Group II
P. One- pipe system 1. Minimum two pipes, one for soil and other for sullage
Q. Two-pipe system 2. Single pipe for soil and sullage, and serving as vent for all
traps
R. Single stack system 3. Minimum two pipes one for soil and sullage and the other
for vent
4. Single pipe for soil and sullage, and serving as vent for soil
traps only
(A) P-4, Q-3, R-2 (B) P-3, Q-2, R-1 (C) P-2, Q-3, R-4 (D) P-3, Q-1, R-2
Answer:
(D) P-3, Q-1, R-2
Q. 35In a plane truss, the equation in terms of m and j is used to check its determinacy and
stability, where m= no of members and j = no of joints. The truss is deficient and
unstable when
(A) m < 2j – 3 (B) m = 2j - 3
(C) m > 2j- 3 (D) both A and B –re correct
Answer: (A) m < 2j – 3
Internal Stability: m < 2j – 3 ⇒ truss is internally unstable
m ≥ 2j – 3 ⇒ truss is internally stable provided it is geometrically
stable
m ≡ total number of members, j ≡ total number of joints
Geometric stability in the second condition requires that the members be properly
arranged.
Q. 36Match the functions in Group I with the numbers shown in the figure of Concentric
zone Theory of Burgees
Group I Group II
. 37 For a PERT activity, the optimistic time, the most likely time and pessimistic time are 1, 2
and 9 days respectively. The expected time for the activity (in days) is
(A) 9 (B) 6 (C) 4 (D) 3
Answer: (D) 3
= days
Q. 40The correct sequence of generic elements in a classical order arranged from top to
bottom is
(A) Architrave→Frieze→Capital→Cornice→Shaft → Pedestal → Base
(B) Architrave → Capital → Cornice → Frieze → Base → Shaft → Pedestal
(C) Cornice → Frieze → Architrave → Capital → Shaft → Base → Pedestal
(D) Cornice → Capital → Frieze → Architrave→ Shaft → Pedestal → Base
Answer: (C) Cornice → Frieze → Architrave → Capital → Shaft → Base → Pedestal
Q. 41Match the tree forms in Group I with their common examples in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Broad 1. False Acacia
Q. Tapering 2. Holly
R. Conical 3. Lombardy Poplar
S. Columnar 4. Oak
5. Silver Maple
(A) P-1, Q-5, R-4, S-2 (B) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-5
(C) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (D) P-4, Q-5, R-2, S-1
Answer: (C) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3
3. Filigree R. Delicate or
intricate design on lattice work allowing through openings
4. Fresco S. Artistic
composition consisting of motifs borrowed from different sources
5. Intaglio
6. Pastiche
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-5 (B) P-1, Q-5, R-4, S-6
(C) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1 (D) P-4, Q-5, R-3, S-6
Answer: (D) P-4, Q-5, R-3, S-6
Chiaroscuro: use of strong contrasts between light and dark,in a painting
Emboss- To write or decorate with a raised character or pattern from the level
Filigree- a delicate kind of jewellery metalwork, usually of gold and silver, made
with tiny beads or twisted threads.
Fresco- mural painting executed upon freshly laid lime plaster.
Intaglio- Intaglio is the family of printing and printmaking techniques in which
the image is scratched into a surface, and the scratched line or sunken area
holds the ink.
Pastiche: A pastiche is a work of visual art, literature, or music that imitates the
style or character of the work of one or more other artists.
Glyph: an individual mark that contributes to the meaning of what is written.
Q. 44 Match the city plans in Group I with their designers in Group II
Group I Group II
P. London 1. Eliel Saarinen
Q. Berlin 2. Kenzo Tange
R. Helsinki 3. Alvar Aalto
S. Tokyo 4. Tadao Ando
5. Martin Machler
6. Patrick Abercrombie
(A) P-6, Q-5, R-1, S-2 (B) P-1, Q-3, R-5, S-2 (C) P-6, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (D) P-5, Q-
6, R-3, S-4
Answer: (A) P-6, Q-5, R-1, S-2
Patrick Abercrombie – British architect and town planner who redesigned
London after it was devastated by enemy bombardment in World War II.
(Greater London Plan of 1941)
Cristopher Wren: Designed London in 1666.
Kenzo Tange designed Tokyo according to the philosophy of Metabolism.
Q. 45On a door opening with effective span L, the total weight (W) of an equilateral triangle on
the base L is considered as a uniformly distributed load over the span. The bending
moment for the door opening is given by
(A) WL/2 (B) WL/4 (C) WL/6 (D) WL/8
Answer: (A) WL/2
Bending Moment= W× =
(A) P-1, Q-6, R-5, S-4, T-2 (B) P-1, Q-6, R-2, S-4, T-3
(C) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-6, T-2 (D) P-5, Q-6, R-1, S-4, T-3
Answer: (B) P-1, Q-6, R-2, S-4, T-3
Q. 48A house was constructed 20 years ago at a cost of Rs 1,00,000/-. The estimated life of
the building is 50 years, at the end of which it will have a 15 % scrap value equal of its
cost of construction. Its present value in Rupees is
(A) 36, 000 (B) 66,000 (C) 75,000 (D) 85,000
Answer: (B) 66,000
Current cost of building = 15,000 Rs
Q.49 A typical roof top Rain Water Harvesting System essentially comprises of
P. Roof Catchment
Q. Down Pipes
R. Rain gauge
S. Filter chamber
(A) P, R (B) P,R,S (C) Q,R,S (D) P,Q,S
Answer: (D) P,Q,S
Q. 52Match the parts of a tree log in Group I with their descriptions in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Heartwood 1. Outer Annual rings of the tree
Q. Sapwood 2. Thin horizontal rays radiating from the pith towards the bark
R. Cambium Layer 3. Outermost protective covering of the log
S. Medullary Rays 4. Innermost ring surrounding the pith
5. Outermost one ring between the bark and sap wood
(A) P-4, Q-2, R-5, S-3 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1 (C) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (D) P-5, Q-1,
R-4, S-2
Answer: (C) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2
Q. 53The quantity of plastering in sq m required for both sides of a wall 5.0m x 0.3m x 3.0m (L
x B x H) with a window opening 2.0m x 0.30m x 1.2m is
(A) 25.2 (B) 27.6 (C) 30.0 (D) 34.8
Answer: (A) 25.2
Q. 54Match the Urban Theorist in group I with the Planning Concepts in group II
Group I Group II
P. Patrick Geddes 1. Cities in evolution and their relationship with man
Q. Charles Abrams 2. Judicious use of technological power
R. Constantine Doxiadis 3. Role of housing in Urban development
S. Lewis Mumford 4. The Science of Human settlements called Ekistics
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2 (B) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (D) P-2, Q-
1, R-4, S-3
Answer: (A) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2
Q. 55If the reinforcement steel provided for a RCC slab of volume 15 .0 cu. M. is @ 1%,
then the quantity of steel required in kg is
(A) 655.5 (B) 1000.0 (C) 1,177.5 (D) 1,500.0
Answer: (C) 1,177.5
Density of steel is 7850 kg/m³
cu. M.
Q. 59A beam of 50 mm diameter is simply supported at both ends and has an effective span
of 6 meters. It carries two loads of 50kN each at one-third span. The section modules (in
cm ³) of the beam at the quarter span is
(A) 11.17 (B) 12.27 (C) 13.37 (D) 14.47
Answer: (B) 12.27
Soln:
Section modulus (Z) is independent of loads
Z=
= 12.27
(with input from Tabassum Ansari,B Arch, Integral University, Lucknow)
Q. 60Match the Earth Quake related terms in Group I with the definitions in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Focus 1. The geographical point on Earth’s surface vertically above the
originating source
Q. Epicenter 2. The originating source of the seismic waves inside the
Earth
R. Centre of Mass 3. The point corresponding to Centre of Gravity of a Structural
system
S. Centre of Stiffness 4.The point through which the resultant of the restoring forces of
a
structural system act
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (B) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (D) P-2, Q-1, R-
4, S-3
Answer: (C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4
(with input from Aparna Shaw, NIT Hamirpur)
Q. 61Match the Architectural Styles in group I with the Construction systems in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Greek 1. Semi circular arch
Q. Roman 2. Trabeation
R. Indian 3. Corbelling
S. Gothic 4. Pointed Arch
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1 (B) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3
(C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (D) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4
Trabeation:Having horizontal beams or lintels rather than arches.
Q. 65Tactile flooring with guiding blocks, an element of Barrier Free Design is used to aid
P. ambulant disabled Q. non ambulant disabled R. partially sighted S. totally
blind
(A) P, Q, S (B) P,Q, R (C) R, S (D) Q, S
Answer: (C) R, S
Q.66 Match the characteristics of vaults in Group I with their names in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Uniform semi circular cross section 1. Barrel
Q. Semi circular cross section larger at one end than the other 2. Cloister
R. Compound vault formed by perpendicular intersection of two vaults 3. Conical
S. Compound vault formed by four coves meeting along diagonal vertical planes 4.
Groin
5. Rampant
6. Stilted
(A) P-1, Q-6, R-5, S-2 (B) P-6, Q-3, R-4, S-2
(C) P-4, Q-5, R-2, S-6 (D) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2
Cloister Vault
Rampant Arch
Cloister Vault: A domelike vault having a square or polygonal base from which
curved segments rise to a central point. Also called domical vault.
A Barrel vault where one springing in point is higher than the opposite
springing point.
. 67 A 60º segmental arch is provided over a door of 1.0 m width. The wall thickness is 30
cm and the arch thickness is 20 cm. the mean length of arch in meters is
(A) 1.00 (B) 1.15 (C) 1.20 (D) 1.30
Answer: (B) 1.15
Radius of arch = 1 m +
. 69 The slenderness ratio for a cantilever prismatic column of length L with a circular cross
section having radius r is
(A) L / r (B) 2L / r (C) 3L / r (D) 4L / r
Answer: (D) 4L / r
Slenderness ratio =
Where I= Ak² (where I is moment of inertia and ‘A’ is cross sectional area of column)
and = 2L (since it is cantilevered, see adjoining fig.)
k= radius of gyration
I= = Ak²
k= or
Slenderness ratio = =
(corrected by Nischay Kumar, BVCoA, Navi Mumbai) [Ref: Q-69 (2007), Q-42(2003), Q18 (1994)]
S. No Type of column Moment of Inertia of
cross section
1 Circular solid column with
dia= D
I=
2 Rectangular cross section
column with breadth= b
and h= other dimension of I=
rectangle.
François Hennebique (26 April 1842 – 7 March 1921) was a French engineer and
self-educated builder who patented his pioneering reinforced-concrete construction
system in 1892, integrating separate elements of construction, such as the column
and the beam, into a single monolithic element. The Hennebique system was one of
the first appearances of the modern reinforced-concrete method of construction.
Q. 72For the all- normal solution, the total float and free float for the activity S are
(A) 1, 1 (B) 0, 3 (C) 3, 3 (D) 3, 0
Answer: (D) 3, 0
Floats in Projects are of 4 types:
i. Total Float: Obtained by deducting the Early start and the activity duration from
the Late finish of the activity. That means, we can get both the slacks obtained
from Late start / Early Start, as well as from Late Finish / Early Finish. Thus, Total
Float signifies the total slack time available for any activity in the Project without
delaying the overall Project’s duration.
ii. Safety Float: Obtained by deducting Late start plus the activity duration from the
Late Finish of activity. That means, we have the slack time available due to time
of Late finish / Early early finish of the activity. This Float does not interfere with
the float time available by the Predecessor activity.
iii. Free Float: Obtained by deducting the Early start plus the activity duration from
the Early Finish of the Activity. We have the slack time available due to time of
Early Start / Late Start of the activity. However, this float does not eat away the
slack time available for the successor activity.
iv. Independent Float: Obtained by deducting the Late start plus the activity duration
from the Early Finish. This float virtually leaves no time for breathing since, the
predecessor activity has started late, and the successor activity is scheduled for
an early start, after utilizing the time duration for the activity. Most of the time, the
slack time available is ZERO for this float
Q. 73While crashing the project, the first step of compression would involve the activity
(A) R (B) U (C) T (D) V
Answer: (B) U
Maximum permissible sludge is 1/3rd the capacity of septic tank. × 23.40 = 7.8 m3
Sludge produced per year by 150 person 0.045 × 150 = 6.75 m 3
Q.79 As per revised building bye-laws, if the required setbacks are - Front 3m, each Side 2m
and, Rear 2 metres, then the maximum total buildable area will
(A) increase by 248 sq.m (B) increase by 40 sq.m
(C) decrease by 30 sq.m (D) decrease by 40 sq.m
Answer: (D) decrease by 40 sq.m
Effective area of plot for construction= 8m x 10m
If 4 floors are constructed then total buildable area= 80× 4= 320 sq.m (loss of 40
sq.m from previous one)
Solving we get flying height from terrain = 25,000 x 305 =7625,000 mm= 7625 m
Question asked is flying height of plane above mean sea level= so 300 meters to be
added and we get 7,925m.
Q.81 If the above photograph is taken by a camera lens of focal length 210 mm from the same
flying height, then the scale of the photograph will be
(A) 1:45,000 (B) 1: 37,740 (C) 1: 36,310 (D) 1: 19,050
Answer: (C) 1: 36,310
Scale of photograph=
Therefore RC = 10kN
From SF diagram max. SF= 10 kN
From BM diagram max BM= 50kNm
σ=
= = 6.25 N/mm2
τ=
τ= = 0.125 N/mm2
Q.85 During a convocation programme in the same auditorium, the absorption power
increases by 200 m2-sabines. The reverberation time in seconds will now be
(A) 0.4 (B) 0.6 (C) 0.8 (D) 1.2
Answer: (B) 0.6
.5 Which of the following is not included in the UDPFI Guidelines for urban development?
(A) Perspective Plan (B) Development Plans (C) City Development Plans (D) Annual
Plans
Answer: (C) City Development Plans
(Courtsey Tejasvi Madeti, Vaishnavi School of Architecture and Planning, Hyderabad)
. 10 A linear regression model involving one independent and one dependent variable
requires at least
(A) one pair of data (B) two pairs of data (C) three pair of data (D) four pair of data
Answer: (C) three pair of data
. 12 Under which category the percentage of landuse decreases with an increase in city size
(A) Residential (B) Commercial (C) Recreational (D) Transportation and
Communication
Answer: (A) Residential
. 13 The instrument that provides standards for land development by indicating lot sizes and
layouts is
(A) Zoning Regulation (B) Landuse Control
(C) Building Bylaws (D) Sub division Regulations
Answer: (D) Sub division Regulations
Q. Sat Guide
R. GPS
S. ILWIS
T. Corel Draw
U. Geo Media
V. ArcInfo
(A) P, Q, U (B) Q, R, V (C) S, U, V (D) R, T, V
Answer: (B) Q, R, V
(Input from Sangamjeet, GNDU, Amritsar)
. 20 The international guideline for conservation and restoration of monuments and sites
recommended by ICOMOS, is known as
(A) Venice Charter (B)Amsterdam Charter (C) Granada Convention (D) Burra
Charter
Answer: (A) Venice Charter
ICOMOS- International Council on Monuments and Sites. (Headquartered: Paris)
Athens Charter – Restoration of Historic Monuments (1931) – manifesto with 7 points.
Venice Charter- Conservation and restoration of monuments and sites. Total 16 articles.
(1964)
Burra Charter: conservation and restoration of monuments and sites in Australia.
Florence Charter- Historic Gardens.(1982)
Granada Convention: Convention for the Protection of the Architectural Heritage of
Europe.(1985)
History of Architectural Conservation: Architectural Conservation started during the period
of Modernism when sentimental attachment for old buildings grew due to rapid
advancement in building construction system.
John Ruskin’s (1819-1900, British writer) ideas on, preservation of open spaces and
conservation of historic buildings. The Society for the Protection of Ancient Buildings
(SPAB) was founded by William Morris (textile designer), Philip Webb and others, in
1877, to oppose what they saw as destructive ‘Restoration’ of ancient buildings then
occurring in Victorian England.
Two School of Thoughts
Preservation/Conservation were used interchangeably to refer to the
architectural school of thought that either encouraged measures that would
protect and maintain buildings in their current state, or would prevent further
damage and deterioration to them. Main proponent’s art critic John Ruskin and
artist William Morris.
Restoration was the conservationist school of thought that believed historic
buildings could be improved, and sometimes even completed, using current
day materials, design, and techniques. Main proponent French architect
Eugène Viollet-le-Duc.
Archaeological Survey of India is an Indian government agency in the Department of
Culture that is responsible for archaeological studies and the
preservation of cultural monuments. ASI’s function is to “explore, excavate, conserve,
preserve and protect the monuments and sites of National & International Importance.”
The Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) is the successor of the Asiatic Society of
British archaeologist founded in January 15, 1784 in Bengal. ASI was founded in 1861.
After independence an Indian act was passed known as ‘Ancient Monuments and
Archaeological Sites and Remains Act of 1958’.
. 22 Which pair, out of the following options, is used in more than one computer languages
listed below
(A) ; /n (B) , ? (C) ? /n (D) , ;
Answer: No appropriate answer.
Activity
Dummy Activity
Duration
Event starting/ finishing
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2 (C) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 (D) P-1, Q-3, R-4,
S-2
Answer: (D) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2
. 24 Select the valid combination of shear force and bending moment diagrams fro the
loading shown below
. 25 Recommended temperature and fresh air flow for HVAC systems in office building in
India are
(A) 21º C with maximum of 30º C in summer and 25 º C in winter, with fresh air provision
of 18-22 litres per second per person.
(B) 29º C with maximum of 32º C in summer and 36 º C in winter, with fresh air provision
of 28-32 litres per second per person.
(C) 30º C with maximum of 36º C in summer and 32 º C in winter, with fresh air provision
of 38-42 litres per second per person.
(D) 21º C with maximum of 24º C in summer and 22 º C in winter, with fresh air provision
of 8-12 litres per second per person.
Answer: (D) 21º C with maximum of 24º C in summer and 22 º C in winter, with fresh air
provision of 8-12 litres per second per person.
. 26 Match the architects/ city planners from Group I with the design movements listed in
Group II
GROUP I GROUP II
P. Violett- le- duc 1. Post Modernism
Q. William Morris 2. Arts and Crafts movement
R. Robert Venturi 3. Ekistics
S. C A Doxiadis 4. French Rationalism
(A) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (C) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (D) P-1, Q-4, R-
2, S-3
Answer: (A) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3
Violett- le- duc – He was the French architect hired to design the internal structure
of the Statue of Liberty.
William Morris- Arts and Crafts was an international design movement that
flourished between 1860 and 1910 It was led by the artist and writer William
Morris (1834–1896) during the 1860s, and was inspired by the writings of John
Ruskin (1819–1900) and Augustus Pugin (1812–1852)
C A Doxiadis famous for – Ekistics, Dynapolis and design of Islamabad.
Robert Venturi- Pritzker prize winner of 1991. (Less is bore)
. 27 Structural adjustments between two regions with respect to supply and demand of
labourers and their wages is explained by
(A) Input- Output Analyses by W. Leontiff.
(B) Export Base Model by Douglas C North.
(C) Backwash effect based Economic Growth Model by Gunner Myrdal.
(D) Economic Base theory by Hans Blumenfield.
Answer: (C) Backwash effect based Economic Growth Model by Gunner Myrdal.
This Question is of Urban and Regional Economics.
Input–Output Analysis is a quantitative economic model that represents the
interdependencies between different industries or sectors of a national
economy.
Spread effect and Backwash effect- Gunner Myrdal
. 28 Match the surfaces in Group- I with the respective range of albedo values in Group- II
GROUP I GROUP II
P. Close ground crops 1. 0.45- 0.95
Q. Bare lands 2. 0.05- 0.055
R. Water surface 3. 0.05- 0.45
S. Snow 4. 0.15- 0.25
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (B) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1 (C) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (D) P-4, Q-2, R-
3, S-1
Answer: (A) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
. 29 Which of the following is NOT a criterion for defining urban area in India?
(A) Population size.
(B) Percentage of male working population engaged in non-agricultural pursuits.
(C) Density of Population.
(D) Percentage of pucca houses.
Answer: (D) Percentage of pucca houses.
Criterion for defining urban area in India.
Population size of 5000 and above.
Percentage of male working population engaged in non-agricultural pursuits
should be more than 75 %
Density of Population should be more than 400 persons/ sq. km
Should have a Municipal Corporation, Municipality, Nagar Panchayat or
Cantonment board or should be a notified town.
There are about 8000 urban settlements and about 5,00,000 village settlements in
India.
According to 2011 census the level of Urbanization in India is 31.16 %
. 30 Signal phasing in transportation system refers to
(A) the number of combinations of traffic movements served through a signalized
intersection.
(B) the distance between signalized intersections.
(C) phase of electric power required to make the signals operational.
(D) relative placements of red, green and amber lights on a signal post.
Answer: (A) the number of combinations of traffic movements served through a
signalized intersection
Answer: B
opaque state
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2 (B) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4
(C) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (D) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1
Answer: (C) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
. 35 Which of the following commands in AutoCad is used to extract one or more elements
from a list?
(A) Filter (B) Boundary (C) Explode (D) Eattext
Answer: (D) Eattext
. 36 Identify the satellite that provides useful information for physical planning.
P. IKONOS Q. IRS- 1D R. CartoSAT S. INSAT 1B
T. PSLV U. Google Earth V. Apple W. Quick Bird
(A) P,Q,R,W (B) R,S,T,V (C) P,Q,R,S (D) S,T,U,V
Answer: (A) P,Q,R,W
. 37 Stack effect is
(A) the process of supplying fresh air by electro mechanical means both vertically and
horizontally.
(B) the tendency of hot air in a shaft to rise and create a draft of cool air intake.
(C) the air- supply to a motor- driven louvered opening in basement .
(D) the circulation of fresh air through windows from the plenum level.
Answer: (B) the tendency of hot air in a shaft to rise and create a draft of cool air intake.
. 42 The ratios represented by the two number series 70:113:183 and 86:140:226 stand
respectively for
(A) the blue and red series of Le Modular
(B) the vertical and horizontal proportions found in Leonardo da Vinci’s pentagram
(C) the horizontal and vertical proportions found in Leonardo da Vinci’s pentagram
(D) the red and blue series of Le Modular
Answer: (D) the red and blue series of Le Modular
(Ref: page 318, “Architecture: Form, Space and Order”, Francis D. K. Ching, John Wiley
and Sons, 3rd edition)
Regions
Formal Region Functional Region Planning Region
It is an area It is a product of A planning region is a
designated by official modern economy, segment of territory over
boundaries. industrial which economic
A formal region is development and decisions apply. Planning
created on the basis urbanization. It is regions are priorities
of at least one or based on the area delineated by
more of the following principle of scholars/ organizations
characteristics: interdependence to start the development
Common and interlinking. based on certain
language These regions show parameters.
Religion flows related to First phase had industrial
Nationality people, commodity, (economic)planning
Political affiliation capital etc. that bind regions, focused on
Culture the various sub sectoral industrial
Geographical parts of a region in a growth, these were
features (climate, coherent whole. mineral and capital
vegetation, For delineation of industry based regions.
elevation, functional regions • Second phase focused
landform, etc.) Quantitative on equitable
methods are used, development. Planning
such as: regions were special
Zipf’s-principle of problem areas (DPAP,
‘distance decay’ Hill Areas, TribalAreas,
Stewart Wastelands etc.
‘s–‘Gravity Model’
Chistaller’s and
Losche’s-‘Central
Place’ theory.
Thiessen Polygon
method
L.S BHAT AND V.L.S.
PRAKASARAO
REGIONS
NATH REGIONS
SEN GUPTA REGIONS
C.S.CHANDRASEKHA
R REGIONS
TOWN AND
COUNTRY PLANNING
ORGANISATION
REGIONS
Examples of Planning Region in India as proposed by various Regional Planners
NATH REGIONS
Nath (1965) prepared a scheme of Resource Development Regions and Division of
India based at the homogeneity in physical factors, and agricultural land use and cropping
pattern. Although the regions cut across the state boundaries, the division is kept within
the state limit. Thus the entire country has been divided into 15 main and 48 sub regions.
These major resource development regions include:
(1) Western Himalaya,
(2) Eastern Himalaya
(3) Lower Ganga Plain,
(4) Middle Ganga Plain
(5) L Upper Ganga Plain
(6) Trans- Ganga Plain
(7) Eastern Plateaus and Hills
(8) Central Plateaus and; I Hills
(9) Western Plateaus and Hills
(10) Southern Plateaus and Hills
(11) Eastern Coastal Plains and Hills,
(12) Western Coastal Plains and Ghats,
(13) Gujarat Plains and Hills
(14) Western Arid Region, and
(15) Island Region.
. 57 Traditional Indian settlement patterns, based on orthogonal grid are represented by:
(A) Padmaka, Kurmaka and Swastika
(B) Mandala, Kurmaka and Angula
(C) Dandaka, Vidambaka, and Dhanurmusti
(D) Sarvatabhadra, Prastara and Chaturmukha
Answer: (D) Sarvatabhadra, Prastara and Chaturmukha
Padmaka and kurmaka are circular in form.
Angula and Dhanurmusti are measurements.
. 60 The most appropriate criteria to be considered for delineating backward regions are
(A) density of population (B) amount of sales tax collection
(C) infant mortality (D) per capita income and its distribution
Answer: (D) per capita income and its distribution
. 61 The relationship between headway (h) and flow (q) in a traffic stream is represented by:
(A) h= q² (B) h= q (C) h= 1/q² (D) h= 1/q
Answer: (D) h= 1/q
Flow (q) = the rate at which vehicles pass a fixed point (vehicles per hour)
Space headway (s) = difference in position between the front of a vehicle and
the front of the next vehicle (in meters)
Time headway (ht) = difference between the time when the front of a vehicle
arrives at a point on the highway and the time the front of the next vehicle
arrives at the same point (in seconds)
Q. 62 Match the diagram of Age Sex
pyramids from the descriptions of the population growth, given below:
1. Rapid growth 2. Slow growth 3. Zero growth 4.Negative growth
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
(B) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1
(C) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1
(D) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3
Answer: (B) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1
Q. 65 Select the appropriate word from the list given below that fits in all the blank
1. The aim of conservation is to retain or recover the _________ significance of a
place.
2. Preservation is appropriate where the existing state of the fabric itself constitutes
of specific ______________ significance.
3. Restoration is appropriate only if there is sufficient evidence of an earlier state of
the fabric and only if returning the fabric to that state recovers the _________
significance of the place.
4. Reconstruction is appropriate where a place is incomplete through damage or
alteration and where it is necessary for its survival, or where it recovers the
__________ significance of the place as a whole.
(A) historical (B) cultural (C) architectural (D) aesthetic
Answer: No appropriate answer.
Q. 67 Two names associated with planning of Paris and Philadelphia are respectively:
(A) Geroges- Eugene Hausmann and William Penn (B) Patrick Geddess and Louis
Wirth
(C) Albert Perry and Oswald Spangler (D) Le Corbusier and John Friedman
Answer: (A) Geroges- Eugene Hausmann and William Penn
Q. 68 Which of the following statements is valid for a saddled surface shell structure?
P. regions of downward curvature exhibit arch like action
R. regions of upward curvature behave as a cable structure
(A) P is true and R is false (B) R is true and P is false
(C) Both P and R are true (D) Both P and R are false
Answer: (C) Both P and R are true
A tensile structure is a construction of elements carrying only tension and no
compression or bending.
Tensegrity, which is a structural form with both tension and compression elements
Q. 69 Which of the following statements describe the advantage of A.C. supply over D.C.
supply?
(A) Electroplating process (B) Noise reduction in motors
(C) Facility of transforming from one voltage to another (D) Charging of storage batteries
Answer: (C) Facility of transforming from one voltage to another.
Common Data Questions. Common data for questions 71, 72 and 73:
For a building, the gross rent fetched is Rs 22,500/- per month; municipal tax is Rs
8,000/- per quarter; repair and maintenance charges are @ 10% of gross rent and
other expenses borne by the owner are Rs 16,000/- per annum.
. 71 What would be the total outgoings in Rs?
(A) 60,000/- (B) 70,000/- (C) 75,000/- (D) 80,000/-
Answer: (C) 75,000/-
Annual Municipal Tax= 8000
. 73 If the years purchase in perpetuity comes out to be 12.5, what would be the capitalized
value, in Rs of the above building?
(A) 24, 00,000/- (B) 24, 37,000/- (C) 24, 37,500/- (D) 25, 00,000/-
Answer: (C) 24, 37,500/-
Capitalized value= 1,95,000 × 12.5= 24, 37,500/-
= × 100= 11.18
. 75 As per the table given in Q. no. 74, the annual growth rate of urban population of India
during 1921-1931 was:
(A) 0.03 (B) 0.79 (C) 1.76 (D) 1.91
Answer: (C) 1.76
For annual growth rate
R= [( -1] ×100
Where R= annual growth rate (%)
= Population after n years(1931) and is the population in the base year
(1921)
n= no of years (interval)
Solving we get
R= [( -1] ×100
[( -1] ×100
(1.0176-1) ×100= 1.76
. 77 When there is dispute among the above Experts, then another expert is appointed to
resolve the issues who is known as
(A) Mediator (B) Referee (C) Judge (D) Umpire
Answer: (D) Umpire
Linked answer question 78 and 79:
. 78 Identify the formula for calculating the reverberation time (t) of a hall of volume V cu. M.,
where S represents sound absorption area
(A) t= 16V/S (B) t= 016V²/S (C) t= 0.16V/S (D) t= 16V/S²
Answer: (C) t= 0.16V/S
. 79 A school auditorium has a capacity of 800 persons. Considering 3.5 cu. M. of volume per
person and reverberation time of 1.25 sec, the total sound absorption area required
would be
(A) 348 sq.m. (B) 358 sq.m. (C) 368 sq.m. (D) 378 sq.m.
Answer: (B) 358 sq.m.
Soln: A standard reverberation time has been defined as the time for the sound to die
away to a level 60 decibels below its original level.
. 81 For a given air velocity of 2m/s, the necessary cross sectional area of supply duct will
be:
(A) 0.0375 sq.m. (B) 0.0225 sq.m. (C) 0.0113 sq.m. (D) 0.0037 sq.m.
Answer: (C) 0.0113 sq.m.
. 83 The total land requirement for senior secondary schools for a city of population of
1,00,000 persons is
(A) 8 ha (B) 15 ha (C) 25 ha (D) 40 ha
Answer: (C) 25 ha
Total area = no of schools × 1.6
= 14 × 1.8 = 25.2 ha
Linked answer question 84 and 85:
Q. 84 Identify the relationship governing the cost of land (C) based on the following factors:
Net density in plots per hectare = p
Land use percentage allocation in net housing = q
Price of land in Rs. Per sq. m. =s
(A) C= (10,000/p x 100/q) s (B) C= (10,000/p x q/100) s
(C) C= (10,000/p x 100/s) q (D) C= (10,000/s x 100/q) p
Answer: (B) C= (10,000/p x q/100) s
Let the area of whole land be Á' ha
given plots per ha = p therefore total no of plots = A × p
percantage area alloted for housing is 'q' so total area for housing = × A=
= sqm
. 85 If for a housing development, p= 30, q= 45 and s= 500, then the cost of land per dwelling
unit is:
(A) Rs 1,333/- (B) Rs 3,000/- (C) Rs 75,000/- (D) Rs 3,70, 370/-
Answer: (C) Rs 75,000/-
Cost of land per dwelling unit = (10,000/p x q/100) s
( × ) × 500 = 75,000/-
GATE 2010
Q. 1 Natural granite used for cladding in Buildings belongs to the category of
(A) Igneous Rock (B) Acid Rock (C) Sedimentary (D) Metamorphic rock
Answer: (A) Igneous Rock
Marble- Metamorphic rock
Sandstone- Sedimentary
Q. 4 A flat arch at the skewback should NOT have angle less than
(A) 30° (B) 45° (C) 60° (D) 90 °
Answer : (C) 60°
Q.7 If the temperature of a composite bar made of copper and steel is raised, then the
copper bar will be under
(A) Tension (B) Compression (C) Shear (D)Torsion
Answer: B (Compression)
The thermal coefficient of linear expansion of copper is more so its expansion
is suppressed so compressed.
Q. 8 E. I. A. stands for
(A) East India Association (B) Environment Impact Audit
(C) Environment Impact in Asia (D) Environment Impact Assessment
Answer: D (Environment Impact Assessment)
Q. 9 A steel truss with parallel upper and lower chords and inclined connecting
members forming a series of equilateral triangle is known as
(A) Bowstring Truss (B) Warren Truss (C) Kingpost truss (D) Scissors Truss
Answer: (B) Warren Truss
Q. 12 With respect to energy conservation and cost efficiency, the nature of an ideal
built form should be
(A) High Rise Low density (B) Medium Rise High Density
(C) Low Rise High Density (D) Low Rise Low Density
Answer is B (Medium Rise High Density)
Q. 14 When shear stress exceeds the permissible limit in a RCC Slab, then this
problem is solved by
(A) Increasing the slab depth (B) Providing shear reinforcement
(C) Using High Strength Steel (D) Using thinner bar but more in numbers
Answer: (B) Providing shear reinforcement
Shear reinforcement provides restraint against cracks formed under shear force by
running perpendicular reinforced to the direction of crack.
examples are –stirrups
Courtesy: Souradeep Gupta ,Phd scholar, NUS Singapore.
Q. 15 Considering the total heat loss from all fluorescent lamps to be 79 % the heating
load (Btu/hr) due to office illumination with 48 ceiling mounted luminaries, each
containing four, 40 W fluorescent lamps and flat surface diffusers will be
(A) 10,000 Btu/hr (B) 15000 Btu/hr (C) 17,500 Btu/hr (D) 21,000 Btu/hr
Answer: (D) 21,000 Btu/hr
Total watt= 48x4x40= 7680 W
79 % heating load= 7680x 79/100= 6067.2 W= 6067.2 Joules/sec
(1055 Joules= 1Btu)
6067.2 Joules/sec= 5.75Btu/sec
In 1 sec, 5.75 Btu so in 3600 sec, 5.75x 3600= 20,700 Btu/hr. (say 21,000Btu)
Q.16. Prime resultant forces that develop in a structure due to an earthquake depend
on
(A) Mass and Surface Area of Structure (B) Surface Area and Stiffness of
Structure
(C) Stiffness and Mass of Structure (D) Surface Area and Volume of Structure
Answer: (C) Stiffness and Mass of Structure
Q.17. Concept of Serial Vision has been applied to the approach layout of
(A) Victoria Memorial Complex, Kolkata (B) Umaid Bhawan Palace Jodhpur
(C) Vidhan Soudha Precinct, Bangalore (D) Rashtrapati Bhawan Complex, New Delhi
Answer: (D) Rashtrapati Bhawan Complex, New Delhi
Serial Vision: Gorden Cullen
Q.21. Excessive tilt of the leaning tower of Pisa has been checked by
(A) Pumping Cement Concrete under the dipping foundation
(B) Relocation heavier furniture to the rising side of the tower
(C) Raising the dipping side by massive jack screws
(D) Pumping out mud and slurry from the foundation base of the rising side.
Answer: (A) Pumping Cement Concrete under the dipping foundation
Q.24. Nakagin capsule tower, Tokyo famous for its spatial modular approach was
designed by
Neighbourhood Unit by
Clarence A Perry. (Basic Concept)
Centre the school in the neighbourhood so that a child’s walk to school was
only about one-quarter of a mile and no more than one half mile and could be
achieved without crossing a major arterial street.
Size the neighbourhood to sufficiently support a school, between 5,000 to
6,000 residents, approximately 160 acres at a density of ten units per acre.
Implement a wider use of the school facilities for neighbourhood meetings and
activities, constructing a large play area around the building for use by the
entire community.
Place arterial streets along the perimeter so that they define and distinguish
the “place” of the neighborhood and by design eliminate unwanted through-
traffic from the neighborhood. In this way, major arterials define the
neighborhood, rather than divide it through its heart.
Design internal streets using a hierarchy that easily distinguishes local streets
from arterial streets, using curvilinear street design for both safety and
aesthetic purposes. Streets, by design, would discourage unwanted through
traffic and enhance the safety of pedestrians.Neighbourhood unit by Clarence Perry
Restrict local shopping areas to the perimeter or perhaps to the main
entrance of the neighborhood, thus excluding nonlocal traffic destined for these
commercial uses that might intrude on the neighborhood.
Dedicate at least 10 percent of the neighborhood land area to parks and open
space, creating places for play and community interaction”.
7-10 Middle School 1 Q.28. Match the trees in Group I with their
11-14 Upper School botanical names in Group II
1-1 Group I Group II
P. Neem 1. Castia Fistula
Q. Amaltas 2. Azadirachta Indica
R. Pipal 3. Ficus Bengalensia
S. Asoka 4. Ficus Religiosa
5. Saraca Indica
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (B) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-1 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (D) P-2, Q-3,
R-5, S-4
Q.29. Following graphs represent the relationship between city size (in terms of
Population) on X- axis and area under residential use (in percent) on Y
axis. Identify the correct graph.
Answer: A
A large city has large number of slum population with high occupancy rate.
(B) Ridges: T, V
Valleys: R, T, U
(C) Ridges: S, U
Valleys: Q, T, V
(D) Ridges: R, V, U
Valleys: P, T,
Answer: (C)
. 34 From the following, identify the factors which influence the loudness of sound to a
listener in an enclosure
P. Loudness of sound at Source
Q. Directivity Factor
R. Length/ Width Ratio of enclosure
S. Distance between Sound Source and Listener
U. Sound absorption co-efficient of all enclosing surface
V. Surface Area of enclosing surfaces
Y. Inside Temperature level of enclosure
(A) P, Q, S, V, Y (B) Q, R, S, U, Y (C) P, R, S, U, V (D) P, Q, S, U, V
Answer: (A) P, Q, S, V, Y
Directivity is a measure of the directional characteristic of a sound source. If you have
a limited amount of sound energy available (like that produced by the human voice),
you can increase the distance that your voice will cover by increasing the directivity of
your voice. You have probably experienced this calling to someone outdoors, when
you cup your hands around your mouth to increase the directivity.
Q. 35 Match the lamps in Group I with their Colour Rendering Index (CRI) in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Mercury Vapour 1. 65-70
Q. Metal Halide 2. 40- 55
R. High- Pressure Sodium 3. 20- 25
S. Low-Pressure Sodium 4. 60-64
(A) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S- 3 (B) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S- 1 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S- 3 (D) P-4,
Q-3, R-2, S- 1
Answer : (C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S- 3
Colour Rendering Index (CRI) is a quantitative measure of the ability of a light
source to reproduce the colors of various objects faithfully in comparison with
natural light source.
S Light source CRI Luminous Uses
No efficacies
Low-pressure sodium 200 Street Light/
1 (LPS/SOX) -44 lm/W Security Light
35-65 Replaced by
2 Clear mercury-vapour 17 lm/W metal halide
High-pressure sodium 100-150 Street Light/
3 (HPS/SON) 24 lm/W Security Light
100 Interior
4 Coated mercury-vapour 49 lm/W
Halophosphate warm- 100 Interior
5 white fluorescent 51 lm/W
Halophosphate cool-white 100 Interior
6 fluorescent 64 lm/W
Tri-phosphor warm-white 100 Interior
7 fluorescent 73 lm/W
Halophosphate cool- 100 Interior
8 daylight fluorescent 76 lm/W
9 “White” SON 82 Interior
75-100 Interior
10 Quartz metal halide 85 lm/W
Tri-phosphor cool-white Interior
11 fluorescent 89
12 Ceramic metal halide 96 75-100 Automobile head
lm/W light/
photography/
stage
lighting/flood
lights
Incubators,
13 Incandescent bulb 100 16 lm/W Home lighting
Low Pressure Sodium Light – When the lamp is turned on it emits a dim red/pink
light to warm the sodium metal and within a few minutes it turns into the common
bright yellow as the sodium metal vaporizes.LPS lamps are the most efficient
electrically powered light source when measured for lighting conditions—up to 200
lm/W, As a result they are widely used for outdoor lighting such as street lights and
security lighting where CRI is unimportant.
Flourescent Lamps – These are a low pressure mercury-vapor gas-discharge lamp
that uses fluorescence to produce visible light. An electric current in the gas excites
mercury vapor which produces short-wave ultraviolet light that then causes a
phosphor coating on the inside of the bulb to fluoresce.
.38 If the area of a plot is 1000 sq.m, area of its adjoining roads is 500 sq.m, maximum
permissible FAR is 150 and maximum permissible ground coverage is 50%, then
utilizing fullest ground coverage and assuming floors of equal area, the number
of storey that can be built on the plot is
(A) 6 (B) 4 (C) 3 (D) 2
Answer : (C) 3
Area of plot = 1000 sq m FAR= 150 (it means 1.5)
Total floor area = 100
Permissible ground coverage = 50 % = 500 sq m
So no of floors= =3
(Answer corrected as informed by Pappal Suneja, GNDU Amritsar)
. 41. The correct requirements provided to seek permission from the local authority for
constructing small residential buildings are
P- Key Plan Q- Site Plan
R- Zonal Plan S- Building Plan
T – Power of Attorney U- Ownership Title
V – Transport Plan W – Drainage/ Sewarage/ Water Supply Plan
X – Solid Waste Disposal Plan
(A) P, Q, R, S, W (B) P, Q, S, U, W (C) P, S, V, W, X (D) Q, S, T, V, X
Answer is B. (P, Q, S, U, W)
. 43 A T- Beam slab is cast and cured. The Shuttering has to be removed. The right
sequence of removal of shuttering is
(A) Base of Beam→ Sides of Beam→ Base of Slab→ Vertical support under beam
(B) Base of Slab→ Sides of Beam→ Base of Beam→ Vertical support under beam
(C) Base of Slab→ Sides of Beam→ Vertical support under beam→ Base of Beam
(D) Base of Beam→ Base of Slab→ Sides of Beam→ Vertical support under beam
Answer is (C) Base of Slab→ Sides of Beam→ Vertical support under beam→ Base
of Beam
Q.44 Bio- climatic chart developed by Victor Olgyay shows the relationship between
(A) Temperature and Precipitation (B) Relative Humidity and Precipitation
(C) Air Movement and temperature (D) Temperature and Relative humidity
Answer is D. (Temperature and Relative humidity)
(Refer page 50, Manual of Tropical Housing and Building, Koenigsberger)
= = × = :1
CASE II
Let us consider ‘I’ to be a point source then the soln will be as follows
= ×
= ×
= = × =
Q. 46. Following figure shows network for a particular project consisting of four
activities
Normal duration and crash time for each activity are given below
Activity Normal Duration Crash time
(in days) (in days)
1-2 3 2
2-3 4 2
2-4 5 4
3-4 7 5
The minimum time required for completion of project is
(A) 9 days (B) 13 days (C) 14 days (D) 19 days
Answer: (A) 9 days
Minimum time required for completion of project is through path 1-2-3-4.
. 47 Pick the ODD one from the figures given below with respect to reflection and
transmission of Light
Answer : (B) Q
Q. 50 The total number of units under L.I.G., M.I.G. and H.I.G. respectively are
(A) P (B) S (C) Q (D) R L.I.G. M.I.G. H.I.G.
Answer: (A) P P 56 155 71
Land area= 1.25 ha= 12500sqm Q 60 142 71
Pop density = 800 per hectare =0.08 per sqm.
R 56 150 63
Total Population= 0.08 × 12500 = 1000
Average household size = 3.55 S 59 155 63
Q. 53 If the rate of Interest is 7%, then the annual installment of Sinking fund will be
(A) Rs. 4,583/- (B) Rs. 4,855/- (C) Rs. 5,507/- (D) Rs. 5,640/-
Answer: (C) Rs. 5,507/-
Sinking fund formula:
Annual Installment (A) = where S is sinking fund, ‘i’ is interest rate and
‘n’ is no of years.
A
A= Rs 5,507/-
. 54 Assuming accommodate each floor has one hose, the delivery rate (in litre per
second) of the fire hose at greatest pressure is
(A) 75 (B) 78 (C) 81 (D) 84
Answer: Data Missing (Marks awarded to all)
Alternative Solution
Given data:
1. Building Height : 39 meters
2. water supply for 30 mins fire fighting is available
Assumptions:
1. Only 1 hose is open (greatest pressure) including additional standpipes (if any)
The maximum total permissible flow rate of standpipe system is 1250 USgallon per minute.
Which is equal to 4731 litre/min = 78.85 litre/sec
(Reference: 2007 Edition of NFPA 14 Chapter 7)
Q. 55 The volume of water (in cubic metre) required for the reservoir is
(A) 105 (B) 110 (C) 120 (D) 130
Answer: Data Missing (Marks awarded to all)
According to THE LPC DESIGN GUIDE the answer should be (D) 130
you can also calculate it by above flow rate (since the above flow rate is at greatest
pressure, therefore the average flow
rate will be less than it)
Calculation based on the formula ( tank emptying time = volume /rate of delivery)
(note: the above formula will not give exact data since the rate of delivery will vary due to
decreasing water pressure due to water
drainage)
we have tank emptying time = 30 mins (water supply for 30 mins fire fighting is
available)
rate of delivery = 78 litre/sec
So, the volume will be (30*60)seconds * 78litre/sec = 140400 lite = 140.4 cubic meter
if you take Related rate of delivery ( http://study.com/.../related-rates-the-draining-tank...)
the answer will be approximately 130 cubic meter.
The soln was provided by Rewati Raman (B Arch,NIT Patna, MURP, PhD IITR) on FB page
. 57 Choose the most appropriate word from the options given below to complete the
following sentence:
If we manage to __________our natural resources, we would leave a better
planet for our children.
(A) uphold (B) restrain (C) cherish (D) conserve
Answer: (D) conserve
. 58 The question below consists of a pair of related words followed by four pair of words.
Select the pair that best expresses the relation in the original pair.
Unemployed: Worker
(A) fallow : land (B) unaware: sleeper (C) wit: jester (D) renovated: house
Answer: (A) fallow : land
Q. 59 Which of the following options is the closest in meaning to the word below:
Circuitous
(A) cyclic (B) indirect (C) confusing (D) crooked
Answer: (B) indirect
. 60 Choose the most appropriate words from the options given below to complete the
following sentence.
His rather casual remarks on Politics ______________ his lack of seriousness
about the subject.
(A) masked (B) belied (C) betrayed (D) suppressed
Answer: (C) betrayed
. 62 5 skilled workers can build a wall in 20 days; 8 semi skilled workers can build a
wall in 25 days; 10 unskilled workers can build a wall in 30 days. If a team has
two skilled, 6 semi skilled and 5 unskilled workers how long will it take to build
the wall?
(A) 20 days (B) 18 days (C) 16 days (D) 15 days
Answer: (D) 15 days
. 63 Modern warfare has changed from large scale clashes of armies to suppression of
civilian populations. Chemical agents that do their work silently appear to be suited to
such warfare; and regretfully there exist people in military establishment who think that
chemical agents are useful tools for their cause.
Which of the following statements best sums up the meaning of the above
passage.
(A) Modern warfare has resulted in civil strife.
(B) Chemical agents are used in modern warfare
(C) Use of chemical agents in warfare would be undesirable
(D) People in military establishments like to use chemical agents in war.
Answer: (D) People in military establishments like to use chemical agents in war.
64. Given digits 2,2,3,3,3,4,4,4,4 how many distinct 4 digit numbers greater than 3000
can be formed ?
(A) 50 (B) 51 (C) 52 (D) 54
Answer: (B) 51
Q. 2 Rajiv Awas Yojana of Ministry of Housing, Government of India addresses housing for
(A) Middle Income Group (B) Low income Group (C) High Income Group (D)
Slum Dwellers
Answer is D (Slum Dwellers).
Rajiv Awas Yojana (RAY) was announced in 2009, which addresses the needs of
Urban Slum dwellers. It is running parallel to the program of JNNURM (Jawahar Lal
Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission). JNNURM was started in 2005 with an
objective to provide Basic Services to Urban Poor.Initial period was 2005-2012, which
ws extended to two more years up to 2014.
Indira Awas Yojana (IAY) provides financial assistance for Rural Housing to the BPL
(Below Poverty Line) families. This program is operated by Ministry of Rural
Development, Govt. of India. Under IAY financial grant: Rs 45,000/- provided per
dwelling unit for plain areas and Rs 48,500/- provided per dwelling unit for
hilly/difficult areas
. 6 A slab simply supported on all its edges with a ratio of longer side to shorter side greater
or equal to 2.0 is designed as
(A) One way slab (B) Two Way Slab (C) Flat Slab (D) Coffered Slab
Answer is A. (One way slab)
In one way slab main reinforcement is along shorter side of the slab. When ratio is
less than 2.0 two way slab is designed.
Q. 7 Entablature consists of
(A) Architrave, Tenia, Cornice (B) Architrave, Frieze, Cornice
(C) Frieze, Cornice, Triglyphs (D) Cornice, Guttae, Tympanum
Answer is B. (Architrave, Frieze, Cornice)
An entablature refers to the superstructure of moldings and bands which lie
horizontally above columns and below Pediment i.e. sandwiched between column
and pediment. A pediment is triangular section above entablature. Entablature has
three layers namely Architrave, Frieze and Cornice.
Note: Questions are set every year on this topic because of the various architectural elements available in
Classical Architecture. (Refer: History of Architecture,Bannister Fletcher)
Q. 9 The minimum road curb length required for parking 10 cars perpendicular to road is
(A) 15 m (B) 25 m (C) 35 m (D) 40 m
Answer is B. (25 m)
For perpendicular parking road curb length required is 2.3 m per car. For 10 car it
comes 23 m. The closest answer is 25 m hence correct answer is
B. (Refer Architect’s Data, Neufert, page 248, 2nd ed)
Standard Parking area = 2.5 m × 5.4 m
No of cars that can be accommodated in a stretch of 400 m
400 m Perpendicular 60 º 45 º 30 º Parallel
stretch to kerb to kerb
parking
2.5 m × 160 cars 138 110 cars 80 74 cars
5.4 m cars cars
Q.14. Maximum horizontal angle from the speaker in a seating area of a lecture theatre
should be
(A) 70º (B) 90º (C) 120º (D) 140º
Answer : (D) 140º (Refer: Time Saver Standards for Building Types, 3rd ed. Page
274)
Viewing range of chalkboard: The maximum distance of a person from the chalk
board should not exceed 400 times the size of the smallest letter or digit being
written. Suppose the smallest letter is 2.5 cm the maximum distance of the student
should not exceed 400x2.5 = 1000cm i. e. 10m
Viewing range for projection screen: Distance from screen should not be less than
twice nor more than six times the width of screen image. Optimum viewing angle
should not be more than 30° from eye level. Suppose the screen image width is 1.5
m then the closest viewer should be at 3 m and farthest at 9 m.
Q.17. The appropriate material for flooring of an external ramp of a building would be
(A) Polished Granite (B) Wax polished marble (C) Glazed Ceramic Tile (D) Rough
Finished sandstone.
Answer is D. (Rough Finished sandstone)
Q.22. The difference between Wet Bulb temperature and dry bulb temperature is called
(A) Dry Bulb Depression (B) Wet Bulb Depression (C) Variable Depression (D)
Atmospheric depression
Answer is B. (Wet Bulb Depression)
Due to evaporative cooling Wet Bulb Thermometer always shows a lower temperature
than a Dry Bulb Thermometer, except at 100% RH.
The Atmospheric Depression refers an area of low barometric pressure.
.27. A room measuring 5mx3.5 m enclosed by brick wall has a ceiling of 3 m height. The
room has a door and window opening of 1 m x 2 m and 1 m x1 m respectively. The
quantity of plastering required in the interior wall (in sqm) is
(A) 46.5 m (B) 48 (C) 51 (D) 68.5
Answer is B (48 m²)
Q.28. One cubic meter of ordinary cement yields a volume of M15 concrete in the range of
(A) 2-3 cum (B) 4-5 cum (C) 7-8 cum (D) 8-9 cum
Answer (B) 4-5 cum
The ratio of M 15 concrete is 1:2:4 (cement: sand: stone chips). As such if one cubic
meter of ordinary cement is taken we need 2 cu m of stone chips and 4 cu m of sand
along with water to make concrete adding to final concrete less than 7 cum. (Vol of
concrete reduces by a factor of 1.54).
.30. Match the buildings in Group I with their corresponding structural forms in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Hall of Nations, New Delhi 1. Spherical Structure
Q. Salvacao Church, Mumbai 2. Folded Plates
R. State Trading Corporation Building, New Delhi 3. Octahedral Lattice Structure
S. Matri Mandir, Auroville 4. Vierendeel Girders
5. Shell Roof Structure
(A) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1 (B) P-2, Q-5, R-4, S-1
(C) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-5, R-2, S-1
Answer is A. (P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1)
Hall of Nations (1972) – commonly known as Pragati Maidan is exhibition space in
New Delhi. It is the most famous project of Ar Raj Rewal incorporating Octahedral
Lattice Structure. The depth of the structural system is utilized as a Sun breaker
and conceived of in terms of the traditional ‘jali’, a geometrical pattern of perforation
that serves to obstruct directs rays of the harsh Sun while permitting air circulation.
Salvacao Church, Mumbai (1977) –Designed by Charles Correa. The shell roof
structure act as giant flues where the hot air rises and exits through a vent at the top,
thus drawing in fresh air from the courtyards around.
The Vierendeel girder is a truss where the members are not triangulated but form
rectangular openings. This girder is used in State Trading Corporation Building,
New Delhi designed by Raj Rewal in 1989.
Matri Mandir, Auroville having spherical structure was conceptualized by Mirra
Alfassa, (1878 –1973), also known as The Mother, was the spiritual collaborator of
Sri Aurobindo. When Sri Aurobindo retired into seclusion, she founded his ashram
(Sri Aurobindo Ashram), with a handful of disciples living around the Master. She
along with Ar Roger Anger founded the Auroville.
Q.33. Match the Architectural style in Group I with their features in Group II
Group I Group II
P. West Asiatic 1. Arches and Pendentives.
Q. Greeks 2. Pagodas
R. Byzantine 3. Flying Buttresses
S. Japanese 4. Orders and Pediments
5. Hanging Gardens
(A) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-2
(C) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (D) P-4, Q-3, R-5, S-2
Answer is B. (P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-2)
West Asiatic Civilization: (Ancient Mesopotamia: The Sumerians, Babylonians, and
Assyrians) Ziggurat and Hanging Gardens of Babylon are most famous.
Greek and Roman- The feature was classical Architecture with Orders, Entablature
and Pediment giving a complete building form.
Byzantine:period when Hagia Sophia was built.
Squinch and Pendentive: A squinch in architecture is a construction filling in the
upper angles of a square room so as to form a base to receive an octagonal or
spherical dome. A later solution of this structural problem was provided by the
pendentive. Pendentives, which are triangular segments of a sphere, taper to points
at the bottom and spread at the top to establish the continuous circular or elliptical
base needed for the dome.
Q.35. A site in a map drawn to a scale of 1: 16000 measures 75sqcm. The actual area of
the site is
(A) 120 (B) 162 (C) 192 (D) 256
Answer: C. (192)
Soln: Area on the map is= 75sqcm.
Suppose it is a square then each side will be √75= 8.66 cm. on map.
Actual length of the square= 8.66x16000= 138564 sqcm
So the actual area of square= 138564x138564=192 x108 sqcm.
1 Hectare = 100x100 sqm = 10000x10000 sqcm = 108 sqcm
10 sqcm= 1 hectare 192 x10 sqcm= 192 hectare.
8 8
Q.37. Match the eminent personalities in GROUP I with their books and Statements in
GROUP II
GROUP I GROUP II
P. Kevin Lynch 1. The Fountainhead
Q. Ayn Rand 2. Small is Beautiful
R. Paul D. Spreiregen 3. Site Planning
S. E F Schumacher 4. Urban Design: Architecture of Town and Cities
5. Design of Cities
(A) P-4, Q-2, R-5, S-3 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-5
(C) P-5, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
Less is more – Meis van der Rohe
Less is bore- Robert Venturi
Small is beautiful- E F Schumacher
Q.38. Match the Urban form listed in Group I with the towns listed in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Grid Iron 1. New Delhi
Q. Radial 2. Washington D.C.
R. Linear 3. Copenhagen
S. Finger Plan 4. Mumbai
5. Canberra
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-5
(C) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (D) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3
The Finger Plan is an urban plan from 1947 which provides a strategy for the
development of the Copenhagen metropolitan area, Denmark. According to
the plan, Copenhagen is to develop along five ‘fingers’, centred on S-train
commuter rail lines, which extend from the ‘palm’, that is the dense urban
fabric of central Copenhagen. In between the fingers, green wedges are
supposed to provide land for agriculture and recreational purposes.
Q.40. Match the instruments in Group I with their corresponding functions in Group
II
Group I Group II
P. Hygrometer 1. Precipitation
Q. Disdrometer 2. Vapour Pressure
R. Anemometer 3. Solar Radiation
S. Manometer 4. Relative Humidity
5. Velocity of Air
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (B) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-5
(C) P-1, Q-2, R-5, S-4 (D) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2
Answer is D (P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2)
Thermometers are installed in Stevenson Screen, a wooden louvered box kept at a
height of 1.2-1.8m above ground.
Q.41. Match the features in Group I with the corresponding types of garden in Group
II
Group I Group II
P. Symmetrical layout, water cascades, entombment 1. French gardens
Q. Radial Layout, symmetrical sculpture, boulevards 2. English gardens
R. Occult Symmetry, pontoon bridges, stepping stones 3. Chinese gardens
S. Hierarchy of Courts, hierarchy of gates, zoomorphic forms 4. Mughal gardens
5. Japanese gardens
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-3
(C) P-4, Q-3, R-5, S-1 (D) P-5, Q-1, R-2, S-3
Answer is B. (P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-3)
The occult is “knowledge of the hidden”.
In occult symmetry an optical axis or centre of gravity is implied and opposing
elements may be symmetrical or assymetrical. An example of occult balance would
be trees appearing to balance a hill on an applied visual axis.
Q.43. Match the elements of Group I with their corresponding type in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Fire Hydrant 1. Street Furniture
Q. Planter Beds 2. Street Hardware
R. Letter Box
S. Traffic Signs
T. Lamp Posts
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-1, S-2, T-2 (B) P-1, Q-1, R-2, S-1, T-1
(C) P-1, Q-1, R-2, S-2, T-2 (D) P-2, Q-1, R-2, S-2, T-2
Answer: A
.44. In a Construction project Schedule A is the first activity. Activities B and C follow A.
Activity D follows B & C. Activity E Follows C. Activity F Follows D & E.
Activity A B C D E F
Duration
(in 3 2 5 6 5 3
Days)
The critical time to complete the project will be
(A) 14 days (B) 16 days (C) 17 days (D) 20 days
Answer: (C) 17 days
5. The maintenance cost of a building will be Rs 2 lacs after 10 years. The annual sinking
fund required for such maintenance @ rate of 6 % interest per annum will be
(A) Rs 17,200/- (B) Rs 15,200/- (C) Rs 13,200/- (D) Rs 11,200/-
Answer: (B) Rs 15,200/-
R=
= = = 15189
Group II
1. Sink Cock 2. Bib Cock 3. Pillar Cock 4. Stop Cock
(A) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4
(C) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (D) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1
Answer: (A)
Q.47. Match the joints in Group I with the corresponding figures in Group II
Group I
P. Butt Joint Q. Rebated JointR. Table Joint S. Tongue and Groove Joint
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2
(C) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (D) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
Q.50. If maximum allowable FAR is utilized, the minimum ground coverage would be
(A) 20% (B) 25% (C) 30% (D) 35%
Answer: B. (25%)
Plot size = 500 sqm. And Max FAR= 2 so total built up area= 500× 2= 1000 sqm.
1000 sqm is divided on G+7 i.e. 8 floors so ground coverage = = 125 sqm. This is
the minimum ground coverage that can be achieved or else as given in Question max
Q. 51 If it rains for 30 min, with an intensity of 10 cm/ hour, minimum volume of rain water
that can be collected will be
(A) 12.75 cum (B) 14 cum (C) 15 cum (D) 16 cum
Answer: A. (12.75 cum)
Total open area = 500 sqm- 125 sqm= 375 sqm and Road area = 50 sqm.
Total unpaved surface = Deduct 10% for road = 375- ( × 500)= 325 sqm.
Total rainfall = area of surface × total rainfall × run off co- efficient
(open ground , road and roof top area is considered)
= 1.5 sec
Q. 53 To reduce reverberation time by 0.5 second, additional absorption (m² sabine)
required would be
(A) 120 (B) 160 (C) 240 (D) 720
Answer is C. (240)
Here RT60 = 1 sec
Q. 55 Assuming 20% of total population being higher secondary school going children and
expected enrolment being 80 % with per capita floor space
requirement of 5.0 sqm, then minimum land required for school
building with 40% ground coverage and FAR 0.5 would be
(A) 1.0 hectare(B) 1.6 hectare (C) 2.2 hectare (D) 2.8 hectare
Answer is B. (1.6 hectare)
Q.56 Choose the words from the options given below that is most nearly opposite in meaning
to the given word:
Amalgamate
(A) merge (B) split (C) collect (D) separate
Answer: (D) separate
Q.57 Choose the most appropriate word from the options given below to complete the
following sentence.
If you are trying to make a strong impression on your audience, you cannot do
so by being understated, tentative or _______________.
(A) hyperbolic (B) restrained (C) (D) indifferent
Answer : (B) restrained
Q.58 Choose the most appropriate word(s) from the options given below to complete the
following sentence.
I contemplated _______________ Singapore for my vacation but decided against it.
(A) to visit (B) having to visit (C) visiting (D) for a visit
Answer : (C) visiting
Q. 59 If Log (P) = (1/2) Log (Q) = 1/3 Log (R) then which of the following options is TRUE.
(A) P²= Q3 R2 (B) Q2=PR (C) Q2=R3P (D) R=P2Q2
Answer : (B) Q =PR
2
Q.60 Which of the following options is the closest in meaning to the word below:
Inexplicable
(A) Incomprehensible (B) Indelible (C) Inextricable (D) Infallible
Answer: A. (Incomprehensible)
. 62 A transporter receives the same number of order each day. Currently he has some
pending orders (backlog) to be shipped. If he uses 7 trucks, then at the end of the 4th
day he can clear all the orders. Alternatively, if he uses only 3 trucks, then all
the orders are cleared at the end of the 10th day. What is the minimum numbers of
trucks required so that there will be no pending orders at the end of the fifth day?
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
Answer: (C) 6
. 63 The variable cost (V) of manufacturing a product varies according to the equation V= 4q,
where q is the quantity produced. The fixed cost (F) of production of same
product reduces with q according to the equation F = 100/q. How many units should be
produced to minimize the total cost (V+F)?
(A) 5 (B) 4 (C) 7 (D) 6
Answer: (A) 5
. 64 P, Q, R, and S are four types of dangerous microbes recently found in a human habitat.
The area of each circle with its diameter printed in brackets represents the growth of
single microbe surviving human immunity system within 24 hours of entering the body.
The danger on human beings varies proportionately with the toxicity, potency and
growth attributed to a microbe shown in figure below.
A pharmaceutical company is contemplating the development of a vaccine against the
most dangerous microbe. Which microbe should the
company target in its first attempt?
(A) P (B) Q (C) R (D) S
Answer: (D) S
. 65 Few School curricula include a unit on how to deal with bereavement and grief,
and yet all students at some point in their lives suffer from losses through death
and parting.
Based on the above passage which topic would not be included in a unit on bereavement?
(A) how to write a letter of condolence
(B) what emotional stages are passed through in the healing process
(C) what the leading causes of death are
(D) how to give support to a grieving friend
Eg : 10 PB 7/12
Here PB represents Purple- Blue
Number 10 before PB represents purity….. it could be 2.5PB, 5PB (purest) ,7.5PB or
10PB.
CIELAB and
CIECAM02 are other colour models.
Q. 3 Which one of the following is NOT a traffic calming measure?
(A) Rumble strips (B) Roundabouts (C) Pedestrian crossings (D) Roadside trees
.11 The respective lengths of shadows generated for a free standing wall of given
height L by sunlight incident at angles of 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° to the horizontal are
Q. 16 The best location for laying the main sewer line on a flat land is
(A) under the road (B) under the sidewalk
(C) under the central verge (D) under the open space along sidewalk
Answer is A. (under the road)
Q.18 Among the following, the urban open space known for its human scale is
(A) Piazza del Campo, Sienna (B) Piazza del Popolo, Rome
(C) St. Peter’s Square, Rome (D) Place de la Concorde, Paris
Answer is A. (Piazza del Campo, Sienna)
Q.23 Which one of the following is NOT a basic principle of designing people-friendly
urban built environment?
(A) Diversity (B) Monotony (C) Adaptability (D) Legibility
Answer is B. (Monotony)
Q.27 Total land area for a plotted housing development project is 50.0 hectare, of which,
area under community facilities, common open spaces and roads are 9%,
10 %, and 16 % respectively. Total number of saleable plots of 250 m² each will
be
(A) 1100 (B) 1300 (C) 1500 (D) 1700
Answer : (B) 1300
Solution: Total land area = 50.0 hectare= 50x10,000 m²= 5,00,000 m²
Area under community facilities, common open spaces and roads= 9+10+16= 35 %
35 % of 5,00,000 m²= 1,75,000 m²
Area left for saleble plot = 5,00,000 - 1,75,–00 =3,25,000 m²
Total number of saleable plots of 250 m²= 3,25,000/250= 1300
Q.28 A 6m long beam is fixed at its left end and is free at its right end. If a
concentrated load of 25kN acts downwards at 4m from the left end, then the
bending moment (in kNm) at the left end is
(A) 0.0 (B) 25.0 (C) 50.0 (D) 100.0
Answer is D. (100.0)
Solution: For concentrated load BM= load x distance= 25x4= 100 kNm.
Q.29 A classroom of 12m x 25m x 4m requires 3 air changes per hour. At an air velocity
of 2 m/s, the necessary duct cross section (in m²) is
(A) 0.50 (B) 0.75 (C) 1.00 (D) 1.25
Answer is A. (0.50)
Soln: Classroom needs 3 air changes per hour i.e. Air change every 20 min.
Volume of air required every 20 min= 12m x 25m x 4m= 1200 m³
Let the cross section of duct be ‘y’ m²
Since air flow is 2 m/s, Volume of air flow will be 2y m³/s
In 20 min total volume of air flow will be 2y 60 20=2400y m³
2400y m³ =1200 m³
y = 0.50 m²
Q. 30 If the original cost of a building is Rs. 25,00,000/- and its scrap value after 55
years is Rs.25,000/-, then its annual depreciation (in Rs.) using straight line
method is
(A) 25,000 (B) 35,000 (C) 45,000 (D) 55,000
Answer is C. (45,000)
Solution: Original cost of Building = Rs 25,00,000/-
Scrap value( 55 Years) = Rs 25,000/-
Total Depreciation in 55 Years= 25,00,000- 25,000= Rs 24,75,000/-
Q.31 For a pin jointed steel truss system, which of the following statements is TRUE?
(A) Bending moment resisting capacity at any section is zero as members carry axial
forces only.
(B) Forces in members at any section align in appropriate combination of tension and
compression to develop moment resisting capacity.
(C) Forces in members at any section align in such a manner as to develop zero
moment resisting capacity.
(D) Shear resisting capacity at any section is zero as members carry axial forces only
Answer B. (Forces in members at any section align in appropriate combination of
tension and compression to develop moment resisting capacity.)
Q.33 Match the schemes in Group I with their specific targets in Group II
Group I Group II
P. JNNURM 1. Urban Amenities for
Rural Areas
Q. IAY 2. Infrastructure and Slum
Upgradation
R. PURA 3. Rural Employment
S. NREGA 4. Land Acquisition
5. Housing for BPL
families
(A) P-2, Q-5, R-1, S-3 (B) P-5, Q-2, R-1, S-3
(C) P-5, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (D) P-2, Q-5, R-3, S-4
Answer : A. (P-2, Q-5, R-1, S-3)
JNNURM- Jawahar Lal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission, aims at creating
‘economically productive, efficient, equitable and responsive Cities’ by a strategy of
upgrading the social and economic infrastructure in cities. This project runs under
Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India.
IAY – Indira Awas Yojna runs under Ministry of Rural Development, Govt. of India. The
financial assistance provided for new construction in the form of full grant is
Rs.45,000/- per unit for plain areas & Rs.48,500/- for hilly/difficult areas. Further, an
IAY beneficiary can avail top-up loan upto Rs 20,000/- under the Differential Rate of
Interest (DRI Scheme) from any Nationalized Bank at an interest rate of 4% per
annum.
The assistance for up-gradation of unserviceable kutcha house to pucca/semi pucca
house is Rs.15,000/- . The assistance for credit-cum-subsidy scheme is Rs.12,500/-
per unit. As a part of Indira Awaas Yojana, this Ministry is implementing since 1999-
2000 the Credit-cum-Subsidy Scheme for rural housing in which credit upto
Rs.50,000/- and subsidy upto Rs. 12,500 is provided to rural households having an
annual income upto Rs. 32,000/- for house construction. The credit component of the
scheme is being disbursed by various housing financing institutions and through
scheduled commercial banks.
5% of the total allocated funds under IAY are kept apart to meet the exigencies arising
out of natural calamities and other emergent situations like riot, arson, fire,
rehabilitation under exceptional circumstances etc.
PURA- Provision of Urban Amenities in Rural Area. The scheme envisages clubbing of
rural infrastructure development with economic re-generation activities in Rural Areas.
NREGA- now known as MNREGA (Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment
Guarantee Act) The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act aims
at enhancing the livelihood security of people in rural areas by assuring hundred days
of wage-employment (rate fixed by state Govt) in a financial year to a rural household
whose adult members volunteer to do unskilled manual work.
.
1.
P. Antarala 1. Antechamber
Q. Mandapa 2. Palace hall
R. Gopuram 3. Womb chamber
S. Prasada 4. Gateway
5. Pillared sanctuary
(A) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-5 (B) P-1, Q-5, R-4, S-2 (C) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (D) P-
1, Q-2, R-3, S-5
Answer is B. (P-1, Q-5, R-4, S-2)
Antarala- (Antechamber) An antechamber is a smaller room or vestibule serving
as an entryway into a larger one. Antarala is a small space between the garbha
griha (shrine) and the Mandapa.
Mandapa- Mandapa is a pillared hall for public rituals like marriage, mundan
(Head shaving) etc.
Gopuram- It is the entrance Gateway to the Dravidian style temple.
Prasada- Prasada as palace hall.
Q. 37 Match the standard safety colour codes of Group I with their corresponding
usage in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Blue 1. Biodegradable
waste
Q. Green 2. Fire protection
equipment
R. Red 3. Recyclable
waste
S. Yellow 4. Stumbling
against hazards
5. Radiation
standards
(A) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (B) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-1 (C) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-5 (D) P-1, Q-5,
R-2, S-4
Answer : A. (P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4)
Blue – Recyclable waste, metal, plastic
Green – Biodegradable waste, food, paper, leather
Black- domestic hazard like cfl, battery, sanitary napkin
Red- Fire Fighting Equipment
Yellow- Physical dangers such as Slipping, Tripping, Falling
Purple- Radiation hazard
Bio-Medical Waste Segregation
Colour Waste Description
Code of Bin
Yellow Human tissue organs, body parts, items
contaminated by blood, body fluids, soiled
cotton & dressing, soiled plaster.
Red Catheters, tubes, cannulae, syringe, plastic, IV
bottles and sets, used gloves, infected plastics,
specimen container, lab waste, microbiology
culture, used and discarded blood bags,
vaccines
Blue Glass items, needle syringe, scalpels, blades,
used and unused sharps
Black Discarded medicines, discarded cytotoxic drugs
Green General waste, non infected plastic,
disposables, cardboard, metal container, office
waste, food waste.
Q.38 Match the alignment of the rotating prisms in wall sections in Group I with their
corresponding acoustic function in Group II.
Group I Group II
P 1. Moderate Diffusion
Q 2. Moderate Absorption
R 3. Specular diffusion
S 4. Specular reflection
(A) P–4, Q–1, R–2, S-3 (B) P–4, Q–3, R–1, S–2
P. 1.
P. Milwaukee Art Museum, 1. Bernard
Wisconsin Tschumi
Q. Kimbell Art Museum, 2. Richard Meier
Fortworth
R. Getty Center, Los Angeles 3. Daniel
Libeskind
S. Freedom Tower, New York 4. Tadao Ando
5. Santiago
Calatrava
(A) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-3 (B) P-5, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (D)
P-2, Q-5, R-4, S-3
Answer is A. (P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-3)
Milwaukee Art Museum, Wisconsin-Santiago
Kimbell Art Museum, Fortworth- Tadao Ando
Getty Center, Los Angeles- Richard Meier
Freedom Tower, New York- Daniel Libeskind on the site of Twin Tower, New
York.
.40 Match the AutoCAD commands in Group I with their corresponding program in
Group II
Group I Group II
one 1. Specify centre point of base or [3P/2P/Ttr/Elliptical]: Specify
base radius or [Diameter] < > :
Specify height or [2Point/Axis endpoint] < >:
Q. Cylinder 2. Specify centre point or [3P/2P/Ttr]:
Specify radius or [Diameter] < > :
Specify tube radius or [2Point/Diameter] < > :
phere 3. Specify centre point of base or [3P/2P/Ttr/Elliptical]:
Specify base radius or [Diameter] < > :
Specify height or [2Point/Axis endpoint/Top radius]:
orus 4. Specify centre point of base or [3P/2P/Ttr/Elliptical]: Specify radius
or [Diameter] < > :
Specify tube radius or [2Point/Diameter] < > :
5. Specify centre point or [3P/2P/Ttr]:
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-5 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (C) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-5 (D)
P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-2
Answer is B. (P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-2)
.41 Identify the hierarchy, from highest to lowest, of the number of potential
conflict points at the unmanaged traffic intersections given below.
P Q R S
(A) P, Q, R, S
(B) R, Q, S,
(C) R, S, Q, P (D) P,
R, S, Q
Answer: (C) R, S, Q, P
P- 0 conflict point
Q- 9 conflict points (3 diverging, 3 merging and 3 crossing)
R- 32 conflict points ( 8 diverging, 8 merging, 16 crossing)
S- 18 conflict points (its basically two T- points)
P.
1.
P Kisho 1 Paper Tubes
Kurokawa
Q. Ken Yeang 2. Deconstructivism
R. Shigeru Ban 3. Metabolism
S. Mies van der 4. Eco Skyscrapers
Rohe
5. Minimalism
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-5 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-1,S-4
(C) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-5
Q.46 Match the historical buildings in Group I with their styles in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Pantheon, Rome 1. Baroque
Q. St. Paul’s Cathedral, 2. Roman
London
R. St. Peter’s Basilica, 3. Romanesque
Rome
S. Notre Dame, Paris 4. Renaissance
5. Gothic
(A) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 (B) P-2, Q-5, R-3, S-1
(C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (D) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
= 1296 hectare
Q. 51 The area of 200 mm thick slab (in sq. m) that can be cast using the entire 10
ton of concrete will be
(A) 10 (B) 15 (C) 20 (D) 25
Answer is C (20 m²)
Soln: Total weight of concrete is 10 ton.
Density of concrete=mass/volume= 2.5/1 = 2.5
Volume of concrete= mass/density= 10/2.5= 4 m³
Area of 200mm (0.2m) thick slab= 4/0.2 =20 m²
Q. 53 The gross density of the above housing complex (in persons per hectare) is
(A) 125 – 130 (B) 130 – 135 (C) 135 – 140 (D) 140 – 145
Answer : C (135 – 140)
In this case we take area as 20 ha (Rediculous)
Total Population (P type) 25× 4= 100
Total Population (Q type) 75× 4.6 = 345
Total Population (R type) 200× 5.5= 1100
Total Population (S type) 200× 6= 1200
TOTAL POPULATION = 2745
Q. 54. The R-value of the given wall section (in m2deg C/W) is
(A) 0.41 (B) 0.5 (C) 0.67 (D) 1.05
Answer is A. (0.41)
R-value can directly be added. Here resistivity ( of wall is given which is 0.83 m
degC/W.
From resistivity of wall we need the R-value which is = Resistivity × wall thickness
R value of wall = 0.83 m degC/W × 0.23 m (here wall thickness is taken in
m)
= 0.19 m2deg C/W
Now adding all the R-value = 0.19 + 0.123 + 0.100= 0.413 m2deg C/W
Q. 60 Ten teams participate in a tournament. Every team plays each of the other
teams twice. The total number of matches to be played is
(A) 20 (B) 45 (C) 60 (D) 90
Answer is D. (90)
Q. 61 – Q. 65 carry two marks each.
Q. 61 A value of x that satisfies the equation log x + log (x – 7) = log (x + 11) + log 2 is
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 7 (D) 11
Answer D. (11)
Q. 62. Let f(x) = x – [x], where x ≥ 0 and [x] is the greatest integer not larger than x.
Then f(x) is a
(A) monotonically increasing function
(B) monotonically decreasing function
(C) linearly increasing function between two integers
(D) linearly decreasing function between two integers
Answer C. (linearly increasing function between two integers)
Q.63 Ravi is taller than Arun but shorter than Iqbal. Sam is shorter than Ravi. Mohan is
shorter than Arun. Balu is taller than Mohan and Sam. The tallest person
can be
(A) Mohan (B) Ravi (C) Balu (D) Arun
Answer: C. (Balu)
Q.64 A smuggler has 10 capsules in which five are filled with narcotic drugs and the
rest contain the original medicine. All the 10 capsules are mixed in a single
box, from which the customs officials picked two capsules at random and
tested for the presence of narcotic drugs. The probability that the
smuggler will be caught is
(A) 0.50 (B) 0.67 (C) 0.78 (D) 0.82
Answer: C (0.78)
Q. 65 The documents expose the cynicism of the government officials – and yet as
the media website reflects, not a single newspaper
has reported on their existence.
Which one of the following inferences may be drawn with the greatest accuracy
from the above passage?
(A) Nobody other than the government officials knew about the existence of the
documents.
(B) Newspapers did report about the documents but nobody cared.
(C) Media reports did not show the existence of the documents.
(D) The documents reveal the attitude of the government officials.
Answer: D. (The documents reveal the attitude of the government officials)
GATE 2013
Q. 1 – Q. 25 carry one mark each.
.1 In case of residential apartments, the effective floor area available for use within an
apartment, is known as
(A) Carpet Area (B) Built-up Area (C) Plinth Area (D) Super Built-up Area
Answer: (A) Carpet Area
As per IS: 3861-2002, Carpet area is full area of house/ office unit excluding area
of all walls, kitchen, toilet and passage. Only 50% of balcony area is to be added
in Carpet area.
Built-up area is the carpet area plus the thickness of outer walls, balcony (full
area), kitchen and toilet.
Plinth area is ‘built up area’ plus common areas.
Super built-up area is the ‘built up area’ plus proportionate area of common
areas such as the lobby, lifts shaft, stairs, etc.
Suggested Reading- IS: 3861 – 2002; titled “Method of measurement of plinth, carpet and rentable areas of
buildings.”
3.5=
.4 In AUTOCAD, a line of infinite length in the direction defined by starting point and
through point, is known as
(A) RAY (B) LINE (C) PLINE (D) XLINE
Answer: (A) RAY
Q.5 Orbit Tower built at the London Olympic Park has been designed by
(A) Foster & Partners (B) Anish Kapoor & Cecil Balmond
(C) Zaha Hadid & Antony Gormley (D) Richard Rogers & Renzo Piano
Answer: (B) Anish Kapoor & Cecil Balmond
Orbit tower is built, close to main Olympic stadium in London. Sir Anish Kapoor, is an
Indian-born British sculptor. Born in Mumbai, Kapoor has lived and worked in London
since the early 1970s when he moved to study art in London.
Cecil Balmond is a Sri Lankan – British designer, artist, architect, and writer.
Ram Sutar (Padmshree) is an Indian Sculptor making life size statues.
Richard Rogers & Renzo Piano: Designed Pompidou Centre in Paris which is a
high tech. architecture building.
Q.6 As per National Building Code 2005, the minimum size of a habitable room in m² is
(A) 9.5 (B) 10.5 (C) 11.5 (D) 12.5
Answer: (A) 9.5 m²
Habitable Room (definition): A room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or
more persons for study, living, sleeping, eating; kitchen if it is used as a living room,
but not including bathrooms, water-closet, compartments, laundries, serving and store
pantries, corridors, cellars, attics, and places that are not used frequently or during
extended periods.
Q.9 Beam or lowest division of the entablature which extends from column to column, is
known as
(A) Arabesque (B) Arcade (C) Architrave (D) Arbour
Answer: (C) Architrave
Entablature has three sections- {remember AFC} Architrave, Frieze and
Cornice
Arabesque: surface decorations based on rhythmic linear patterns of scrolling
and interlacing foliage, tendrils or plain lines.
Arcade: a series of adjoining arches.
Arbour: a leafy gateway shaded by trees, climbers, shrubs, etc., especially
when trimmed to give shape. Topiary is trimming of plant to give some
geometric shape. When the shape is in form of animals it is zoomorphic.
(Mihrab)
(Mihrab and Mimbar) (Mimbar)
Q.10 The information that is NOT essential to be submitted for sanction of any building plan
is
(A) Site Plan (B) Floor Plans (C) Title Deed (D) Land Cost
Answer: (D) Land Cost
A title deed is a legal document used to prove ownership of a piece of property.
Owner Book is a legal document used to prove ownership of a vehicle.
Cadastal map shows the land ownership.
MVR (Minimum value register ) is the document issued by State Govt. which fixes
the minimum value of land for registration purpose.
Market Value of land is prevailing value of land at particular location, often more
than Minimum value fixed by Govt.
One decimel of land is equivalent to 1/100 of acre i.e. 40.46 sq.m in India and
Bangladesh.
Q.11 The tendency of an ecosystem to maintain its balance by regulatory mechanisms when
disrupted, is known as
(A) Homeostasis (B) Entropy (C) Succession (D) Evolution
Answer (A): Homeostasis
Homeostasis: The tendency of an ecosystem to maintain its balance by
regulatory mechanisms when disrupted.
Entropy: Nature tends from order to disorder in isolated systems.
Ecological succession: The observed process of change in the species
structure of an ecological community over time.
Evolution: The change in the inherited characteristics of biological populations
over successive generations.
Ecotone: Interface of two ecological zones.
.13 If threshold of hearing has a sound level of zero decibels and the sound level in
broadcasting studio is 100 times the threshold of hearing, its value in decibels would
be
(A) 0 (B) 10 (C) 20 (D) 100
Answer (C): 20
Decibels measure the ratio of a given intensity ‘I’ to the threshold of hearing intensity
I0.
L∑ = Output decibel
L1 , L2, L3……….Ln are individual decibels.
Note: Every doubling the distance, reduces the intensity of sound by 6 dB.
Q.14 The width to height ratio of the front facade of Parthenon (without the pediment) is
(A) 9:4 (B) 4:9 (C)
1:1.618 (D) 1.618:1
Answer (A): 9:4
If height of Parthenon is taken as
1.000
Column= 0.618
Entablature= 0.146
Pediment= 0.236
Width of temple = 1.618 and
height without
pediment = 0.618 + 0.146=
0.764
Note: A cube is also known as hexahedron. Euclid proved that there are only five
regular polyhedron.
Dual of Tetrahedron is a tetrahedron, dual of Dodecahedron is Icosahedron and dual
of Icosahedron is a dodecahedron.
Archemedian Solid: Soild with two or more regular polygonal face with identical
vertex.There are 12 Archemedian solids.
.20 Physiochemical process of removing micro-organisms, colour and turbidity from sullage
and sewage is known as
(A) Putrefaction (B) Clarification (C) Liquefaction (D) Infiltration
Answer: (B) Clarification
Putrefaction: Decomposition
of organic matter, especially
protein, by microorganisms, resulting in production of foul-smelling matter.
Clarifiers consist of tanks or basins which hold water or wastewater for a
period sufficient to allow the floc and other suspended materials to settle
to the bottom. The clarification process makes the water clear by
removing all kinds of particles, sediments, oil, natural organic matter and
color.
Q.22 In 3DS Max, smooth 3D surfaces, by blending a series of selected shape curves, can be
created by
(A) Lofting (B) Sweeping (C) Filleting (D) Extruding
Answer: (A) Lofting
Q.26 The correct arrangement of the height of towers given below in descending order is
Q.27 Match the buildings in Group I with their corresponding architects in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Khalsa Heritage Complex, Anandpur Sahib 1. Philip Johnson
Q. Lisbon Ismaili Centre, Lisbon 2. Charles Correa
R. Neuroscience Centre, Cambridge, USA 3. Raj Rewal
S. National Centre for Performing Arts, Mumbai 4. B. V. Doshi
5. Moshe Safdie
(A) P-2, Q-5, R-1, S-4 (B) P-5, Q-3, R-2, S-1 (C) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3 (D) P-5, Q-2, R-1,
S-4
Answer: (B) P-5, Q-3, R-2, S-1
Ismili Centre, Toronto, Canada- Charles Correa (Ismili Centre at Lisbon, Portugal
is designed by Raj Rewal)
Champaulimaud Centre, Lisbon, Portugal- Charles Correa.
( Both Raj Rewal and Charles Correa has worked in Lisbon, Portugal)
Moshe Safdie- known for Habitat, Montrel Canada.
Q.28 The term ‘Working head’ in context of water supply system means
(A) Height of a body of water falling freely under the force of gravity to acquire a certain
velocity
(B) Rate of increase of velocity with respect to distance normal to the direction of flow
(C) Total head with deduction for velocity head or losses
(D) Difference between supply and delivery water levels
Answer: (D) Difference between supply and delivery water levels
Q.29 In a theoretical traffic flow relationship, as shown in the figure given below, the slope of
line of joining point F on the curve and the origin O represents
(A) Corresponding space mean speed
(B) Speed at maximum flow
(C) Travel time at corresponding density
(D) Average headway at corresponding flow
Answer: (A) Corresponding space mean speed
We know that a slope is tangent of the line and in this case tangent will show the
relationship between x axis and y axis. And this relationship will be relationship
between time and distance. Relationship between time and distance is generally
known as speed, velocity etc. Since this graph is a traffic flow diagram means
this will show a mean or average of speed. Hence option A.
There are mainly two types of “mean speeds” in a traffic flow:
Time mean speed- Time mean speed is the average of all vehicles passing a
point over a duration of time. It is the simple average of spot speed.
Space mean speed- Space mean speed is simply the harmonic mean of the
spot speed.
: with input from Rewati Raman (Research scholar IIT Roorkee, B Arch(NIT Patna)
Q.30 Match the CAD terms in Group I with their corresponding functions in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Tiled viewport 1. Boolean operator
Q. UCS 2. Solid model
R. DXF 3. Coordinate system
S. Extrude 4. Drawing interchange format
5. Model space
(A) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1 (B) P-2, Q-5, R-2, S-1
(C) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-2
Answer: (C) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-2
Q.31 Match the historic periods in Group I with their corresponding examples of towns in
Group II
Group I Group II
P. Egyptian 1. Miletus
Q. Greek 2. Montpazier
R. Medieval 3. Kahun
S. Renaissance 4. Versailles
5. Timgad
(A) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (C) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (D) P-5, Q-1, R-
3, S-2
Answer: (A) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4
Miletus: Ancient Greek Town. Miletus is the birthplace of the Hagia Sophia’s architect
(and inventor of the flying buttress) Isidore of Miletus and Thales. It is also the birth
place of Hippodamus. Hippodamus (498- 408 BC) is known as father of Urban
planning and designed Piraeus, Olynthus, Priene, and Miletus.
Montpagier: French town
Kahun: Egyptian village where slaves lived during pyramid construction
Versailles Garden- Andre Le Notre was a French landscape architect and the
principal gardener of King Louis XIV of France who designed Versailles Garden. (This
is the most famous garden ever designed).
Timgad: Ancient Roman town
Q.32 Match the components of an Indian urban land use map in Group I with their
corresponding colour codes as per UDPFI guidelines in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Public / Semipublic 1. Violet
Q. Industry 2. Grey
R. Transportation 3. Red
S. Commercial 4. Blue
5. Yellow
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-5 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-1, R-
2, S-4
Answer: D P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4
Q.33 Match the books in Group I with their corresponding authors in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Design of Cities 1. Amos Rapoport
Q. On the Cultural Origin of Settlements 2. Leo Jacobson and Ved Prakash
R. Urbanization and National Development 3. Edmond Bacon
S. Planning Theory 4. Christopher Alexander
5. Andreas Faludi
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-5 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-5 (C) P-4, Q-3, R-5, S-2 (D) P-3,
Q-4, R-1, S-2
Answer: (B) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-5
Q.34 Match the temples in Group I with their corresponding historical periods in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Vaikuntha Perumal Temple, Kancheepuram 1. Vijaynagara
Q. Meenakshi Temple, Madurai 2. Chalukya
R. Durga Temple, Aihole 3. Chola
S. Brihadeshwara Temple, Thanjavur 4. Pandya
5. Pallava
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-5, S-1 (B) P-5, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-5, R-2, S-1 (D) P-5,
Q-4, R-2, S-3
Answer : (D) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-3
Vaikuntha Perumal Temple, Kancheepuram: (Pallava) Temple is believed to have been
built by the Pallava king Nandivarman II (720-96 CE), constructed in the Dravidian style
of architecture.
Meenakshi Temple, Madurai: (Pandya)The complex houses 14 gateway towers called
gopurams, ranging from 45-50m in height, the tallest being the southern tower, 51.9
metres (170 ft) high, and two golden sculptured vimana, the shrine over sanctum of the
main deities. The temple forms the heart and lifeline of the 2500 year old city of
Madurai.
Durga Temple, Aihole: (Chalukya) The plan of the temple is oblong and apsidal. It
means that the corridor with pillars between the porch and the heart of the
shrine encompasses the heart of shrine and allows to run the parikrama
(circumambulation ritual). This apse gives outward through openings between the
pillars.
Brihadeshwara Temple, Thanjavur: (Chola) The temple is part of the UNESCO World
Heritage Site “Great Living Chola Temples”. This is the largest temple in India. The
temple stands amidst fortified walls that were probably added in the 16th century. The
vimana or (temple tower) is 216 ft (66 m) high and is among the tallest of its kind in the
world. The kalash on vimana (sikhar) of the temple weighs around 80 tons.
Q.35 Match the theories in Group I with their corresponding propagators in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Choice theory of planning 1. Paul Davidoff and T.A. Reiner
Q. Connurbation 2. Patrick Geddes
R. Classical theory of land use 3. Homer Hoyt
S. Central place theory 4. Richard L. Meier
5. Walter Christaller
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-5, S-1 (B) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-5 (C) P-4, Q-3, R-5, S-2 (D) P-5,
Q-4, R-3, S-2
Q.36 Match the buildings in Group I with their corresponding structural feature in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Yokohama Port Terminal 1. Geodesic Dome
Q. Stanstead Airport, London 2. Shell Structure
R. TWA Terminal, New York 3. Space Frame
S. Montreal Biosphere, Montreal 4. Folded Steel Plate Structure
5. Pneumatic Structure
(A) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (C) P-4, Q-3, R-5, S-2 (D) P-5,
Q-3, R-4, S-2
Answer: (A) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1
Geodesic Dome- Buckminster Fuller.
Buckminster fuller also known for Dymaxion.
Q.37 Match the Five Year Plans listed under Group I with their corresponding feature from
Group II
Group I Group II
P. First Five Year Plan 1. Formation of HUDCO
Q. Fourth Five Year Plan 2. Establishment of TCPO
R. Seventh Five Year Plan 3. Introduction of JNNURM
S. Tenth Five Year Plan 4. Announcement of National Housing Policy
5. Passing of Urban Land Ceiling and Regulation Act
(A) P-5, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3
(C) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-5 (D) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-5
1955 Town and Country Planning Organization under Ministry of Urban Development.
-1st FYP
1970- Formation of HUDCO - 4th FYP
1976- Passing of Urban Land Ceiling and Regulation Act -5th FYP
1988- Announcement of National Housing Policy – 7th FYP
2005- Introduction of JNNURM - 10th FYP
2013- Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation
and Resettlement Act. (This is new act in place of Land
Acquisition Act 1893)
Note: ITPI (Institution of Town Planners of India) was established in 1952
Q.38 Match the landscape designers listed under Group I with their appropriate contribution
from Group II
Group I Group II
P. Lancelot ‘Capability’ Brown 1. The Well-tempered Garden
Q. Andre Le Notre 2. Kew Garden
R. Joseph Paxton 3. Versailles Garden
S. Frederick Law Olmstead 4. Crystal Palace
5. Central Park
(A) P-3,Q-1, R-4, S-2 (B) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-2 (C) P-3,Q-1, R-2, S-5 (D) P-2,Q-3, R-4,
S-5
Answer: (D) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-5
The Well-tempered Garden is a book by Christopher Hamilton Lloyd, (1921 –2006)
who was a British gardener and author. Other books by him are
The Mixed Border
Clematis
Dear Friend and Gardener
Color for adventurous gardeners
The cottage garden
Christopher Lloyd’s flower garden
Exotic Planting for Adventurous Garden.
Kew Garden- The Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, usually referred to as Kew Gardens,
comprises 121 hectares of gardens and botanical glasshouses between Richmond and
Kew in Richmond upon Thames in southwest London, England. It was designed by
Lancelot ‘Capability’ Brown. It’s a World Heritage Site.
English Gardeners (Landscape planners): William Kent → Lancelot ‘Capability’
Brown → Humphrey Repton
English Landscape Gardens
Lines were no longer straight.
Paths curve and wander.
Parterres are replaced by grass. (Parterre: An ornamental flower garden having
the beds and paths arranged to form a pattern)
Trees were planted in clusters rather than in straight lines.
Rounded lakes replaced the rectangular ponds of the earlier style.
The garden became open, a park joining the house to the outside world rather
than a carefully nurtured refuge from it.
This natural style begun by Kent evolved into the “landscape garden” under Kent’s
pupil and son-in-law, Lancelot “Capability” Brown. Brown, whose curious nickname
came from his habit of telling prospective clients that their gardens showed “great
capabilities”, had an enormous effect upon the course of English gardening and
architectural style. The greatest surviving landscape gardens by Capability Brown are
at Longleat (Wiltshire), Burghley House (Lincolnshire), Petworth House (West Sussex),
and Blenheim Palace (Oxon).
Crystal Palace- Exhibition hall designed by Joseph Paxton for Great London
Exhibition of 1851 in Hyde Park, London. Charles Fox was the structural Engineer.
Central Park – Central Park is a public park at the center of Manhattan in New York
City, USA, designed by Frederick Law Olmstead.
The World’s biggest natural flower garden- Dubai Miracle Garden, Dubai.
Photosynthesis Chemosynthesis
Using light energy for Obtain energy by the
synthesis of organic oxidation of electron
material donars in their
environment
Q.40 Match the concepts in Group I with their corresponding authors in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Proxemics Theory 1. Gordon Cullen
Q. Serial Vision 2. Edward T. Hall
R. Urban Imageability 3. Oscar Newman
S. Defensible Space 4. Paul Zucker
5. Kevin Lynch
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (C) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-
5, R-2, S-1
Answer (A): P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-3
Proxemic theory: Edward T. Hall, the cultural anthropologist who coined the
term in 1963, is a subcategory of the study of nonverbal communication.
Proxemics
Intimate distance for embracing, touching or whispering:
Close phase – less than 6 inches (15 cm)
Far phase – 6 to 18 inches (15 to 46 cm)
Personal distance for interactions among good friends or family members:
Close phase – 1.5 to 2.5 feet (46 to 76 cm)
Far phase – 2.5 to 4 feet (76 to 120 cm)
Social distance for interactions among acquaintances
Close phase – 4 to 7 feet (1.2 to 2.1 m)
Far phase – 7 to 12 feet (2.1 to 3.7 m)
Public distance used for public speaking
Close phase – 12 to 25 feet (3.7 to 7.6 m)
Far phase – 25 feet (7.6 m) or more.
Haptics (touch) - Haptics is the study of touching as nonverbal communication,
and haptic communication refers to how people and other animals communicate
via touching.
Kinesics (body movement)- Kinesics is the area of nonverbal communication
related to movements of the body, including gestures, posture, and facial
expressions, and the study of that area. The word was first coined by Ray
Birdwhistell
Serial Vision: English architect and urban designer Gordon Cullen developed the term
serial vision to describe what a pedestrian experiences when moving through a built
environment. (Townscape)
Occupied territory: « Shade, shelter, amenity and convenience are the usual causes of
possession. The furniture of possession includes floorscape, posts, canopies,
enclaves, focal points and enclosures ». (Cullen, 1971, p.23)
Viscosity: « Where there is a mixture of static possession and possession in
movement, we find what may be termed viscosity: the formation of groups
chatting, of slow window-shoppers, people selling newspapers and so on. »
(Cullen, 1971, p.24)
Enclave: « The enclave or interior open to the exterior and having free and
direct access from one to the other is seen here as an accessible place or room
out of the main directional stream » (Cullen, 1971, p.25)
Enclosure: « It is the basic unit of the precinctual pattern ; outside, the noise
and speed of impersonal communication which comes and goes but is not of
any place. Inside, the quietness and human scale of the square, quad or
courtyard ». (Cullen, 1971, p.25)
Focal point: « Coupled with enclosure (the hollow object) is the focal point, the
vertical symbol of congregation. In the fertile streets and market places of town
and village it is the focal point (be it column or cross) which crystallizes the
situation, which confirms ‘this is the spot. Stop looking, it is here ». Cullen, 1971,
p .26)
Urban Imageability: “Image of City”
by Kevin Lynch
1. District: Area of homogeneous character recognized by clues.
2. Node: Strategic foci into which observer can enter.
3. Landmark: Important location.
4. Pathway: Act as lateral reference and often path as well.
5. Edge: perceived boundaries such as walls, buildings, and shorelines.
Defensible Space: The defensible space theory of architect and city planner Oscar
Newman encompasses ideas about crime prevention and neighborhood safety. The
theory developed in the early 1970s, and he wrote his first book on the topic,
‘Defensible Space’ in 1972. Newman focused on explaining his ideas on social
control, crime prevention, and public health in relation to community design.
Q.41 If the area coverage of one sprinkler is 20 m², with a maximum and minimum spacing of
4.6 m and 1.8 m respectively, the minimum number of sprinklers required to be
arranged in a regular orthogonal grid to cover the area of a 15 m x 20 m room would be
_______.
Answer: 20
Sprinkler has a circular coverage, so a sprinkler covering 20 m² will have a radius of
π r²= 20
So, x 1= = 0.5 m3
Method II
Suppose we take 1 m3 of cement, 1.5 m3 of sand and 3 m3 of coarse aggregate, total
dry volume makes 5.5 m3.
Q.45 Flux emitted from a 1 cd light source in all directions, in lumens, would be _______.
Ans: 12.57 lumens
1 lumen = 1 cd.sr
A full sphere has a solid angle of 4 π steradian, so a light source that uniformly radiates
one candela in all direction has a total luminous flux of = 1 cd . 4 π sr
= 4 π cd. Sr
= 12.57 lumens
Q.46 50 Hectare of residential sector has 65% buildable area. The FAR of the buildable area
is 1.5. Within the residential sector, 60% of dwelling units are of area 100 m² each and
40% of the dwelling units are of area 80 m² each. The gross residential density, in
dwelling units per Hectare, would be _______.
Answer: (105 to 107 dwelling units/ hectare )
Gross residential density, in dwelling units per Hectare = = 105 dwellings units/ ha
Q.47 In the given project network diagram, the total slack for job A in days would be _______.
Answer: 1 day
Q.48 The actual distance between the two given points in ‘m’ would be
(A) 2 (B) 20 (C) 200 (D) 2000
Answer: (C) 200
Soln: scale of the map 1: 10,000
Distance on map = 2cm , so actual distance 2cm × 10,000= 20,000 cm
= 200 m
Q.49 The slope between two given points in percentage is
(A) 5 (B) 10 (C) 15 (D) 20
Answer: (A) 5
Slope = × 100 = 5 %
A point load of 3kN acts at mid-span of a 4 m long cantilever beam as shown in figure
below.
= = 18,000
Q.55 If utilization factor is 0.5, at a working height of 90 cm above the floor level, the
illumination in lux would be
(A) 100 (B) 200 (C) 500 (D) 1000
Answer: (A) 100
Utilization factor = 0.5 , so total effective lumens will be 20,000 × 0.5= 10,000 lumens
Q.58 Which of the following options is the closest in meaning to the word given below:
Primeval
(A) Modern (B) Historic (C) Primitive (D) Antique
Answer: (C) Primitive
Q.60 Select the pair that best expresses a relationship similar to that expressed in the pair:
Medicine: Health
(A) Science: Experiment (B) Wealth: Peace (C) Education: Knowledge (D) Money:
Happiness
Answer: (C) Education: Knowledge
Q.63 Following table provides figures (in rupees) on annual expenditure of a firm for two years
– 2010 and 2011.
In 2011, which of the following two categories have registered increase by same
percentage?
(A) Raw material and Salary & wages (B) Salary & wages and Advertising
(C) Power & fuel and Advertising (D) Raw material and Research & Development
Answer: (D) Raw material and Research & Development
Raw Material= 6240- 5200= 1040
% Increase=
% Increase=
% Increase=
% Increase=
Advertising= 19500- 15000= 4500
% Increase=
% Increase=
Q.64 A firm is selling its product at Rs. 60 per unit. The total cost of production is Rs. 100 and
firm is earning total profit of Rs. 500. Later, the total cost increased by 30%. By what
percentage the price should be increased to maintain the same profit level.
(A) 5 (B) 10 (C) 15 (D) 30
Answer: (A) 5
.2 Choose the most appropriate word from the options given below to complete the
following sentence. One of his biggest ______ was his ability to forgive.
(A) vice (B) virtues (C) choices (D) strength
Answer: (B) virtues
.3 Rajan was not happy that Sajan decided to do the project on his own. On
observing his unhappiness, Sajan explained to Rajan that he preferred to work
independently. Which one of the statements below is logically valid and can be
inferred from the above sentences?
(A) Rajan has decided to work only in a group.
(B) Rajan and Sajan were formed into a group against their wishes.
(C) Sajan had decided to give in to Rajan’s request to work with him.
(D) Rajan had believed that Sajan and he would be working together.
Answer: (D) Rajan had believed that Sajan and he would be working together.
.5 A foundry has a fixed daily cost of Rs 50,000 whenever it operates and a variable
cost of Rs 800Q, where Q is the daily production in tonnes. What is the cost of
production in Rs per ton for a daily production of 100 tonnes?
Answer: 1300
Q. 6 – Q. 10 carry two marks each.
Q.6 Find the odd one in the following group: ALRVX, EPVZB, ITZDF, OYEIK
(A) ALRVX (B) EPVZB (C) ITZDF (D) OYEIK
Answer: (D) OYEIK
.7 Anuj, Bhola, Chandan, Dilip, Eswar and Faisal live on different floors in a six-storeyed
building (the ground floor is numbered 1, the floor above it 2, and so on). Anuj lives on
an even-numbered floor. Bhola does not live on an odd numbered floor. Chandan does
not live on any of the floors below Faisal’s floor. Dilip does not live on floor number 2.
Eswar does not live on a floor immediately above or immediately below Bhola. Faisal
lives three floors above Dilip. Which of the following floor-person combinations is
correct?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Anuj 6 2 4 2
Bhola 2 6 2 4
Chandan 5 5 6 6
Dilip 3 1 3 1
Eswar 4 3 1 3
Faisal 1 4 5 5
Answer: (B)
.8 The smallest angle of a triangle is equal to two thirds of the smallest angle of a
quadrilateral. The ratio between the angles of the quadrilateral is 3:4:5:6. The
largest angle of the triangle is twice its smallest angle. What is the sum, in
degrees, of the second largest angle of the triangle and the largest angle of the
quadrilateral?
Answer: 180
.9 One percent of the people of country X are taller than 6 ft. Two percent of the
people of country Y are taller than 6 ft. There are thrice as many people in
country X as in country Y. Taking both countries together, what is the percentage
of people taller than 6 ft?
(A) 3.0 (B) 2.5 (C) 1.5 (D) 1.25
Answer: (D) 1.25
Q.2 ‘Skeleton and Skin’ concept in building design and construction evolved
during the
(A) Roman period (B) Renaissance period (C) Gothic period (D)
Greek period
Answer: (C) Gothic period
.3 As per the IRC standards, the minimum width (in m) of a two lane urban
carriageway without a raised kerb is
(A) 6.0 (B) 6.5 (C) 7.0 (D) 8.0
Answer: (C) 7.0
The roads are grouped as Single lane (3.5 m), intermediate lane (5.5 m),
Double lane (7m with kerb or 7.5 m without kerb) and multiple lanes (addl. 3.5
m for each lane) depending upon the width of Carriageway. On village roads,
the width may be restricted to 3 m.
Government Roads
NH: Main highways running through the length and breadth of the Country
connecting major ports, State Capitals, large industrial and tourist center.
SH: Arterial routes of a State linking District Headquarters and important cities
within the State and connecting them with NH or Highways of the neighbouring
States.
MDR: Major District Road, Important roads within a district serving areas of
production and markets and connecting those with each other or with main
highways
ODR: Other District Road, Roads serving rural areas of production and
providing them with outlet to market centers, taluk headquarters, Block
Development headquarters or other main roads.
Village Road
Q.9 In escalators, the angle of inclination with the horizontal plane should be in the
range of
(A) 10°- 20° (B) 20°- 30° (C) 30°- 35° (D) 35°- 45°
Answer: (C) 30°- 35°
.15 As per the National Building Code, the minimum width (in m) of a staircase flight in
an educational building above 24 m height should be
(A) 1.0 (B) 1.5 (C) 2.0 (D) 2.5
Answer: (C) 2.0
S. Types of Building Minimum clear
No. width of stair case
1 Row Housing with 0.75 m
two storeys
2 Residential (A-2) 1.0 m
3 Residential (A-1), (A- 1.25 m
3) and (A-4)
4 Residential Hotel (A- 1.5 m
5) and (A-6)
5 Asssembly (up to 1.5 m
150 person)
6 Asssembly (more 2.0 m
than 150 person)
7 Educational Building 1.5 m
8 Institutional Building 2.0 m
9 All other occupancies 1.5 m
source : NBC 2016 (Part I) page 49
Q.16 Among the following, the one that is NOT a land assembly technique is
(A) Land Use Zoning (B) Accommodation Reservation(C) Town Planning Scheme (D)
Transfer of Development Right
Answer: (A) Land Use Zoning
.18 In the Taipei 101 building, the steel sphere as TMD (Tuned Mass Damper) is
suspended to reduce horizontal sway due to
(A) Settlement & Wind Load (B) Wind & Geothermal Load
(C) Seismic & Geothermal Load (D) Seismic & Wind Load
Answer : (D) Seismic & Wind Load
Suspended from the 92nd to the 87th floor, the pendulum sways to offset movements in
the building caused by strong gusts. Its sphere, the largest damper sphere in the
world, consists of 41 circular steel plates, Two additional tuned mass dampers, each
weighing 6 tonnes, are installed at the tip of the spire which help prevent damage to
the structure due to strong wind loads.
Q.19 ‘Finger Plan’ concept of urban planning was
initially adopted in
(A) Canberra (B) Paris (C) Copenhagen (D) Tokyo
Answer: (C) Copenhagen
Star Shaped City- Moscow, Washington D.C.
Linear City- Mumbai, Leningrad, Kolkata, Stalingrad
Ring form- Delhi, San Francisco
Sheet form- Tokyo
Poly Centred net- Detroit
Finger Plan- CopenhagenCopenhagen is the capital of Denmark. The Finger Plan is
Denmark’s town planning showcase, because it involves comprehensive concepts.
The infrastructure of roads and commuter railways forms the backbone of the Finger
Plan, but it covers the overall metropolitan development, i.e. where people will work,
live and have their service requirements met. The Finger Plan is historic – presented
in 1947 – but its key principles still apply to Denmark’s metropolis, Greater
Copenhagen. Greater Copenhagen would form a hand with the existing city as the
palm, while the fingers grew around commuter railways and highways. Shops,
schools and service organisations were placed around the local stations. Near them,
people lived close together in multi-storey blocks, while there was space for one-
family houses further away and open country was left between the fingers. Industry
was located at the transition between palm and finger and the industrial areas were
linked by ring railways and ring motorway.
Q.25 Which of the following is NOT a classical spatial theory of land use planning?
(A) Concentric Zone theory (B) Multiple Nuclei Theory (C) Centripetal Theory (D)
Sector Theory
Answer: (C) Centripetal Theory
THEORIES OF URBAN
STRUCTURE: Models to describe the development of cities.
ZONE THEORY (Earnest Burgess)
city grows outward in concentric rings
city has a single centre, otherwise known as the CBD (Central Business District)
Around the business centre is an area of older industry and beyond that are
residential areas
it is assumed that the poor cannot afford to commute long distances, and also that
they must live in the older and cheaper houses near the centre, so low class
residential are near the CBD
the wealthy live in a commuter zone outside the city proper
best describes the pre-automobile (pre 1920) pattern of North American cities but is
still useful today in describing patterns in the older parts of our towns
SECTOR MODEL (Homer Hoyt)
recognizes the existence of land use zones, but suggests that there are sectors or
wedges of land uses in the city.
due to the emergence of star-shaped transportation routes, such as bus lines and
streetcar lines.
as such, the industrial would lie in a sector along the rail lines coming into the city
centre poorer people live adjacent to industrial near their jobs
Rich live on the opposite side of town far from the industry and poor middle income in
between
MULTIPLE NUCLEI MODEL (Chauncy Harris and Edward Ullman)
refinement of first two, but incorporates outlying shopping malls, industrial areas and
large residential suburbs.
developed only with the use of automobiles, mostly since 1945.
CBD no longer has a monopoly on retail and commercial activities since outlying
malls and industrial parks compete with it.
industry also moves to the edge of the city where land is cheaper.
Q. 26 – Q. 55 carry two marks each.
= and = therefore
x= and z= y
Alternative Method
Let the number of MIG by ‘a’ therefore LIG will be ‘2a’ and EWS will be ‘3a’
Now equating the area 55 (a) + 35 (2a) + 25 (3a)
= 55a + 70a + 75a
200 a = 40,000
a= 200 (MIG) , 400 (LIG) and 600 (EWS)
Total Dwelling units = 1200
.28 Out of the following, the maximum points in the LEED (New construction) rating
system can be earned through
(A) Sustainable Sites (B) Water Efficiency (C) Materials and Resources (D)
Energy and Atmosphere
Answer: (D) Energy and Atmosphere
The LEED certification system is organized into five environmental categories:
.30 A neighborhood has 250 units of 80 sq.m each and 200 units of 100 sq.m each. If
the mandatory parking requirement is one per 100 sq.m of built space then, the
total area(sq.m) required for parking considering 30 percent additional area for
circulation is ________________
Answer : 6240 to 6760 sq m (any value in between will be considered correct)
Total Built up space= (250 × 80) + (200 × 100) = 40,000 sq m
.31 A brick wall 19 cm thick has a thermal conductivity 0.811 W/m °C. The outside and
inside surface conductance of the wall are 16 W/m2 °C and 8 W/m2 °C
respectively, then the U-value of the wall in W/m2 °C is ____________
Answer: 2.37
Thermal conductivity (also known as Lambda) is the rate at which heat passes
through a material, measured in watts per square metre of surface area for a
temperature gradient of one kelvin for every metre thickness.This is expressed
as W/mK. Thermal conductivity is not affected by the thickness of the product.
(It is material specific)
Thermal transmittance, (known as the U-value) is a measure of the rate of heat
loss of a building component. The U-value is the sum of the combined thermal
resistances of all the elements in a construction, including surfaces, air
spaces, and the effects of any thermal bridges, air gaps and fixings. It is
expressed as W/m2K
Thermal resistance (known as R value) is the ability of a material to prevent
the passage of heat. It’s the thickness of the material (in metres) divided by its
conductivity. This is expressed as m2K/W.
( solution provided by VK Vidyarthee, B Arch (NIT Patna), M. Tech (Const. Management, IIT D))
Q.32 Match the contemporary buildings in Group I with their architects in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Vitra Design Museum, Basel 1. Adrian Smith
Q. Turning Torso, Malmö 2. Jean Nouvel
R. Burj Khalifa, Dubai 3. Herzog de Meuron
S. Tate Modern, London 4. Santiago Calatrava
5. Frank O Gehry
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-5 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (C) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (D) P-5,
Q-3, R-2, S-1
Answer : (B) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-3
Q.33 From the following cost components of a building construction project which is not a
direct cost combination?
P. Labour cost
Q. Equipment cost
R. Material cost
S. Establishment cost
T. Supervision cost
.34 A house located in Delhi has 111 m2 of flat terrace area (runoff coefficient = 0.85) and 55
m2 of ground area covered with grass (runoff coefficient = 0.15). If annual average
rainfall is 611.8 mm, then rain water harvesting potential (L/year) from runoff will be
______________
Answer: 62700 to 62800
Soln: Avg. annual rainfall= 611.8 mm= 0.6118 m
Total water harvested= 0.6118{(111× 0.85) + (55× 0.15)}
= 0.618{94.35 + 8.25}
= 0.618 (102.60)
= 63.4068 m3 = 63406 L/year
Q.35 Match the elements in Group I with the structures in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Harmika 1. Dilwara Temple, Mount Abu
Q. Sixteen Vidyadevis 2. Sun Temple, Modhera
R. Lat pillar 3.Stupa of Sanchi
S. Urushringa 4. Lauriya, Nandangarh
5.Great Kailash Temple, Ellora
(A) P-5, Q-1, R-4, S-3(B) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-1,
R-4, S-2
Answer : (D) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
.36 At a site, based on percolation test, the allowable rate of treated sewage
application was determined as 65 L/m2/day. The effective depth (m) of a soak pit
with a diameter of 2.5 m for the disposal of 1020 L/day of septic tank effluent is
______________
Answer: 1.98 to 2.02
Soln:
Let the depth of cylindrical pit be ‘h’ and radius = 1.25 m given
Total surface area for absorption= 2πrh
Total absorbed effluent= 2πrh ×65
Total effluent to be absorbed = 1200 L (in one day)
Q.37 Match the AutoCAD command in Group I with their functions in Group II
Group I Group II
P. OOPS 1.Creates solid lines
Q. RAY 2. Restores an erased drawing
R. TRACE 3. Manages customized user interface elements
S. CUI 4.Creates semi-infinite line
5. Creates a five sided 3D solid with a sloped face tapering
along the X axis
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-5 (B) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (D) P-1,
Q-2, R-3, S-4
Answer: (B) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3
Q.38 Match the bridges in Group I with their structure type in Group II
Group I Group II
P.Harbour Bridge, Sydney 1. Simply Supported
Q.Golden Gate Bridge, San Francisco 2.Cable Stayed
R. Howrah Bridge, Kolkata 3.Arch
S. Millau Viaduct, Millau 4.Suspension
5.Cantilever
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-2 (B) P-5, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (C) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-5 (D) P-1, Q-
2, R-3, S-4
Answer : (A) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-2
.40 A single span simply supported reinforced concrete beam (250 mm wide and 480
mm effective depth) is subjected to a concentrated load of 120 kN at its mid-
span. Neglecting self-weight of the beam, the nominal shear stress (Mpa) at the
support section is ______________
120kN
Answer: 0.5
.41 The optimistic time, the pessimistic time and the most likely time of a job are 6, 13
and 8 days respectively. The variance for this job is _______________
Answer: 1.34 to 1.37
Variance = [
=(
= = 1.36
Optimistic time estimate: it is the smallest time taken to complete the activity if
everything is fine
Most likely time estimate: It refers to the estimate of the normal time
Pessimistic time estimate: it is the longest time that an activity would take
The square root of variance is called the standard deviation.
Expected time =
Q.44 Match the following terminologies in Group I with their descriptions in Group II
Group I Group II
P. Pruning 1. Useful in reproducing plants that would not breed true if propogated
by seed
Q. Topiary 2. A live bud from a desired plant inserted into a host plant
R. Grafting 3. Cutting of evergreen shrubs into abstract or geometric shapes
S. Budding 4. Trimming and cutting of lawns
5. Selective cutting of plant branches for better growth
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-2 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-5 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (D) P-5, Q-3,
R-1, S-2
Answer : (D) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2
.45 In a dance hall the indoor and outdoor temperatures are 28°C and 18°C respectively.
There is an internal heat gain of 5 kW and the specific heat of air (on volume basis) is
1300 J/m3 °C, then the necessary cross sectional area (m2) of a duct with an air
velocity of 2 m/s required for cooling by ventilation is ____________
Answer : 0.190 to 0.195
Soln: 5 kW of heat has to be extracted= 5000 W
Specific heat of air = 1300 J/m3 °C …….. it means for every m3 of air 1300 Joule is
extracted for 1 dec C temp difference.
Temp difference is 10 degree so for every m3 …………..1300× 10= 13,000 Joules of
energy is extracted.
In order to extract only 5000 Joules amount of air to be removed will be = 0.38
m3 per sec.
So necessary Cross section for 2m/sec air flow= a × 2 = 0.38
Solving ‘a’= 0.19 m2
= 0.002 +
= 0.002 +
= 0.002 + 0 .0018 = 0.0038
Q.50 Match the common names of the trees in Group I with their botanical names in Group
II
Group I Group II
P. Gulmohar 1. Dalbergia Sissoo
Q. Palash 2. Ficus Benghalensis
R. Indian Mahogany 3. Delonix Regia
S. Banyan 4.Toona Ciliata
5. Butea Monosperma
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-2 (B) P-4, Q-5, R-2, S-1 (C) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-1,
R-5, S-2
Answer: (C) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-2
Note: In Botanical name first name is genera and second is species.
Q.51 A room of internal dimension 4m x 5m x 3.5m (LxBxH) has 20 cm thick walls and two
doors of size 1m × 2m. The required area of Damp Proof Course (sq.m) is
_____________
Answer : 3.3
Soln: Solve using centre line method = (4.2 + 5.2) ×2 =18.8 m
Deduct 2 doors of 1 m each, so 18.8 -2 = 16.8
Total DPC = 16.8 × 0.2 = 3.36 sq.m
Q.52 A load of 30 kN is applied vertically downward at the free end of a cantilever of span 5 m.
If the elastic modulus of the cantilever is 30 Gpa and the section has a width of 0.3 m
and a depth of 0.6 m, then, the elastic deflection (in mm) is ______________
Answer: 7.65
Maximum Elastic deflection in Point load at the end of cantilever beam is given by δmax=
δmax= = = = = 7.71
mm
Soln provided by Alam Hasan (B. Arch, NIT Patna)
Q.54 The capacity of a hall is 600 persons and its volume is 3000 cu.m. If an optimum
reverberation time of 1.0 second is to be achieved then the required total absorption
(m2sabine) is _____________
Answer: 475 to 485
Soln: A standard reverberation time has been defined as the time for the sound to die
away to a level 60 decibels
below its original level.
1.0 =
Se = 0.16 × 3000 = 480 m2sabine
Q.55 A solid straight steel rod of diameter 100 mm is bent in single curvature into a circular arc
by a moment of 50 kNm applied at its ends. If elastic modulus, E, for steel is 2 x 105
Mpa, the radius of curvature (mm) of the arc assuming π=3.14 is _________
Answer: 19625
= = 4906250
ρ= = = 19625
solution provided by : Prashant Anand (PhD scholar, NUS Singapore) B Arch (NIT Patna) M.Tech (IIT Madras )
GATE 2015
Questions 1-5 carry one mark each
.1 Choose the most appropriate word from the options given below to complete the
following sentence.
The principal presented the chief guest with a ……………….as token of appreciation.
(A) momento (B) memento (C) momentum (D) moment
Answer: (B) memento
.2 Choose the appropriate word/phrase, out of the four options given below, to
complete the following sentence:
Frogs……………………
(A) croak (B) roar (C) hiss (D) patter
Answer: (A) croak
Q.3 Choose the word most similar in meaning to the given word:
Educe
(A) Exert (B) Educate (C) Extract (D)Extend
Answer: (C)Extract
Q.7 Read the following paragraph and choose the correct statement.
Climate change has reduced human security and threatened human well being. An
ignored reality of human progress is that human security largly depends upon
environmental security. But on the contrary, human progress seems contradictory to
environmental security. To keep up both at the required level is the challenge to be
addressed by one and all. One of the ways to curb the climate change may be
suitable scientific innovations, while other may be Gandhian perspective on small
scale progress with focus on sustainability.
(A) Human progress and security are positively associated with environmental
security.
(B) Human progress is contradictory to environmental security.
(C) Human security is contradictory to environmental security.
(D) Human progress depends upon environmental security.
Answer: 3, Vertical Central grid is sum of Left and Right grid, divided by 2
.9 A cube of side 3 units is formed using a set of smaller cubes of side 1 unit. Find
the proportion of the number of faces of the smaller cubes visible to those which
are not visible.
(A) 1 : 4 (B) 1 : 3 (C) 1: 2 D)2 : 3
Answer: (C) 1: 2
.10 Humpty Dumpty sits on a wall everyday while having lunch. The wall sometimes
breaks. A person sitting on the wall falls if the wall breaks.
Which one of the statements below is logically valid and can be inferred from the above
sentences?
(A) Humpty Dumpty always falls while having lunch.
(B) Humpty Dumpty does not fall sometimes while having lunch
(C) Humpty Dumpty never falls during dinner
(D) When Humpty Dumpty does not sit on the wall the wall does not break.
Answer: (B) Humpty Dumpty does not fall sometimes while having lunch
Soil liquefaction
describes a phenomenon whereby a saturated or partially saturated soil substantially
loses strength and stiffness in response to an applied stress, usually earthquake
shaking or other sudden change in stress condition, causing it to behave like a liquid.
The adjoining picture is of Niigata Earthquake (Japan) 1964, in which buildings tilted
due to liquefaction of soil.
With respect to Earthquake India is divided into FOUR zones, Zone II, Zone III, Zone
IV and Zone V. Earlier there were five zones, now Zone I is merged with Zone II,
thereby reducing it to four. There are two types of waves generated during an
Earthquake ‘P’ and ‘S’ wave. ‘P’ wave (Primary wave) is compressional wave,
longitudinal in nature and travel fastest. Secondary waves (S-waves) are shear
waves that are transverse in nature.
P-wave S- Wave
Travels faster Travel slower than P
-wave
Compression Shear waves
and rarefaction
Longitudinal Transverse
Less Damage More damage
Q. 14Walls with high thermal inertia are suitable in which type of climate?
(A) Hot-dry (B) Hot-humid (C) Temperate (D) Cold
Answer: (A) Hot-dry
. 19 The ratio between illumination at a working point indoor to total light available
simultaneously outdoor is known as
(A) Daylight factor (B) Sky Component
(C) Internally reflected component (D) Externally Reflected Component
Answer: (A) Daylight factor
Daylight is is the sum of Sky Component, External Reflected Component, Internal
Reflected Component.
Daylight factor is the ratio of internal light level to external light level and is defined
as follows:
DF = 100%
. 20 Which of the following vehicular traffic intersections converts all crossings into
merging and diverging sequences?
(A) Rotary (B) Manual Signaling (C) Grade Separation (D) Automatic Signaling
Answer: (A) Rotary
. 21 The process of spraying Polyster, Polyurethane, Acrylic and Epoxy Plastic,
followed by heat curing onto metals is called
(A) Anodizing (B) Galvanizing (C) Vitreous Enameling (D) Powder Coating
Answer: (D) Powder Coating
Anodizing is an electrochemical process that converts the metal surface into a
decorative, durable, corrosion-resistant, anodic oxide finish. Aluminum is
ideally suited to anodizing, although other nonferrous metals, such as
magnesium and titanium, also can be anodized.
galvanizing: steel is dipped in molten zinc. eg. Galvanized sheet (GI sheet)
Vitreous Enamel is simply a thin layer of glass fused at high temperature on to
the surface of a metal.
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) is a synthetic fluoropolymer of
tetrafluoroethylene used as a non-stick coating for pans and other cookware.
(commonly used as Teflon)
Difference between painting and powder coating
Painting Powder coating
Solvent based applied electrostatically and
is then cured under heat to
allow it to flow and form a
"skin"
Lighter and thin finish Tougher and thicker finish
Generally same finish throughout Special effect can be
achieved
Longer curing time Fast process
VOC (Volatile organic Solvent) No solvent required.
present in thinner
. 24 Match the Buildings in Group –I with their Principal Architects in Group –II
Group I Group II
P. Wixner Centre for the Visual Arts, Ohio 1. I. M Pei
Q. Vitra Fire Station, Weilam Rhein, Germany 2. Peter Eisenman
R. AT & T Building, New York 3. Louis Kahn
S. Sher –e-Banglanagar, Dacca 4. Zaha Hadid
5. Philip Johnson
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-5, S-3 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1
(C) P-1, Q-2, R-5, S-3 (D) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-5
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-4, R-5, S-3
.27 As per Fire Safety norms of NBC India for buildings having assembly and
institutional occupancies, the maximum travel distance in meters to an exit from
the dead end of a corridor is
(A) 30 (B) 24 (C) 12 (D) 6
Answer: (D) 6 (Refer section 4.4.2.2 , NBC, 2016 Part 1)
Adequate passageway and clearances required for fire fighting vehicles to enter the
premises shall be provided at the main entrance
the width of such entrance shall be not less than 4.5 m.
If an arch or covered gate is constructed, it shall have a clear head-room of not
less than 5m.
Following minimum width shall be provided for staircases as per fire safety norms.:
(a) Residential buildings (dwellings) .........1.0m
(b) Residential hotel buildings ..................1.5m
(c) Assembly buildings like auditorium, theatres and cinemas....2.0m
(d) Educational buildings up to 30m in height.........1.5m
(e) Institutional buildings like hospitals .....2.0m
(f) All other buildings ...............................1.5m
.32 Match the Land use categories of Group-I with their respective Colour codes in Group-
II as per practice in India.
Group I Group II
P. Residential 1. Red
Q. Commercial 2. Grey
R. Industrial 3. Blue
S. Public/ Semi -public 4. Violet
5. Yellow
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (C) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-5 (D) P-1, Q-3,
R-2 S-4
Answer: (A) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-1
These colours are used while preparing Landuse map mostly in Master Plan.
Residential - Yellow
Commercial - Blue
Industrial - Violet
Public/ Semi –public – Red
Transportaion – Grey
Parks, playgrounds, open spaces- Green
.33 A rectangular beam section of size 300 mm (width) X 500 mm (depth) is loaded
with a shear force of 600 kN. The maximum shear stress on the section in N/mm2
is ………………
Answer: 6
The Maximum Shear Stress occurs at the Neutral Axis is where F=force and
b=breadth, d=depth.
.34 In a 50 meter section of a waste water pipe, if the gradient is 1 in 80, then the fall
in millimeter is ………………..
Answer: 625
For every 80 m there is fall of 1 m
.36 Match the Monuments in Group –I with their Features in Group –II
Group I Group II
P. Panch Mahal Fatehpur Sikri 1. Painted Stone Figures
Q. Meenakshi Temple , Madurai 2. Intricated Red Sand Stone Carvings
R. Jor-Bangla Temple, Bishnupur 3. Granite statues
S. Sun temple, Konark 4. Khondalite stone work
5. Terracotta carvings
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-4 (C) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (D) P-1,
Q-5, R-5, S-4
Answer: (B) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-4
.37 Match the Monuments in Group –I with their Style of Architecture in Group –II
Group I Group II
P. Pisa Cathedral, Italy 1. Gothic
Q. St. Hagia Sophia, Istanbul 2. Moorish
R. Great Temple Aman, Karnak 3. Egyptians
S. Cathedral of Notre Dame, Paris 4. Byzantine
5. Romanseque
(A) P-5, Q-1, R-3, S-2 (B) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-5 (C) P-4, Q-2, R-5, S-1 (D) P-5,
Q-4, R-3, S-1
Answer: (D) P-5, Q-4, R-3, S-1
.38 Match the Buildings in Group –I with their Style of Architecture in Group –II
Group -I Group –II
P. Rashtrapati Bhawan, New Delhi 1. Industrial Architecture
Q. German Pavillion for World Exhibition, Barcelona 2. Deconstruction
R. Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao 3. Radical Eclecticism
S. Crystal Palace, London 4. International Style
5. Neo Classical
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-2, S-1 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (C) P-1, Q-5, R-4, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-
4, R-2, S-5
Answer: (B) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1
Guggenheim, Bilbao, Spain – Architect – Frank Gehry. Other Guggenheim
Museum is in New York, by F L Wright. Guggenheim, Bilbao is an example of
Deconstructivism.
Features of Deconstructivism.
(d) Fragmentation, geometrical blocks is fused together.
(e) Non-Rectilinear shapes, eg. Tilted cuboids
(f) Manipulating surface eg. Metallic cladding
The attempt in deconstructivism throughout is to move architecture away from what
its practitioners see as the constricting ‘rules’ of modernism such as “form follows
function,” “purity of form,” and “truth to materials.” Frank Gehry, Daniel Libeskind,
Rem Koolhaas, Peter Eisenman, Zaha Hadid, Coop Himmelbau, and Bernard
Tschumi practice deconstructivism
.39 Match the Terms in Group –I with their Definition in Group –II
Group -I Group –II
P. Kinesthesia 1. Measurement and study of size and proportion of human body
Q. Anthropometry2. Study of man-machine interaction
R. Ergonomics 3. Study of past and present of human race
S. Biomimicry 4. Study of human sensory experience during movement
5. Imitation of model, system and elements of nature
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (B) P-5, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (C) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-5 (D) P-4, Q-
1, R-2, S-3
Answer: (C) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-5
Q.40 Match the following Urban Spaces in Group –I with their names in Group–II
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-5(C) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-5 (D) P-2, Q-1,
R-4, S-3
.41 Match the Terms in Group –I with the appropriate Items in Group –II
Group -I Group –II
P. Toposheet 1. Path/Row
Q. Satellite Image 2. Contour
R. Wavelength 3. Focal Length
S. Scan Line 4. Spectral Signature
5. Bits/inch
(A) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (B) P-5, Q-1, R-4, S-3
(C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (D) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-5
Answer: (C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5
Toposheet has contour lines.
Path is satellite image numbered in the direction of satellite movement(West to
East)
Scan lines used in scanners
.42 Match the Concepts in Group –I with the appropriate Explanation in Group –II
Group -I Group –II
nned Unit Development 1. Development occurring on vacant or underused
lots in otherwise built up areas
Q. Infill Development 2. Development providing a fair and equitable way
to integrate peri-urban areas
R. Transit Oriented Development 3. Developing a large area as a single entity
merging
zoning and subdivision control
S. Mixed Use Development 4. Development with compatible land uses integrating
varied activities at different times of the
day
5. Development located within walking
from mass
transit stations along the corridor
(A) P-3, Q-2, R-5, S-4 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-4 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (D) P-2, Q-
4, R-1, S-5
Answer: (B) P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-4
A Planned Unit Development (PUD) is a community of homes that could look
like single family residences, townhomes or condos, and can include both
residential and commercial units
Q.44 Match the Units in Group –I with their Definitions in Group –II
Group -I Group –II
P. Hertz 1. Newton-meter
Q. Lux 2. Cycles/ second
R. Joule 3. Lumen/ m2
S. Newton 4. Watt/ ampere
5. kg- meter/ sec2
(A) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-4 (C) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (D) P-2,
Q-3, R-1, S-5
Answer: (D) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-5
Q.45 Match the Energy Efficient Building Elements in Group –I with their associated Working
Principles in Group –II
Group -I Group –II
P. Solar Chimney 1. Thermal Storage
Q. Earth Air Tunnel 2. Radiant Cooling
R. Trombe Wall 3. Stack Effect
S. Chilled Slab 4. Cross Ventilation
5. Geothermal Energy
(A) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-5 (B) P-5, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-2 (D) P-4, Q-
5, R-1, S-2
Answer: (C) P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-2
Passive Heating/ Cooling: Building design approach that focuses on heat gain control and
heat dissipation in a building in order to improve the indoor thermal comfort with
low or nil energy consumption
Solar Chimney: solar chimney consists of a black-painted chimney. During the
day solar energy heats the chimney and the air within it, creating an updraft of
air in the chimney. The suction created at the chimney's base can be used to
ventilate and cool the building below. It is most effective in hot windless day.
Trombe Wall: A Trombe wall is a passive solar building technique where a wall is
built on the winter sun side of a building with a glass external layer and a high
heat capacity internal layer separated by a layer of air. Heat in close to UV
spectrum passes through the glass almost unhindered then is absorbed by the
wall that then re-radiates in the far infrared spectrum which does not pass back
through the glass easily, hence heating the inside of the building.
Earth Air Tunnel: this
technique is essentially used for cooling the air in Hot and dry climates. The
cooling process is based on the fact that the temperature a few meters below the
ground is almost constant throughout the year. A wind tower is connected to the
underground tunnel, which runs from the bottom of the wind tower to the
basement of the building. The wind tower catches the wind which is forced down
the tower into the tunnel. The temperature of the tunnel, being lower than that of
the ambient temperature, cools the air before it is circulated into the living space.
In winter, the temperature of the air tunnel is higher than the ambient temperature
and hence warms the air passing through it.
Chilled slab: These deliver cooling through the building structure, usually slabs,
and is also know as thermally activated building systems (TABS).
Night flush cooling – The building structure acts as a sink through the day and
absorbs internal heat gains and solar radiation. Heat can be dissipated from the
structure by convective heat loss by allowing cooler air to pass through the
building at night. The flow of outdoor air can be induced naturally or mechanically.
The next day, the building will perform as a heat sink, maintaining indoor
temperatures below the outdoor temperature.
Brise-soleil - A screen, usually of louvers, placed on the outside of a building to
shield the windows from direct sunlight.
Drum wall- accoustic wall used to absorb unwanted sound.
.46 Match the Vibrator types in Group –I with their related area of application in Group –II
Group -I Group –II
P. Needle Vibrator 1. Concrete Pavement
Q. Shutter Vibrator 2. Pre cast Concrete Unit
R. Surface Vibrator 3. Beam-Column Junction
S. Table vibrator 4. Retaining Wall
5. Slip Forming
(A) P-1, Q-5, R-4, S-3 (B) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (C) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-5 (D) P-3,
Q-5, R-1, S-2
Answer: (B) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Concrete vibrators consolidate freshly poured concrete so that trapped air and
excess water are released
and the concrete settles firmly in place in the formwork.
A vibro-pile is a closed off casing that is vibrated into the ground displacing and
"densifying" all the material in its path. The casing is then filled with concrete
and reinforcement and then extracted
.47 Match the type of Temporary Structures in Group–I with their corresponding
Functions in Group–II
Group -I Group –II
P. Scaffolding 1. To support unsafe structures
Q. Formwork 2. To support platforms for workman and materials at raised height
during construction
R. Shoring 3. Removal of water from pits
S. Underpinning 4. Mould for RCC structure
5. Strengthening the existing foundation
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-5 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-2 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-2 (D) P-2,
Q-3, R-4, S-5
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-5
In construction or renovation, underpinning is the process of strengthening the
foundation of an existing building or other structure.
Shoring is the process of supporting a building, structure, or trench with
shores (props) when in danger of collapse or during repairs or alterations.
.48 Match following Scientific Names in Group –I with their common Indian Names in
Group –II
Group -I Group –II
P. Lagerstroemia speciosa 1. Amaltas
Q. Cassia fistula 2. Neem
R. Azadarachta indica 3. Jarul
S. Acacia auriculiformis 4. Babul
5. Peepal
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-5 B) P-5, Q-3, R-2, S-4 (C) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-
1, R-2, S-4
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4
Neem (Azadarachta indica), Amaltas (Cassia fistula) and Peepal (Ficus religiosa)
are very common and asked almost every
alternate years in GATE.
Botanical name of common Indian Plants.
No Indian Name Botanical Name
1 Neem Azadirachta indica
2 Mango Mangifera indica
3 Peepal Ficus religiosa
4 Banyan Ficus benghalensis
5 Gulmohar Delonix regia
6 Tamarind (Imli) Tamarindus indica
7 Jack fruit Artocarpus
(kathal) heterophyllus
8 Bottle brush Callistemon viminalis
9 Croton Codiaeum variegatum
10 Jasmine Jasminum
augustifolium
11 Marigold Calendula officinalis
12 Rose Rosa indica
13 Amaltus Castia fistula
14 Asoka Saraca asoca,
Polyalthia longifolia
15 Basil (Tulsi) Ocimum Sanctum
16 Coconut Cocos nucifera
17 Bamboo Dendrocalamus
calostachymus
18 Teak Techtona grandis
19 Sheshame Dalbergia sissoo
20 Indian Toona ciliata
Mahogony
21 Palash Butea monosperma
22 Babul Acacia auriculiformis
23 Jarul Lagerstroemia
speciosa
24 Champa Plumeria alba
(Frangipani)
.49 A man starts from his residence and uses the following mode in sequence to reach the
office- cycle rickshaw to Railway station, then train to destination station, followed by
auto rickshaw to nearby bus stand and finally a bus to his office. Which of the following
describes the sequence of transit usage?
(A) Non Motorosied Transit- Paratransit- Mass Transit- Public Transit
(B) Paratransit- Public Transit – Non Motorosied Transit –Mass Transit
(C) Private Transit- Public Transit – Non Motorosied Transit –Mass Transit
(D) Non Motorosied Transit- Mass Transit- Paratransit- Public Transit
Answer : (D) Non Motorosied Transit- Mass Transit- Paratransit- Public Transit
NMT- Non Motorised Transit- walking, Rickshaw, horse cart
Paratransit is an alternative mode of flexible passenger transportation that
does not follow fixed routes or schedules.
MRTS- Mass Rapid Transit System. Min 5000 trips PHPD (peak hour peak
direction)
BRTS- Bus Rapid Transit System (Pune has BRTS corridor)
MMTS- Multi Modal Transit System
Public transit- fixed route and fixed time.
Mode Route Timing Carrier Example
type
NMT (Non Not Not Pvt/ Walking, cycling,
Motorised fixed fixed public cycle rickshaw,
Transport) tonga
Paratransit Not Not Public Reserve Auto,
fixed fixed ola, uber
Private Not Not Pvt Personal vehicle
transit fixed fixed
Shared Fixed Not Public Shared Auto,
transport fixed City ride bus
IPT( Not Not Pvt Cycle Rickshaw,
Intermediate fixed fixed E- rickshaw,
Public Tonga, Trekker,
Transport) Matador
MRTS Fixed Fixed Public Metro Rail
(Mass Rapid
Transit
System)
BRTS (Bus Fixed Fixed Public Bus
Rapid
Transport
System)
MMTS (Multi Fixed Fixed Public/Pvt Train
Modal
Transit
System)
Q.50 PMGSY and JNNURM are two Indian Government programmes which deal with
(A) rural road development and urban basic service improvement respectively
(B) rural sanitation services and under-developed road maintenance respectively
(C) peri-urban basic services and urban basic service improvement respectively
(D) rural road development and urban transport development respectively
Answer: (A) rural road development and urban basic service improvement
respectively
Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana or PMGSY is a nationwide plan in India
to provide good all-weather road connectivity to unconnected villages .
JNNURM- Jawahar Lal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission aims at creating
‘economically productive, efficient, equitable and responsive Cities’ by a strategy of
upgrading the social and economic infrastructure in cities. This project runs under
Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India.
Rajiv Awas Yojana (RAY) (2013-22), is a scheme of the Government of India for the
benefit of poor in Urban areas. It is a Centrally Sponsored Scheme, (CSS), to be
implemented in mission mode during 2013-2022. The scheme aims to make India
slum-free by 2022 by providing people with shelter or housing free of cost.
Recently Introduced program (2015) by Ministry of Urban Development, Govt.
of India. (IMPORTANT)
.51 Match the Planning Terms in Group –I with their Descriptions in Group –II
Group -I Group –II
P. Gentrification 1. Haphazard and low density outward growth of urban area
Q. Urban core revitalization 2. Primarily dormitory settlement with functional
dependency on parent city
R. Urban sprawl 3. Replacement of low income residents with high income
population
S. Satellite town 4. Physical and socio-economic revival of the inner city
5. Restricted development in an environmentally sensitive zone
(A) P-4, Q-3, R-5, S-2 (B) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-5
(C) P-1, Q-5, R-2, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
.52 Match the Planning Concepts in Group –I with their Corresponding Proponents in
Group –II
Group –I Group –II
P. Broadacre city 1. Le Corbusier
Q. Radiant City 2. F. L. Wright
R. Industrial Town 3. Robert Owen
S. Arcosanti 4. Henry Wright
5. Paolo Soleri
(A) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-5 (B) P-1, Q-3, R-5, S-2 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-5 (D) P-2,
Q-1, R-5, S-4
Answer: (C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-5
Concept City
Concept Propagated Population Area
by
1 Plato’s city Plato 5040 -
2 Garden City Ebenezer 32,000 6000 acre
Howard
3 Broadacre City F L Wright - 1-5 acre per
household
4 Radiant City Le - -
Corbusier
5 Arcosanti Paolo Soleri 5000 25 acre
6 Neighbourhood Clarence 5000-6000 160 acre
Perry
7 Linear City Soria Y - -
Mata
Garden City concept was given by Ebenezer Howard. Letchworth, UK was
the first garden city built in 1909 planned by Raymond Unwin.
Arcology: Architecture + Ecology first coined by Paolo Soleri. It is
architectural design principles for enormous habitats (hyperstructures) of
extremely high human population density
.53 The housing stock of a town has total number of 9090 dwelling units. Present population
of the town is 45,450. Assuming an average house hold size of 4.5, the housing
shortage in percentage is
Answer: 10 %
Shortage in % = x 100 = 10 %
What is the difference between Dwelling unit and a house?
What is the difference between Household and family?
A house is a physical identity where several dwelling unit may exist. Eg. An
apartment(a physical identity) is a house where several dwelling units (flats)
exist.
Household is related with kitchen. In a joint family where several families
stay together but share a common kitchen will be counted as one
household.Families with separate kitchen will be counted as separate
household.
.54 A hall is 15 m long and 12 m wide. If the sum of areas of the floor and ceiling is equal to
the sum of the area of its four walls, then the volume of the hall in cubic meters is
……………
Answer: 1200 cubic m
Area of floor = 15m x 12 m = 180 square m so area of ceiling also 180 sq m.
Sum of area of floor and ceiling = 360 sq m.
Let the height of wall be ‘h’
Then area of wall = (15 + 12) x 2 x h
54 h = 360 so ‘h ‘= 6.66 m
So Volume of hall = 15 x 12 x 6.66 = 1200 m3
.55 The actual roof area of a building is 3,60,000 sqm, which on a site plan measures 25
sqcm. The scale of the site plan is ……………………
Answer: 12000
.56 If the annual net income from a commercial property is Rs 22,000/- and the interest rate
is 8 %, then the capitalized value is rupees of the property in perpetuity
is……………………
Answer: Rs 2,75,000/-
Capitalised value = Net annual Income × Year’s Purchase
= 22,000 × = 2,75,000
.57 A five storied building is constructed on a 100 m X 50 m plot having ground coverage of
60 % (option 1). Alternatively, a four storied building is constructed on the same plot
with a 50 % ground coverage (option 2). The ratio of FARs between option 1 and 2 is
…………….
Answer: 1.5
FAR = = 3.0
FAR = = 2.0
.58 If a roof is treated with a layer of thermal insulation material, the internal heat gain is
reduced by 60 %. The U-value of the roof slab (without thermal insulation) is 3 W /m2
deg C. Assuming a constant temperature difference between indoor and outdoor , the
U-value of the thermal insulation layer in W /m2 deg C is …………………
Answer: 2
= - so = =
Solving x we get U value of insulation material as 2 W /m2 deg C
.59 A simply supported beam having effective span of 5 meter is carrying a centrally
concentrated load of 16 kN. The maximum bending moment in the beam in kN-m is
………………
Answer: 20 kN-m
16 kN
R1R2
5 m span
.60 A landscaped garden with irregular profile and minor undulations, measuring 35,000
sqm, has a total surface area covered with 20% brick paving, 15 % cement concrete
paving, and rest with grass. The peak intensity of rainfall in that region is 70 mm/hr.
The coefficient of runoff for brick paving, cement concrete paving and grass is 0.8, 0.9
and 0.5 respectively. The estimated quantity of runoff in cubic meter/hr for the entire
garden area is …………………….
Answer: 1519 cubic m/ hr
Runoff = 2450 ( x + x + x )
= 2450 ( 0.16 + 0.135 + 0.325)
= 2450 ( 0.620 ) = 1519 cubic m /hr
.61 The number of standard cement bags required to prepare 1400 kg of concrete in the
ratio 1:2:4 (mixed by weight batching) is ………………..
Answer: 4 bags
.62 A class room measuring 10 m (L) x 8 m (B) x 2.7 m (H) requires an illumination level of
500 lux on the desk level using 40 W fluorescent lamps with rated output of 5000
lumens each. Assuming utilization factor of 0.5 and maintenance factor of 0.8, the
number of lamps required is ………………..
Answer: 20 lamps
Required illumination = 500 lux = 500 lumens/m2
Total lumens needed in room = 10 x 8 x 500 = 40,000 lumens
Let no of lamps be ‘n’
So, 5000 x n x 0.5 x 0.8 = 40,000
n= 20 lamps
.63 Area of tensile steel per meter width of a reinforced concrete slab is 335 sq mm. If 8 mm
rods are used as reinforcement, then centre to centre spacing of the reinforcement in
mm is ………………..
Answer: 145 mm
.65 Two concrete mixers of capacity 200 litres each are used in a construction site to
produce 20 cubic meter of concrete. Ingredient charging, mixing and discharge times
are 3 minutes, 7 minutes and 1 minute respectively. Assuming a time loss of 5 minutes
per hour of operation, the total time in hours for the mixture to produce the required
amount of concrete will be ………….
Answer: 10 hr.
Total time required for one discharge= 3+ 7+ 1= 11 min
In one hour it will discharge five times (11x 5= 55 + 5 min of loss in one hour)
Total concrete produced by two mixers in one hour = 2 x 5 x 200 litres = 2000 litres = 2
m3
In order to produce 20 m3 it will take 10 hours.
GATE 2016
Q. 1 – Q. 5 carry one mark each.
.2 The Buddha said, “Holding on to anger is like grasping a hot coal with the intent of
throwing it at someone else; you are the one who gets burnt.”
Select the word below which is closest in meaning to the word underlined above.
(A) burning (B) igniting (C) clutching (D) flinging
Answer: (C) clutching
.3 M has a son Q and a daughter R. He has no other children. E is the mother of P and
daughter-inlaw of M. How is P related to M?
(A) P is the son-in-law of M. (B) P is the grandchild of M.
(C) P is the daughter-in law of M. (D) P is the grandfather of M.
Answer: (B) P is the grandchild of M.
Q.4 The number that least fits this set: (324, 441, 97 and 64) is ________.
(A) 324 (B) 441 (C) 97 (D) 64
Answer: (C) 97 and (D) 64
( Both the answers were given marks)
Q.5 It takes 10 s and 15 s, respectively, for two trains travelling at different constant speeds
to
completely pass a telegraph post. The length of the first train is 120 m and that of the
second train is 150 m. The magnitude of the difference in the speeds of the two trains
(in m/s) is ____________.
.7 The overwhelming number of people infected with rabies in India has been flagged by
the World Health Organisation as a source of concern. It is estimated that inoculating
70 % of pets and stray dogs against rabies can lead to a significant reduction in the
number of people infected with rabies.
Which of the following can be logically inferred from the above sentences?
(A) The number of people in India infected with rabies is high.
(B) The number of people in other parts of the world who are infected with rabies is low.
(C) Rabies can be eradicated in India by vaccinating 70 % of stray dogs.
(D) Stray dogs are the main source of rabies worldwide.
Answer: (A) The number of people in India infected with rabies is high.
.8 A flat is shared by four first year undergraduate students. They agreed to allow the
oldest of them to enjoy some extra space in the flat. Manu is two months older than
Sravan, who is three months younger than Trideep. Pavan is one month older than
Sravan. Who should occupy the extra space in the flat?
(A) Manu (B) Sravan (C) Trideep (D) Pavan
Answer: (C) Trideep
.9 Find the area bounded by the lines 3x+2y= 14, 2x-3y=5 in the first quadrant.
(A) 14.95 (B) 15.25 (C) 15.70 (D) 20.35
Answer: (B) 15.25
.10 A straight line is fit to a data set (ln x,y).This line intercepts the abscissa at ln x = 0.1 and
has a slope of – 0.02. What is the value of y at x= 5 from the fit?
(A) -0.030 (B) -0.014 (C) 0.014 (D) 0.030
Answer: (A) -0.030
Q.3 ‘AMRUT’, the new scheme launched by Government of India, stands for
(A) Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation
(B) Atal Mission for Renewal of Urban Transportation
(C) Atal Mission for Redevelopment of Urban Transportation
(D) Atal Mission for Renewal and Urban Transformation
Answer: (A) Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation
500 cities selected with broad objective of
access to tap water and sewerage facilities,
greenery like parks and open spaces are well maintained,
digital and smart facilities like weather prediction, internet and WiFi facilities,
pollution reduction by encouraging the public for using cheaper but secure
public transport
SAAP(State Annual Action Plans) is a consolidated plan of all the city level
SLIPs(Service Level Improvement Plans) of all proposed AMRUT cities in the
respective states.
Gated
community: (or walled community) It is a form of residential community or housing
estate containing strictly controlled entrances for pedestrians, bicycles, and
automobiles, and often characterized by a closed perimeter of walls and fences.
Q.6 The components measuring Human Development Index (HDI) of a nation are
(A) Life expectancy, Education and Per Capita Income
(B) Life expectancy, Economy and Housing
(C) Health, Development and Per Capita Income
(D) Housing, Health and Hygiene
Answer: (A) Life expectancy, Education and Per Capita Income
(Earlier it was GDP per capita and now it has been modified as GNI per capita)
Human Development Index is calculated by UNDP (United Nations Development
Programmes) All three parameters are
calculated on scale of 0-1.
Education attainment: Geometric mean of years of schooling for adults aged 25
years and expected years of schooling for children of school entering age.
Life expectancy: The life expectancy at birth component of the HDI is calculated
using a minimum value of 20 years and maximum value of 83.57 years.
The decent standard of living component is measured by GNI per capita
instead of GDP per capita. The HDI uses the logarithm of income, to reflect the
diminishing importance of income with increasing GNI.
The scores for the three HDI dimension indices are then aggregated into a
composite index using geometric mean.
.7 As per the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 2010, the
extent of ‘prohibited area’ beyond the ‘demarcated protected area’ in meters is
(A) 50 (B) 100 (C) 200 (D) 500
Answer: (B) 100
prohibited area is 100 m from demarcated protected area.(no mining or
construction allowed)
regulated area is 200 m beyond the prohibited area. (allowed mining and
construction with regulation)
CRZ (Coastal Regulatory Zone) – no development allowed upto 100 m from
high tide line along sea coast.
IPZ (Island Protection Zone) – included for islands of Lakshadweep, Andaman
& Nicobar Islands.
Q.8 In CMYK colour model, ‘K’ represents the colour
(A) White (B) Black (C) Blue (D) Green
Answer: (B) Black
Subtrative and Additive Colour Model:
The CMYK color model (color, four color) is a subtractive color model, used in
color printing, and is also used to describe the printing process itself. CMYK
refers to the four inks used in color printing: cyan, magenta, yellow, and key
(black).
The RGB color model is an additive color model in which red, green, and blue
light are added together in various ways to reproduce a broad array of colors.
(used in screens of computer)
RYB (an abbreviation of red–yellow–blue) is a historical set of colors used in
subtractive color mixing, and is one commonly used set of primary colors. It is
primarily used in art and design education, particularly painting.
Q.11 Map is an
(A) Isometric projection (B) Orthographic projection
(C) Axonometric projection (D) Oblique projection
Answer: (B) Orthographic projection
Orthographic projection is a perspective (or azimuthal) projection, in which the
sphere is projected onto a tangent plane or secant plane. The point of
perspective for the orthographic projection is at infinite distance. It depicts a
hemisphere of the globe as it appears from outer space, where the horizon is a
great circle. The shapes and areas are distorted, particularly near the edges.
Axonometric projection is a
type of parallel projection used for creating a pictorial drawing of an object,
where the object is rotated along one or more of its axes relative to the plane of
projection. There are three main types of axonometric projection: isometric,
dimetric, and trimetric projection.
Oblique projection is a simple type of technical drawing of graphical projection
used for producing two-dimensional images of three-dimensional objects.
Q.15 A semicircular niche in the wall of a mosque, towards the direction of Mecca is known
as
(A) Sahn (B) Minbar (C) Qibla (D) Mihrab
Answer: (D) Mihrab
Sahn- Courtyard in Islamic Architecture
Minbar- raised platform close to Mihrab in the mosque where the imam stands
to deliver sermons.
Qibla- Qibla, is the direction that should be faced when a Muslim prays.
.16 As per CPWD Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment, the
minimum turning radius for a wheelchair in mm is
(A) 900 (B) 1200
(C) 1500 (D) 1800
Answer: Marks to all
Since here CPWD is mentioned, the standards of that organization has to be
followed. Overall circular space required is 1500 mm so turning radius
comes 750 mm.
The turning radius of a vehicle is the radius of the smallest circular turn (i.e. U-turn)
that the vehicle is capable of making.
(This Question was contested by Sowjanya Inala, B.Arch, JNAFAU, Hyderabad and she won it. Earlier the answer
released by GATE was 900mm). She completed her MURP from IIT Roorkee.(2016-18)
Q.17 ‘Summit Curve’ is a term associated with the design of
(A) Roads and flyovers (B) Escalators and elevators
(C) Tensile fabric structures (D) Geodesic domes
Answer: (A) Roads and flyovers
Tensile fabric structures: A tensile structure is a construction of elements
carrying only tension and no compression or bending.
Tensegrity: a structural form with both tension and compression elements.
(truss)
Geodesic Dome: (concept by Buckminster Fuller)
.24 In a residential neighbourhood, the net area of residential plots is 50 percent of the total
area. If the population is 8000, the ratio of net density to gross density of the
neighbourhood is ________
Answer: 2
Let the total area of neighbouhood be ‘A’ units
50% is designated for Residential use = 0.5A
= × =2
Q.26 Match the ancient cities in Group –I with their characteristic features in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
(P) Mohen-jo-daro 1 Agora
(Q) Babylon 2 Enclosed Court
(R) Kahun 3 Grid Iron Street Pattern
(S) Athens 4 Forum
5 Hanging Garden
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-5 (B) P-4, Q-5, R-1, S-2 (C) P-3, Q-5, R-2, S-1 (D) P-4, Q-
5, R-2, S-3
Answer: (C) P-3, Q-5, R-2, S-1
Babylon: The city was built upon the Euphrates and divided in equal parts
along its left and right banks, with steep embankments to contain the river’s
seasonal floods. The remains of the city are in present-day, Iraq, about 85
kilometers south of Baghdad, comprising a large tell of broken mud-brick
buildings and debris.
Kahun- ancient Egyptian town,It was erected for the overseers and workmen
employed in constructing the nearby pyramid of Al-Lāhūn, built by Sesostris II
(reigned 1844–37 bce), and it was abandoned when the pyramid was
completed. It revealed a crisscross of streets laid out in a regular pattern, with
houses built of mud brick having beamed, flat mud roofs, open courts and
porticos, and the earliest examples of a supporting wooden column, fluted and
on a raised base.
Q.27 Match the water purification stages in Group-I with the corresponding items in Group-
II
Group-I Group-II
P Coagulation 1 Ammonium hydroxide
Q Filtration 2 Sodium Zeolite
R Disinfection 3 Alum
S Softening 4 Sand
5 Chlorine
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-5 (B) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-2 (C) P-2, Q-3, R-5, S-4 (D) P-3,
Q-4, R-5, S-2
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-2
A coagulant is added to the water to overcome the repulsive charge and
“destabilize” the suspension. For example, the colloidal particles are negatively
charged and alum is added as a coagulant to create positively charged ions.
Once the repulsive charges have been neutralized ( since opposite charges
attract), the van der Waals force will cause the particles to cling together
(agglomerate) and form micro floc which finally settles down.
Sand filters are used for water purification. There are three main types;
rapid (gravity) sand filters
upflow sand filters
slow sand filters
All three methods are used extensively in the water industry throughout the
world. The first two require the use of flocculant chemicals to work effectively
while slow sand filters can produce very high quality water free from
pathogens, taste and odour without the need for chemical aids.
Shock chlorination is a process used in many swimming pools, water wells,
springs, and other water sources to reduce the bacterial and algal residue in
the water. Shock chlorination is performed by mixing a large amount of
hypochlorite into the water. The hypochlorite can be in the form of a powder or
a liquid such as chlorine bleach (solution of sodium hypochlorite in water).
Water that is being shock chlorinated should not be swum in or drunk until the
sodium hypochlorite count in the water goes down to three parts per million
(PPM) or less.
Sodium Zeolite- One of the most important uses for this mineral is in
detergents. Sodium Zeolite replaces sodium tripolyphosphate in detergents as
a water softener.
Q.28 Match the software tools in Group-I with their field of application in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P Radiance 1 Outdoor thermal environment
Q Odeon 2 Construction management
R Rayman 3 Air-flow analysis
S Primavera 4 Acoustical design
5 Lighting analysis
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-1 (B) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (C) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (D) P-4,
Q-1, R-2, S-5
Answer: (C) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Radince- software package for architectural lighting simulation.
Odeon (building), ancient Greek and Roman buildings built for singing
exercises, musical shows and poetry competitions.
RayMan- software for thermal environment
Primavera: Primavera software includes project management, product
management, collaboration and control capabilities.
Q.30 Associate the terms in Group-I with the building hardware in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P Parliamentary 1 Bar
Q Aldrop 2 Lock
R Panic 3 Hinge
S Mortise 4 Bolt
(A) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (B) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (D) P-2,
Q-3, R-4, S-1
Answer: (C) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
.32 Match the Olympic stadia in Group-I with their Architects in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P Palazzetto dello Sport, Rome 1 Herzog & de Meuron
Q Olympic Arena, Tokyo 2 Frei Otto
R Bird’s Nest, Beijing 3 Kenzo Tange
S Olympia Stadium, Munich 4 Roger Taillibert
5 P. L. Nervi
(A) P-5, Q-2, R-1, S-4 (B) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (D) P-2,
Q-4, R-1, S-3
Answer: (B) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2
Freio Otto was the Pritzker Prize winner for the year 2015. Olympic stadium
was designed by him in 1972.
2016 Olympics in Rio de Janeiro- sports complex designed by BCMF
Architects (Brazil).
Q.33 Match the terms in Group-I with the related terms in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P Acquisition 1 Ownership
Q Planning permission 2 Construction
R Building plan sanction 3 Land cover
S Mutation 4 Land use
5 Land
(A) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (B) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-1 (D) P-5,
Q-3, R-2, S-4
Answer: (A) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1
Two important
(iconic) buildings that uses diagrid system is :
Hearst Tower in New York City, designed by Sir Norman Foster
Gherkin in London by Sir Norman Foster.
Outrigger truss: The outrigger and belt truss system is one of the lateral load resisting
system in which the external columns are tied to the central core wall with very stiff
outriggers and belt truss at one or more levels (refer adjacent Figure ).
When the lateral load acts on the building, the bending of the core rotates the stiff
outrigger arms, which is connected to the core and induces tension and compression in the
columns
Suspended floor:
HSBC, Hongkong (designed by Sir Norman Foster) The building is more akin to the
structure of a bridge, with floors suspended from the distinctive chevron-shaped
trusses supported by eight sets of masts that run the height of the building. The
structure is not hidden and is a feature of the façade. Services are accommodated on
the periphery, allowing clear floor spans. Its variation is introduced with double-height
spaces on the floors that meet the bottom of each truss. Express lifts serve only
certain floors; further access to individual levels is via escalators.
Cable stayed : The dome is one of the largest of its type in the world. Externally, it
appears as a large white marquee with twelve 100 m-high yellow support towers, one
for each month of the year, or each hour of the clock face, representing the role
played by Greenwich Mean Time. In plan view it is circular, 365 m (one metre for each
day in a standard year) in diameter.
Q.38 Associate the green rating system in Group-I with the respective country in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P CASBEE 1 UAE
Q Green Mark 2 China
R GRIHA 3 Japan
S Estidama 4 Singapore
5 India
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-5, S-1 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (C) P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-2 (D) P-3,
Q-4, R-5, S-1
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-1
Green Rating for various countries. In India LEEDS, GRIHA, IGBC, BEE and EDGE is
used.
S. Country Rating
No. System
1 USA LEED
2 UK BREEAM
3 Canada LEED Canada
4 India GRIHA
5 Japan CASBEE
6 China Label-3
7 Singapore Green Mark
8 UAE Estidma
9 Australia Green Star
Q.39 Match the instruments in Group-I with the corresponding usage in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P Pyranometer 1 Shadow analysis
Q Heliodon 2 Seismic intensity
R Total Station 3 Wind velocity
S Anemometer 4 Solar radiation
5 Land survey
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-3 (B) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (C) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-3 (D) P-1, Q-4,
R-2, S-3
Answer: (C) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-3
No Functions Instruments
1. Ambient Thermometer
Temperature
2. Low air speed Kata Thermometer
3. Humidity Dry-Wet Bulb thermometer
(Hygrometer)
4. Wind Velocity Anemometer
5. Solar radiation Solarimeter, actinometer,
pyranometer
6. Sun Path Heliodome
7. Lat/Long, Time GPS
8. Sound Intensity Decibel meter
9. Illumination Lux meter
10. Precipitation Disdrometer
11 Rainfall Raingauge, udometer,
pluviometer
12. Altitude Altimeter
13 Air Purity Eudiometer
14. Intensity of Sunlight Heliograph
15. Dust in air Konimeter
16. Vapour Pressure Manometer
17. Area of plane figure Planimeter
18. Transpiration Potometer
19. Distance measuring Distomat
20 Shadow analysis Heliodon
21 Height of cloud base Celiometer
22 Soil moisture Potentio meter
23 Length of river Opisometer, meilograph,
measured on map map measure
.40 As per URDPFI guidelines, the number of Equivalent S. Vehicle ECS PCU
Car No
Space (ECS) required to accommodate ten cars, 1 Car 1 1
sixteen scooters and forty bicycles will 2 Auto 0.5 0.8
be______________ Rickshaw
Answer: 18
3 Two 0.25 0.5
Total ECS= (10×1) + (16×0.25) + (40×0.1) = 18
Wheeler
Equivalent Car Space (ECS)
URDPFI: Urban and Regional Development Plans 4 Bicycle 0.1 0.2
Formulation & Implementation (URDPFI) 5 Emergency 2.5
Guidelines. Vehicle
(Note: ECS is different from PCU) 6 Rickshaw 0.8 1.5
7 Truck/bus 2.5 3.0
.41 A steel I-beam section is subjected to a bending moment of 96 kN-m. The moment of
inertia of the beam section is 24,000 cm4. The bending stress at 100 mm above the
neutral axis of the beam in MPa will be ____________
Answer: 40 MPa
= = 40 × 106 N/mm2
= 40 MPa
` 40 × 106 N/mm2 = 40 MPa
.42 A room is mechanically ventilated through four air-conditioning ducts. The opening area
of each duct is 0.35 sqm. The air velocity in the duct is 0.5 m/s. The temperature
difference between the ambient air and supply air is 10 °C. Volumetric specific heat of
air is 1250 J/m3 °C. Assuming one Ton of refrigeration (TR) equals 3.5 kW, the cooling
load of the room in TR will be _____________
Answer: 2.33
Total volume of air sent to room per sec= 4× 0.35 × 0.5 = 0.7 m3 /s
Total heat exchange per second Qv= 1250 J/m3 °C × rate of ventilation×
= 1250 × 0.7 × 10 = 8750 J/s
.43 A CPM network of a construction project is given in the figure below. The activity
durations are mentioned in weeks. The project completion time in weeks will be
_____________
Answer: 18 weeks
.44 For a room with dimensions 4m × 3m × 3m (L×B×H), the details of indoor acoustical
treatment are as follows.
The reverberation time in seconds at 1000 Hz is _______
Answer: 0.45 sec
T60 = where A=
Here A=summation of (area × absorption coefficients )
Dimension of room 4m x 3mx 3m (LxBxH)
Total area of wall = 42 sqm (30 % with coefficient 0.4 and 70 % with coefficient 0.1)
Total area of ceiling= 12 sqm (40 % with coefficient 0.6 and 60 % with coefficient 0.1)
Total area of floor= 12 sqm (100% with coefficient 0.1)
Awall =( × 42 +( × 42 5.04+2.94
= 7.98
Suggested Reading
Reverberation time is the time required for a steady-state sound to reach one
millionth or -60dB of its original intensity.
There are several models used in calculating the reverberation time but the first and
most commonly used is that of Wallace Sabine (1868-1919). The Sabine equation
states that the reverberation time (Tr, in seconds) is directly proportional to the
volume of the room (V, [m3]) and inversely proportional to the room's effective surface
area (A, [m2]). The effective surface area is the sum of the product of an area covered
by a particular material and the material's absorption coefficient.
The units of ‘A’ are sabins. For a surface of area ‘A’ and with absorption
coefficient ‘a’, ‘aA’ can be thought of as the equivalent area of a perfect absorber
(open window). The absorption coefficient varies with frequency and so the
reverberation time is a function of frequency.
.45 In 2001, the population and work force participation rate of a town were 30,000 and 30
percent respectively. The work force participation rate in the year 2011 increased to 34
percent. If the decadal population growth rate was 6 percent, the increase in the
number of working people in the town in 2011 was __________
Answer: 1812
.46 In a 20 storey building with 3m floor to floor height, a passenger lift is hoisted by a steel
rope.Weight of the lift car is 750 kg and ultimate load the steel rope can carry is 39,000
kg. Assuming a factor of safety of 20 for the steel rope and an average passenger
weight of 75 kg, the passenger capacity of the lift is ____________
Answer: 16
After deduction of factor of safety load carriage capacity (including wt of lift car) =
= 1950 kg
Deduction of lift car = 1950- 750= 1200
No of passenger= = 16
.47 One litre of acrylic paint can cover 16 sqm of wall area for the first coat and 24 sqm for
the second coat. The walls of a lecture hall measuring 12m × 8m × 4m (L × B × H)
need to be painted with two coats of this paint. The hall has total glazed fenestration
area of 12 sqm. The number of 4 litre paint containers required will be __________
Answer: 4
(Note: Dimension of hall is given. Total wall area has to be calculated.)
Total vertical area of the hall (including wall + opening) = (12 +8) x 2 x 4 =160 sqm
Area that has to be painted = 160-12= 148 sqm.
.48 A 250 mm × 250 mm RCC column is reinforced with one percent steel. The permissible
compressive stress of concrete and steel are 8 N/mm2 and 150 N/mm2 respectively.
The axial load carrying capacity of the column in kN is _____________
Answer: 588.75 kN
Area of concrete column = 250 × 250 = 62500 mm2
.49 A solar photo-voltaic system is proposed to be installed at the roof top of a hostel. The
cost of installation and the annual maintenance are INR 2,40,000 and INR 6000
respectively. It is expected to generate 600 kWh of electricity per month. Assume unit
price of electricity as INR 5. Ignoring the discount rate, the payback period of the
investment in years is____________
Answer: 8
600kWh is 600 units of power; so total money saved per month = 600 ×5= 3000
Rs/month
yearly saving = 3000× 12= 36,000 Rs
Let the pay back period be ‘p’ years.
Then framing equation we get 2,40,000 + 6000p = 36,000p
Solving for ‘p’ 30,000p= 2,40,000
p= 8 years
.50 A pump is installed in an apartment building to lift water from ground level to the roof top
water tank with the capacity of 10,000 litres. Total head of lift is 18 m and pumping time
is 30 minutes to fill the tank completely. Assuming acceleration due to gravity (g) as 10
m/sec2 and efficiency of the pump as 80 percent, the power requirement of the pump in
kW will be __________
Answer: 1.25 kW
Total work done in lifting water = mgh (Mass ×gravity ×height)
= 10,000 × 10 × 18
= 18,00,000 joules= 1800 kJ
Time taken is 30 min = 30 ×60 =1800 sec
1 unit-----------
.52 The estimated number of bricks (unit size: 250 mm × 125 mm × 75 mm) for laying one
course of a 250 mm thick brick wall using rat-trap bond for a running length of 3.9
meter will be ___________
Answer: 36 bricks
In rat trap bond bricks are laid on edges.
A module has three bricks (two bricks horizontal to wall and one perpendicular to wall,
all laid on edges.
Length of one module = 250 mm +75 mm = 325 mm i.e. (for a running length of 325
mm we need three bricks)
Answer: 400 mm
=
Solving for x
we get x= 0.4m
0.4 m = 400 mm
Q.54 A four-storey building with equal areas in each floor is required to be designed
on a plot with FAR of 2.0. If the FAR is increased to 2.2, the
percentage increase in ground coverage utilizing full FAR in both cases
will be ___________
Answer: 10 %
Let the plot area be ‘A’
Total built up area of all floors= 2A
Ground coverage =
Increase in ground coverage = - = = 0.05 A
.55 A lamp source of 3200 candela is mounted on a wall at a height of 2 meter from the
work-plane. It subtends an angle of incidence of 60º with the center of the work plane.
The illumination at the centre of the work plane in Lux is __________
Answer: 100 Lux
Illumination = ×
Q.2 As per CPWD Handbook on Barrier Free and Accessibility, 2014 Government of India,
the minimum length of a straight ramp in meter to raise a wheelchair to the plinth level of
600 mm is _________
Answer: 7.2 m
Slope of Ramp: Not more than 1:12 (1:6 slope for ramp for car parking)
Width of Ramp – A ramp shall not be less than 1800 mm in width.
Q.4 A pointed arch having two centres and radii greater than the span is known as
(A) Lancet arch (B) Gothic arch (C) Roman arch (D) Drop arch
Q.6 In one litre of paint, volume of solid pigment and volume of non-volatile binder are 400 cc
and 600 cc respectively. The Pigment Volume Concentration number of the paint is
___________
Answer: 40
PVC= × 100
= 40
Pigment Volume Concentration (PVC), Volume Solid (VS) and Hiding power are the
properties of paint.
Pigment Volume Concentration or PVC gives an idea of how much pigment
there is in the paint compared to the amount of binder. (in percentage). Volatile
thinner is not taken in account.
PVC= × 100
Volume Solid (VS) is (in percentage)
VS= × 100
Types of load
If the load on a column is applied through the center of gravity (centroid) of its cross section, it is called
an axial load.
A load at any other point in the cross section is known as an eccentric load.
A load from sidewards is called lateral load
A short column under the action of an axial load will fail by direct compression before it buckles, but a long column
loaded in the same manner will fail by springing suddenly outward laterally (buckling) in a bending mode.
[Ref: Q-69 (2007), Q-42(2003), Q18 (1994)]
Q.9 Liquidated damage refers to the
(A) cost borne by the contractor to rectify defects within defect- liability period
(B) compensation paid on breach of contract to the affected party by the other party
(C) money paid by the insurance company to the owner of insured property if it is
damaged
(D) money earned by the owner from selling damaged property through auction
Answer: (B) compensation paid on breach of contract to the affected party by the
other party
Unliquidated damage- When the contractor or owner break the contract, the
amount is received by the party who suffer this.
Q.10 Which of the following process is NOT used for corrosion resistance of cast iron?
(A) Painting (B) Epoxy coating (C) Quenching (D) Galvanizing
Answer: (C) Quenching
Epoxy coating- The raw materials for epoxy resin production are today largely
petroleum derived which are used in coating various metals for corrosion
protection.
Quenching- Quenching is the rapid cooling of a metal to obtain certain material
properties.
Galvanizing- putting iron in molten zinc.
Annealing and Tempering- sudden heating and cooling at room temperature or
gradual cooling.
Pasteurization (milk) – process of heating milk at 72° C for 15 seconds and
then quickly cooling down and storing at 4° C.
Q.11 Data on ‘households with one or more married couples sharing room with a person aged
12 years or more’, is used for computing
(A) house density (B) housing shortage (C) housing price (D) housing
affordability
Answer: (B) housing shortage
Components of Housing Shortage
Obsolescence Factor
Non Serviceable Katcha (temporary) Houses
All bad houses excluding those less than 40 years old
80 years old houses(Old structurally weak)
Congestion Factor (Unacceptable as per social norms)
Households with one or more married couples sharing room with a person
aged 12 years or more
Houselessness
Households living without any house(open, pavements)
Q.12 Excellence in Design for Greater Efficiency (EDGE) programme DOES NOT focus on
(A) lower carbon emission(B) greater resource efficiency (C) cost
effectiveness (D) labour safety
Answer: (D) labour safety
EDGE-Excellence in Design for Greater Efficiencies
An online platform that allows design teams to estimate the efficiency of a building by
using practical solutions and alternative materials.
EDGE defines a green building as one that is projected to reduce the consumption of
energy and water by at least 20 percent, as well as the energy used to make the
construction materials. It is controlled by IFC a member of WBG.
The World Bank Group headquarters in Washington, DC. IFC, (International
Financial Corporation) is a member of the World Bank Group, is the largest global
development institution focused exclusively on the private sector in developing
countries.
.13 Select the right option representing strategic components arranged in ascending order
of specified minimum area under Smart City Mission of Government of India.
(A) Greenfield development- Redevelopment – Retrofitting
(B) Redevelopment – Greenfield development – Retrofitting
(C) Retrofitting – Redevelopment – Greenfield development
(D) Redevelopment – Retrofitting- Greenfield development
Answer: (B) Redevelopment – Greenfield development – Retrofitting
Specified Minimum area for Smart City Mission.
Redevelopment- more than 50 acre
Green Field Development- more than 250 acre
Retrofitting- more than 500 acre.
Pan city development.
.16 Which of the following processes is NOT adopted in solid waste management?
(A) Incineration (B) Pyrolysis (C) Flocculation (D) Sanitary landfill
Answer: (C) Flocculation
Incineration is burning of organic waste.
Pyrolysis is the heating of an organic material, such as biomass, in the
absence of oxygen.
Flocculation, in the field of chemistry, is a process wherein colloids come out of
suspension in the form of floc or flake; either spontaneously or due to the
addition of a clarifying agent.
Sanitary landfills are sites where waste is isolated from the environment until it
is safe. It is considered when it has completely degraded biologically,
chemically and physically.
Q.17 The principle of Eminent Domain is the power to
(A) restrict exercise of rights in land through zoning and environmental laws
(B) control land use No Country Terminology
(C) retain land use 1 USA, Phillipines Eminent
(D) acquire and take possession of property Domain
in order to promote public interest. 2 UK, Ireland, New Compulsory
Zealand purchase
Answer: (D) acquire and take possession
3 HongKong Resumption
of property in order to promote public
interest. 4 France, Italy Expropriation
laissez-faire- abstention by Mexico
governments from interfering in the 5 India Land
workings of the free market. Acquisition
police power – the capacity of the states to regulate behavior and enforce
order within their territory for the betterment of the health, safety, morals, and
general welfare of their inhabitants.
.18 In which of the following models does the private partner own the revenue as well as the
risk associated with the project for a limited period of time ?
(A) Build, Own, Operate (BOO) (B) Build, Own, Operate, Transfer (BOOT)
(C) Design, Build, Finance, Operate (DBFO) (D) Design, BID, Build (DBB)
Answer: (B) Build, Own, Operate, Transfer (BOOT)
Types of PPP:
Service Contract: Under a service contract, the Government (public authority) hires
a private company to carry out one or more specified tasks or services for a
period, typically 1–3 years. The public authority remains the primary provider of the
infrastructure service and contracts out only portions of its operation to the private
partner. The private partner must perform the service at the agreed cost and must
typically meet performance standards set by the public sector. The Government pays
the private partner a predetermined fee for the service, which may be a one time fee,
based on unit cost, or some other basis.
Management Contract : A management contract expands the services to be
contracted out to include some or all of the management and operation of the public
service (i.e., utility, hospital, port authority, etc.). Although ultimate obligation for
service provision remains in the public sector, daily management control and authority
is assigned to the private partner or contractor. In most cases, the private partner
provides working capital but no financing for investment. The private contractor is
paid a predetermined rate for labour and other anticipated operating costs.
Management contract variants include supply and service contract, maintenance
management and operational management.
Lease contract : Under a lease contract, the private partner is responsible for the
service in its entirety and undertakes obligations relating to quality and service
standards. Except for new and replacement investments, which remain the
responsibility of the public authority, the operator provides the service at his expense
and risk. The duration of the leasing contract is typically for 10 years and may be
renewed for up to 20 years. Responsibility for service provision is transferred from the
public sector to the private sector and the financial risk for operation and maintenance
is borne entirely by the private sector operator. In particular, the operator is
responsible for losses and for unpaid consumers’ debts. Leases do not involve any
sale of assets to the private sector.
Concessions : A concession makes the private sector operator (concessionaire)
responsible for the full delivery of services in a specified area, including operation,
maintenance, collection, management, and construction and rehabilitation of the
system.
Build Operate Transfer (BOT) :
BOT and similar arrangements are a kind of specialized concession in which a private
firm or consortium finances and develops a new infrastructure project or a major
component according to performance standards set by the government.
Under BOTs, the private partner provides the capital required to Build the new facility,
Operate & Maintain (O&M) for the contract period and then return the facility to
Government as per agreed terms.
Importantly, the private operator now owns the assets for a period set by contract—
sufficient to allow the developer time to recover investment costs through user
charges.
BOTs generally require complicated financing packages to achieve the large financing
amounts and long repayment periods required. At the end of the contract, the public
sector assumes ownership but can opt to assume operating responsibility, contract
the operation responsibility to the developer, or award a new contract to a new
partner.
Example: Yamuna Expressway (Greater Noida to Agra)
Name of the consortium- JP Infrastructure
Cost of project: 13,000 crore
Period of contract- 36 years
Concessionaire has rights for collecting tolls during concession period of 36 years.
Land development rights of 25 million square meters approximately alongside the Express Way.
Land including 100 meters for the Expressway at five or more locations of which one shall be Greater
Noida/Noida with an area of 5 million sq. meters alongside the Express way for commercial, amusement,
industrial, institutional and residential development would be offered on acquisition cost on lease for the
period of 90 years.
Land for development as well as Expressway transferred to Concessionaire on acquisition cost plus lease
rent of Rs 100/- per hectare per year.
Design Build (DB): The traditional approach for construction projects consists of the
appointment of a designer on one side, and the appointment of a contractor on the
other side. In DB Private sector designs and constructs at a fixed price and transfers
the facility.
Build Transfer Operate (BTO) : Where Private sector designs and builds the facility.
The transfer to the public owner takes place at the conclusion of construction.
Concessionaire is given the right to operate and get the return on investment.
Build-Own-Operate (BOO) : A contractual arrangement whereby a Developer is
authorized to finance, construct, own, operate and maintain an Infrastructure or
Development facility from which the Developer is allowed to recover his total
investment by collecting user levies from facility users. Under this Project, the
Developer owns the assets of the facility and may choose to assign its operation and
maintenance to a facility operator. The Transfer of the facility to the Government,
Government Agency or the Local Authority is not envisaged in this structure;
however, the Government, may terminate its obligations after specified time period.
Design-Build Operate (DBO) : Where the ownership is involved in private hands and
a single contract is let out for design construction and operation of the infrastructure
project.
Design Build Finance Operate (DBFO) : With the design–build–finance–operate
(DBFO) approach, the responsibilities for designing, building, financing, and operating
& maintaining, are bundled together and transferred to private sector partners. DBFO
arrangements vary greatly in terms of the degree of financial responsibility that is
transferred to the private partner.
Build- Operate- Transfer (BOT) : Annuity/Shadow User Charge : In this BOT
Arrangement, private partner does not collect any charges from the users. His return
on total investment is paid to him by public authority through annual payments
(annuity) for which he bids. Other option is that the private developer gets paid based
on the usage of the created facility.
Joint Venture: Joint ventures are alternatives to full privatization in which the
infrastructure is co-owned and operated by the public sector and private operators.
Under a joint venture, the public and private sector partners can either form a new
company (SPV) or assume joint ownership of an existing company through a sale of
shares to one or several private investors. A key requirement of this structure is good
corporate governance, in particular the ability of the company to maintain
independence from the government, because the government is both part owner and
regulator.
.23 ArchiCAD, Auto Desk Revit, Digital Project Designer (CATIA) and Vector Works
Architect are examples of
(A) Stastical Analysis software (B) GIS software
(C) BIM software (D) Image processing software
Answer: (C) BIM software
Q.27 Associate the historic buildings in Group- I with their predominant materials in Group-
II
Group –I Group- II
(P) Lingaraj Temple, Bhubaneshwar, India 1. Red sandstone
(Q) Victoria Memorial, Kolkata, India 2. Timber
(R) Padmanabhapuram Palace, Thuckalay, India 3. Terracotta tiles
(S) Humayun’s Tomb, Delhi, India 4. Sandstone and laterite
5. Marble
(A) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-5 (B) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-5
(C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (D) P-4, Q-5, R-2, S-1
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3
(C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (D) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-1
Q.29 A proposed housing will have HIG, MIG and LIG units on a site measuring 60,750 sq.m.
The buildable area of each category of units with respect to total buildable area will be
30%, 50% and 20% respectively. The maximum allowed FAR is 2.5, ground coverage
45% and height 15m. The maximum available buildable area in sq.m of HIG units,
considering a floor height of 3m for all categories will be______________.
Answer: 41006 sq.m.
Plot Area= 60,750 sq. m
FAR= 2.5
Total Buildable Area = Plot Area × FAR
= 60,750 × 2.5= 1,51,875 sq.m
Ground Coverage = 45 %
Q.30 In 2011, the population of a town was 5,00,000 and the number of housing units were
1,00,000. Calculate the additional number of dwelling units (DU) required by 2031 so
that there is no housing shortage. The assumptions are
i. 5% decadal increase in population
ii New DU to be completed by 2021 is 10,000
iii Number of DU which will become non habitable by 2031 is 5,000
iv Average household size is 4.5
Answer:17,500
Q.32 Match the distinguished housing projects in Group- I with their architects in Group- II
Group –I Group- II
(P) Nagakin Capsule Tower, Tokyo, Japan 1. Walter Gropius
(Q) Tara Apartments, New Delhi, India 2. Moshe Safdie
(R) Habitat 67, Montreal, Canada 3. Ralph Erskine
(S) Byker Wall, New Castle, England 4. Charles Correa
5. Kisho Kurokawa
(A) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-3 (B) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-5
(C) P-5, Q-2, R-1, S-4 (D) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1
Q.33 Match the development schemes by Government of India in Group- I with their
objectives in Group- II
Group –I Group- II
(P) PMAY 1. Housing for All
(Q) AMRUT 2. Rural cluster development
(R) NruM 3. Heritage city development
(S) HRIDAY 4. Urban mobility improvement
5. Urban rejuvenation
(A) P-1, Q-5, R-4, S-3 (B) P-1, Q-5, R-2, S-3
(C) P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-2 (D) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-5
Q.34 Match the international events in Group- I with their directives in Group- II
Group –I Group- II
(P) Earth Summit, Rio de Janerio, 1992 1. Kyoto Protocol
(Q) UN Framework Convention on Climate Change, New York, 1992 2. Agenda 21
(R) UN Sustainable Development Summit, New York, 2015 3. Heritage
Conservation
(S) Habitat II, Instanbul, 1996 4. Agenda 2030
5. Housing for All
(A) P-1, Q-5, R-4, S-3 (B) P-1, Q-5, R-2, S-3
(C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (D) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-4
Q.35 Match the planning techniques in Group- I with their salient features in Group- II
Group –I Group- II
(P) Land Pooling 1. Assigning specific task on a short time horizon
(Q) Action Plan 2. Assembling privately owned land parcels for development
(R) Land sharing 3. Agreement for reallocation of land between occupiers and owners
(S) Transfer of Development Rights4. Assigning specific task on a long term horizon
5. Incentive based voluntary shifting of FAR of a plot to another plot
(A) P-1, Q-5, R-4, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-5 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (D) P-4, Q-2, R-1,
S-5
Answer: (B) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-5
.36 For a symmetrical two dimensional truss as shown in the figure, vertical force in kN
acting on the member PQ is ____________
Answer: 0
Q.37 Value of bending moment in kN-m at point C for a beam as shown in the figure is
__________
Answer: 28
.39 A site has a unidirectional slope of 30° with horizontal along its longer side. The
projected dimensions of the site on the horizontal plane measures 30 m × 40 m. Using
cut and fill method the site has to be levelled parallel to the horizontal plane. The
minimum amount of earth to be excavated in cubic metre is ___________.
Answer: 3464
.40 The optimistic, most likely and pessimistic time for developing a new product are 12
months, 15 months and 17 months respectively. Calculate the expected time in
months.
Answer: 15 months
Expected time =
.42 Calculate the volume of cement in cubic metre required for making 10 cubic metre of
M20 grade Plain Cement Concrete work, assuming the ratio of dry concrete mix to wet
concrete mix as 1.52.
Answer: 2.76 S No Mix Ratio
In this designation M20 the letter ‘M’ refers to the Cement: sand: chips
mix and 1 M10 1:3:6
the number to the specified 28 day cube strength 2 M15 1:2:4
of mix
3 M20 1:1.5:3
in N/mm2.
4 M25 1:1:2
= 1.52
.43 One acre of agricultural land has been given on a lease till perpetuity at an annual rent
of Rs 10,000 to be paid at the end of each year. Net Present Value of the land parcel in
Rupees assuming a discount rate of 5% per annum is _____________________
Answer: Rs 2,00,000
= 10,000 × = 2,00,000 Rs
.44 In year 2001, a district with 4,000 manufacturing jobs had a 10% share of total
manufacturing jobs within the state. In year 2011, the state recorded 15 % drop in
manufacturing jobs whereas, the share of the district in total manufacturing jobs within
the state increased to 15%. Additional manufacturing jobs created in the district
between year 2001 and 2011 is ___________
Answer: 1100
Total manufacturing job in district in 2001= 4000 (10 % of state share)
Total Manufacturing job of state in 2001= 40,000
In 2011 there is drop of 15% in state job= × 40,000= 6000 job declined
In 2011 total manufacturing job in state = 40,000- 6000 = 34,000
Total Manufacturing job in district in 2011= × 34,000= 5100 (in 2011 district
contribution was 15 %)
Additional manufacturing jobs created in the district between year 2001 and 2011= 5100-
4000= 1100
Q.45 Match the parameters in Group- I with their units in Group- II
Group –I Group- II
(P) Traffic flow 1. Metre
(Q) Traffic Density 2. Cycle/second
(R) Right of Way 3. Seconds
(S) Traffic Signal cycle length 4. Vehicle/km
5. PCU/hr
(A) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-3
(C) P-5, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (D) P-4, Q-5, R-1, S-3
Q.46 Match the planning tasks in Group- I with their tools of analysis in Group- II
Group –I Group- II
(P) Population Projection 1. Input- Output Analysis
(Q) Regional resource allocation 2. Hardy Cross Method
(R) Trip distribution 3. Cohort Analysis
(S) Design of water distribution network 4. Gravity Model
5. Moving Observer method
(A) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1 (C) P-5, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (D) P-1, Q-3, R-
5, S-2
Answer: (A) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
Q.47 Match the land use classes in Group- I with their use zones in Group- II
Group –I Group- II
(P) Transportation 1. Sports complex
(Q) Commercial 2. Heritage and Conservation areas
(R) Public and Semi –Public 3. Burial ground
(S) Recreational 4. BRT Corridor
5. Service sector
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-5 (B) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (C) P-4, Q-5, R-1, S-2 (D) P-4, Q-5, R-3,
S-1
Answer: (D) P-4, Q-5, R-3, S-1
Q.48 Match the structural systems in Group- I with the buildings in Group- II
Group –I Group- II
(P) Folded plates 1. Kurilpa Bridge, Brisbane
(Q) Shell 2. Eden Project, Cornwall
(R) Tensegrity 3. Riverside Museum, Glasgow
(S) Pneumatic 4. MIT Auditorium, Boston
5. 30, St. Mary Axe, London
(A) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-3, S-1 (C) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-5 (D) P-1, Q-3,
R-4, S-2
Answer: (A) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Kurilpa Bridge, Brisbane Riverside Museum, Glasgow
.49 As per National Building Code of India, 2005, the maximum number of occupants per
unit exit width of a doorway is 60, where unit width is 500 mm. The maximum
permissible occupants in a theatre having four number of 2.2 m wide doors will be
______________
Answer:960
2.2 m width will be considered as 4 unit only, so there will be 4 × 4= 16 unit only.
Therefore total occupant = 16 × 60= 960
Q.50 Match the instruments in Group- I with the corresponding tests in Group- II
Group –I Group- II
(P) Pycnometer 1. Initial and final setting time
(Q) Brinell’s Apparatus 2. Abrasion test
(R) Los Angeles Apparatus 3. Surface hardness test
(S) Vicat’s Apparatus 4. Slump test
5. Apparent Specific gravity
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-2, S-1 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (C) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-5 (D) P-2, Q-
3, R-4, S-1
Answer: (A) P-5, Q-3, R-2, S-1
.51 Water flows through a constricted pipe whose diameter at the constricted end is half of
the non-constricted end. Velocity of water at the non-constricted end is 2 m/s. Velocity
of water in m/s at the constricted end using the principle of continuity of flow is
_______________
Answer: 8 m/s
V1A1= V2A2
Applying formula 2 × π( = V2 π(
2 π ) = V2 π )
V2= 8 m/s
. 52 A drainage basin of 180 hectares comprise 40 % wooded area, 45 % grassed area and
15 % paved area. Run off coefficients for wooded, grassland and paved areas are
0.01, 0.2 and 0.95 respectively. The composite runoff coefficient for the drainage basin
is_______________
Answer: 0.2365
Let us assume that there is 100 litre of rainfall uniformly distributed
40 litre will fall in wooded area, 45 litre in grassed land and 15 litre in paved area.
Now calculating runoff
Wooded area = 40 × 0.01= 0.4 Litre
Grass land= 45 × 0.2= 9.0 litre
Paved area= 15 × 0.95= 14.25 litre
Total= 0.4 + 9.0+ 14.25 = 23.65 (this is the total runoff for 100 litre of rainfall)
.53 A fluorescent light source consumes 40 W electric power and has a luminous efficacy of
40 lm/W. Illumination in lux at a distance of 3 m from this light source is ____________
Answer:14.147 Lux
Total lumens= 40 ×40 = 1600 lumens
Lux= = = 14.147 Lux (since the light is distributed in all the directions)
(the answer provided by GATE is 175-180 Lux, which is wrong.)
GENERAL APTITUDE
Q.56 He was one of my best __________ and I felt his loss ________________
(A) friend, keenly (B) friends, keen (C) friend, keener (D) friends, keenly
Answer: (D) friends, keenly
Q.57 As the two speakers became increasingly agitated, the debate became
________________
(A) lukewarm (B) poetic (C) forgiving (D) heated
Answer: (D) heated
Q.58 A right angled cone (with base radius 5 cm and height 12 cm) as shown in the figure
below, is rolled on the ground keeping the point P fixed until the point Q (at the base of
the cone, as shown) touches the ground again
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Answer: (D)
While rotating Q the whole cone wil also rotate in a circle of radius which will be equal
to its and slant height
So rotating Q it will cover 2 distance in horizontal circle
So angle made will be
.59 In a company with 100 employees, 45 earn Rs 20,000 per month, 25 earn Rs 30,000,
20 earn Rs 40000, 8 earn Rs 60,000 and 2 earn Rs 1,50,000. The median of the
salaries is
(A) Rs 20,000 (B) Rs 30,000 (C) Rs 32,300 I Rs 40,000
Answer: (B) Rs 30,000
Medium is the middle term of the data arranged in increasing under if no of terms are
odd, if is even then median will be the average of two middle terms.
So for above question, arranged data
60 P, Q and R talk about S’s car collection. . P states thst S has at least 3 cars. Q believes
that S has less than 3 cars. R indicates that to his knowledge, S has at least one car.
Only one of P, Q and R is right. The number of cars owned by S is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) Cannot be determined
Answer: (A) 0
.61. “Here throughout the early 1820s, Stuart continued to fight his losing battle to allow his
sepoys to wear their caste- marks and their own choice of facial hair on parade, being
again reprimanded by the commander –in – chief. His retort that ‘ A stronger instance
than this of European prejudice with relation to this country has never come under my
observations’ had no effect on his superiors.”
Q.62 What is the sum of the missing digits in the substration problem below ?
.63 Let S1 be the plane figure consisting of the points (x,y) given by the inequalities ǀx-1ǀ ≤ 2
and ǀy+2ǀ ≤ 3. Let S2 be the plane figure given by inequalities x-y ≥ -2, y ≥ 1 and x ≤ 3.
Let S be the union of S1 and S2. He area of S is
(A) 26 (B) 28 (C) 32 (D) 34
Answer: (C) 32
.64 Two very famous sportsmen Mark and Steve happened to be brothers, and played for
country K. Mark teased James, an opponebt from country E, “here is no way you are
good enough to play for our country. “James replied, “ Maybe not, but at least I am the
best player in my own family.”
Which one of the following can be inferred from this conversation ?
(A) Mark was known to pla beter than James
(B) Steve was known to play better than Mark
(C) James and Steve were good friends
(D) James played better than Steve
Q.1 “When she fell down the _______ she received many _______ but little help.”
The words that best fill the blank in the above sentence are
(A) stairs, stares (B) stairs, stairs (C) stares, stairs (D) stares, stares
Ans: (A) stairs, stares
Q.2 “In spite of being warned repeatedly he failed to correct his _________ behaviour.”
The word that best fills the blank in the above sentence is
(A) rational (B) reasonable (C) errant (D) good
Ans: (C) errant
Q.3 For 0 ≤ ?? ≤ 2 ?? , sin ?? and cos ?? are both decreasing functions in the interval
________.
(A) (0, ?? 2 ) (B) ( ?? 2 , ?? ) (C) ( ?? , 3 ?? 2 ) (D) ( 3 ?? 2 , 2 ?? )
Ans: (B) ( ?? 2 , ?? )
Q.4 The area of an equilateral triangle is √3. What is the perimeter of the triangle?
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8
Ans: (C) 6
Q.5 Arrange the following three-dimensional objects in the descending order of their volumes:
(i) A cuboid with dimensions 10 cm, 8 cm and 6 cm
(ii) A cube of side 8 cm
(iii) A cylinder with base radius 7 cm and height 7 cm
(iv) A sphere of radius 7 cm
(A) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) (B) (ii), (i), (iv), (iii) (C) (iii), (ii), (i), (iv) (D) (iv), (iii), (ii), (i)
Ans: (D) (iv), (iii), (ii), (i)
Q.6 An automobile travels from city A to city B and returns to city A by the same route. The
speed of the vehicle during the onward and return journeys were constant at 60
km/h and 90 km/h, respectively. What is the average speed in km/h for the
entire journey?
(A) 72 (B) 73 (C) 74 (D) 75
Ans: (A) 72
Q.7 A set of 4 parallel lines intersect with another set of 5 parallel lines. How many
parallelograms are formed?
(A) 20 (B) 48 (C) 60 (D) 72
Ans: (C) 60
Q.8 To pass a test, a candidate needs to answer at least 2 out of 3 questions correctly. A total
of 6,30,000 candidates appeared for the test. Question A was correctly
answered by 3,30,000 candidates. Question B was answered correctly by 2,50,000
candidates. Question C was answered correctly by 2,60,000 candidates. Both questions
A and B were answered correctly by 1,00,000 candidates. Both questions B
and C were answered correctly by 90,000 candidates. Both questions A and C were
answered correctly by 80,000 candidates. If the number of students
answering all questions correctly is the same as the number answering none,
how many candidates failed to clear the test?
(A) 30,000 (B) 2,70,000 (C) 3,90,000 (D) 4,20,000
Ans: (D) 4,20,000
Q.10 In a detailed study of annual crow births in India, it was found that there was relatively no
growth during the period 2002 to 2004 and a sudden spike from 2004 to 2005.
In another unrelated study, it was found that the revenue from cracker sales in India
which remained fairly flat from 2002 to 2004, saw a sudden spike in 2005 before
declining again in 2006. The solid line in the graph below refers to annual sale
of crackers and the dashed line refers to the annual crow births in India. Choose the
most appropriate inference from the above data.
(A) There is a strong correlation between crow birth and cracker sales.
(B) Cracker usage increases crow birth rate.
(C) If cracker sale declines, crow birth will decline.
(D) Increased birth rate of crows will cause an increase in the sale of crackers.
Ans: (A) There is a strong correlation between crow birth and cracker sales.
Q.2 In a bird’s eye perspective view of a cuboid, the maximum number of vanishing points
is
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 6
Ans: (C) 3
= (Converting to )
= 6 N/
S. Item Min
No Compressive
Strength
(N/mm²)
1 Mortar for brick 1 N/mm²
Masonry
2 Clay Brick 3.5 N/mm²
3 Plain Cement 15 N/mm²
Concrete (PCC)
4 RCC 20 N/mm²
5 Post Tensioned 30 N/mm²
Concrete
6 Pre Tensioned 40 N/mm²
Concrete
Q.4 In Critical Path Method (CPM) for time scheduling, ‘forward pass calculation’ is carried
out for determining
(A) Late start and early finish time (B) Early start and early finish time
(C) Late start and late finish time (D) Early start and late finish time
Ans: (B) Early start and early finish time
Forward Pass and BackwardPass: These terms are related to ways of determining the
early or late start [forward pass] or early or late finish [backward pass] for an
activity. Forward pass is a technique to move forward through a diagram to
calculate activity duration. Backward pass is its opposite
Q.5 Collapse of the World Trade Center (WTC), New York, in 2001, was due to
(A) Wind load failure
(B) Foundation failure
(C) Thermal performance failure of reinforcement steel in RCC
(D) Thermal performance failure of structural steel
Ans: (D) Thermal performance failure of structural steel
Q.6 During the construction of tall buildings, the equipment used for hoisting building
materials to the upper floors is a
(A) Goods lift (B) Capsule lift (C) Gantry crane (D) Tower crane
Q.8 ‘Area based development’ and ‘Pan city development’ are part of
(A) Smart City Mission (B) Digital India Mission (C) Swachh Bharat Mission (D) Atal
Innovation Mission
Ans: (A) Smart City Mission
Specified Minimum area for Smart City Mission.
Redevelopment- more than 50 acre
Green Field Development- more than 250 acre
Retrofitting- more than 500 acre.
Pan city development-Pan-city development envisages application of selected
Smart Solutions to the existing city-wide infrastructure.
Q.11 Assuming other variables remaining constant, the Tropical Summer Index
(A) Increases with increase in air velocity (B) Decreases with increase in wet-bulb
temperature
(C) Decreases with increase in globe temperature (D) Increases with increase in
vapour pressure
Ans: (D) Increases with increase in vapour pressure
"Tropical Summer Index" (TSI) i“ defined as the air/g”obe temperature of the still air at
50% RH which produces the same overall thermal sensation as the
environment under investigation. This index takes into account all four
environmental variables.
i. air temperature,
ii. globe temperature,
iii. humidity,
iv. air velocity
Use of the TSI is justified in the prevailing hot-dry and warm-humid conditions in India
when radiant flux is not excessively high and the subjects have sufficient air motion for
any visible perspiration to evaporate off. Determining the thermal comfort conditions in
this index is according to observations of four effective environmental variables and
Bradford’s five scales thermal sensation. A simple and approximate equation for the
rapid determination of TSI values for any combination of environmental
variables is as follows:
TSI = tw + tg – 2
Where: TSI = Tropical Summer Index, tw= Wet-bulb Temperature (°C), tg = Globe
temperature (°C), = Square root of air velocity (m/s).
Q.13 As per the Urban and Regional Development Plan Formulation and Implementation
(URDPFI) guidelines, the plan period considered in a ‘Perspective
plan’ is
(A) 1-10 years (B) 11-15 years (C) 20-30 years (D) 35-45 years
Ans: (C) 20-30 years
Q.15 As per the National Building Code of India 2016, the minimum turning radius (in
metres) required for fire tender movement is
(A) 8.0 (B) 8.5 (C) 9.0 (D) 9.5
Ans: (C) 9.0
Minimum width of road for fire tender movement= 6 m
The road surface must be mettled and free from obstruction.
Q.20 According to the UN, one of the components for measuring ‘inclusive growth’ is
(A) Economic well-being (B) Physical infrastructure
(C) Education (D) Life expectancy
Ans: (A) Economic well-being
Q.21 The unit of measurement of Damp Proof Course (DPC) in building construction is
(A) kg (B) cum (C) sqm (D) rm
Ans: (C) sqm
Q.22 Which of the following is NOT a Building Information Modeling software tool
(A) Adobe Illustrator (B) Bentley Microstation (C) Autodesk Revit (D) Graphisoft
ARCHICAD
Ans: (A) Adobe Illustrator
BIM (Building Information Modeling) is an intelligent
3D model- based process that gives architecture, engineering, and construction
(AEC) professionals the insight and tools to more efficiently plan,
design, construct, and manage buildings and infrastructure.
Q.24 A room of 3m × 3m × 3m has a reverberation time of 0.8 sec. Using Sabine’s method,
the total absorption in the room is _____________ sabin (up to one decimal place).
Ans:54 sabine
RT=
0.8 =
Sabine = = 54 sabine
Q.25 A 25 storeyed building has 5 lifts. The resulting waiting time is 35 sec and ‘Return Travel
Time’ is 175 sec. The number of lifts required for reducing waiting time
to 25 sec, without increasing the lift speed, is _______________
Ans: 7 lifts
Q.26 Match the planning documents in Group-I with their respective government schemes
in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P. Integrated Cluster Action Plan 1. NULM
Q. Service Level Improvement Plan 2. Make in India
R. Housing for All Plan of Action 3. RuRBAN mission
S. City Livelihood Centre Development Plan 4. PMAY
5. AMRUT
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-2 (C)P-5, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-5, R-
4, S-1
Ans: (D) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1
Q.27 Associate the fire safety requirements for high rise buildings in Group-I with
corresponding standards of the National Building Code of India 2016 in Group-
II
Group-I Group-II
P. Minimum Refuge area 1. 12.5 sqm/person
Q. Maximum Travel distance 2. 2.0 m
R. Maximum Occupant load 3. 0.3 sqm/person
S. Minimum Stair case width 4. 12.0 ton
5. 30.0 m
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1 (C) P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-2 (D) P-4, Q-5, R-
1, S-3
Ans: (C) P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-2
Q.28 Match the photometric quantities in Group-I with their respective units in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P Illuminance 1 Candela
Q Luminous Intensity 2 Candela/sqm
R Luminance 3 Lumens/sqm
S Luminous Efficacy 4 Lumens/watt
5 Lumens
(A) P-3, Q-2, R-5, S-4 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (C) P-5, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-1, R-
2, S-4
Ans: (D) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4
Group II
1. Hearing Impaired
2. Emergency Lamp
3. Electical and Electronic waste disposal
4. Biohazard
5. Speech impaired
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (B) P-1, Q-5, R-3, S-4 (C) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-5 (D) P-5, Q-3,
R-4, S-2
Ans: (D) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-2
Q.30 Match the elements in Group-I with the building components in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P King post 1 Curtain glazing
Q Grade beam 2 Door
R Metal decking 3 Plinth
S Jamb 4 Intermediate floor
5 Truss
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (B) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1 (C) P-2, Q-4, R-5, S-3 (D) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-
2
Ans: (D) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-2
Q.31 Match the iconic architectural examples in Group-I with their predominant structural
systems in Group-II Group-I
Group-II
P. S. Maria del Fiore Cathedral, Florence 1. Shell
Q. Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris 2. Suspended roof
R. Olympic Arena, Tokyo 3. Space frame
S. Bahá’i Temple, Delhi 4. Double-walled dome
5. Flying buttress
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-5, S-4 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (C) P-4, Q-5, R-2, S-1 (D) P-5, Q-4, R-
3, S-2
Ans: (C) P-4, Q-5, R-2, S-1
Q.32 Match the building materials in Group-I with their distinctive properties in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P. Cement 1. Charring
Q. Steel 2. Brittle
R. Wood 3. Evaporation
S. Glass 4. Tensile strength
5. Setting Time
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-2, S-1 (B) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (C) P-1, Q-4, R-5, S-2 (D) P-4, Q-3, R-1,
S-5
Q.34 Match the building configuration characteristics in Group-I with their seismic
consequences in Group-II Group-I
Group-II
P. Re-entrant corner 1. Soft storey
Q. Floating column 2. Stress concentration at corner
R. Irregular storey stiffness 3. Load path discontinuity
S. Gap between adjacent buildings 4. Vertical asymmetry
5. Pounding
(A) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-5 (C) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-5 (D) P-3, Q-5, R-
2, S-1
Group-I Group-II
P. Xeriscaping 1. Wide vegetated drain
Q. Drip line 2. Tree rings
R. Swale 3. Outermost circumference of a tree canopy
S. Turf block paver 4. Solution to topsoil erosion and water permeability
5. A little or no irrigation
(A) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-4
(C) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-5 (D) P-5, Q-2, R-4, S-1
Q.36 Match the planning principles in Group-I with their descriptions in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P. Transit oriented development 1. Four stage model of regional development
Q. Core periphery theory 2. Compact and walkable mixed use development
R. Bid rent theory 3. Geographic concentration of inter-connected institutions
S. Cluster theory 4. Change of land price with relative distance from the CBD
5. Interactive and participatory planning process
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-3 (C) P-4, Q-2, R-5, S-3 (D) P-2, Q-3, R-5, S-
4
Cluster theory: Cluster theory is a theory of strategy. Alfred Marshall, in his book
Principles of Economics, published in 1890, first characterised clusters as a
"concentration of specialised industries in particular localities" that he termed industrial
districts.
Industry clusters are groups of similar and related industry in a defined
geographic area that share common markets, technologies, worker skill needs,
and which are often linked by buyer-seller relationships. The product of one
industry is directly used by other industry.
Healthcare Cluster is independent organization of hospitals, clinics, medical
professionals and the government in a specific city, state, or region.
Q.37 Match the cities in Group-I with their planners in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P. Islamabad 1. Patrick Geddess
Q. Tel Aviv 2. C.A. Doxiadis
R. Bhubaneswar 3. Lucio Costa
S. Brasilia 4. B. V. Doshi
5. O. Koenigsberger
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-3 (D) P-2, Q-3, R-
4, S-5
Ans: (C) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-3
Other planned cities of India.
i. Auroville- Ar Roger Anger along with Mirra Alfassa, the Spiritual collaborator of Sri
Aurobindo.
ii. Bhubaneshwar- Otto Konigsberger (German Architect and planner)
iii. Chandigarh- Le Corbusier
iv. Durgapur- Joseph Allen Stein and Benjamin Polk
v. Gandhi Nagar- H K Mewada and Prakash M Apte
vi. Jaipur- Maharaja Sawai Jai Singh
vii. Jamshedpur- FC Temple, Otto Konigsberger, Maple (Master plan prepared by
Konigsberger)
viii. Kolkata- Job Charnok
ix. New Delhi- Leutyens
x. Vidyadhar Nagar (city close to Jaipur) – B V Doshi.
xi. Navi Mumbai- Charles Correa
Conceptual Cities
i. Broadacre cities- F L Wright (GATE 1995)
ii. Garden City- Ebenezar Howard (GATE 2012)
iii. Eco Skyscrapers- Ken Yeang (GATE 2012)
iv. Radiant City- Le Corbusier (GATE 2012)
v. Space City- Yona Friedman
Q.38 Match the Temples in Group-I with their Dynastic period in Group-II
Group-I Group-II
P. Brihadeshvara Temple 1. Gupta
Q. Kailasanatha Temple 2. Chalukya
R. Bhitragaon Temple 3. Lodhi
S. Lad Khan Temple 4. Chola
5. Pallava
(A) P-4, Q-5, R-1, S-2 (B) P-5, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (C) P-2, Q-5, R-1, S-3 (D) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-
5
Ans: (A) P-4, Q-5, R-1, S-2
Q.41 A Single Phase Neutral (SPN) electrical circuit has a power consumption of 330W.
Considering a voltage of 110V and power factor of 0.8, the electrical current
drawn is ___________ Amp (up to one decimal place).
Ans: 3.75 Amp
Soln: Power factor of an AC electrical power system is defined as the ratio of the ‘real
power flowing to the load’ to the apparent power in the circuit.
Wattage = Volt × current × power factor
330 watt = 110 volt × current ×0.8
Q.42 A building with 100 sqm roof area is connected to a 72 cum rainwater collection tank. If
the rainfall is 60 mm per hour and the loss during water storage is
20%, then the time taken to fill the tank completely
is_______ hours.
Ans:15 hr
Q.44 In a mixed use development on a 2.0 hectare site with 2.0 FAR, the ratio of residential
to commercial floor area is 3:2. The minimum parking (in ECS)
needed per 100 sqm of residential and commercial floor area is
1.0 and 1.25 respectively. Considering full FAR utilization, the total parking
requirement is ____________ ECS.
Ans:440
Soln: 2 ha= 2×10,000 sqm= 20,000 sqm
FAR=2 so total floor area = 20,000 ×2= 40,000 sqm
Q.47 A 5m × 5m × 3m room has four 230 mm thick external brick walls. Total wall fenestration
is 10 sqm. The temperature difference between indoor and outdoor is 2 degC.
The air to air transmittance values for 230 mm thick brick wall and 200 mm
thick aerated concrete block wall are 2.4 and 1.7 W/sqm degC respectively. If
the brick walls are replaced with the aerated concrete block walls, then the change in
conductive heat flow through the walls is _________W.
Ans: 70 Watt
Total wall area = 60 sqm- 10 sqm= 50 sqm
U-value of brick wall = 2.4 W/sqm degC and that of aerated concrete block= 1.7 W/sqm
degC
ΔT= 2° C
Conductive heat flow = surface area × U-value × ΔT
For brick wall = 50 m² × 2.4 W/sqm degC × 2 deg C= 240 watt
For aerated concrete block wall = 50 m²×1.7 W/sqm degC × 2 deg C= 170 watt
Change in heat flow rate = 240-170= 70 watt
Q.48 For an activity, ‘optimistic time duration’ is 4 days, ‘pessimistic time duration’ is 11 days
and ‘most-likely time duration’ is 8 days. The PERT value of time duration
is______ days (up to one decimal place).
Ans: 7.8 days
PERT value of time duration =
= = = 7.83 days
Q.49 In the Figure, the negative bending moment at point A of the cantilever is ________
kNm.
Ans:225 kNm
Moment due to udl = concentrated load at centre × 2.5 m
= (10kN/m ×5m) × 2.5m = 125 kNm
Moment due to point load at end= 20 kN × 5 m = 100 kNm
Total BM at A= 225kNm
Q.50 The water consumption of a high rise apartment building with 60 dwelling units having an
average household size of 5 persons is 135 lpcd. Assuming 80% of the total
use is met with recycled water supply, the daily domestic demand for the
building is _________ litres.
Ans: 8,100 litres
Soln: Total no. of person = 60 ×5= 300
Total water needed = 135 lpcd ×300= 40,500 litres
80 % is met through recycled so, 20 % will be domestic demand
Q.51 In India, for 1.0 cum of M-20 grade concrete, the number of cement bags required is
________ (up to two decimal places).
Ans: 5-9 bags (any one who answerd 5,6,7,8 or 9 bags got marks)
NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE DESIGN FOR ONE CUBIC METER OF M20 CONCRETE
BY VOLUME
It takes 1.55 cubic meters of total dry material to prepare one cubic of concrete with
20mm aggregate because cement and sand will fill the gaps between the
aggregate(crushed stone) in the beginning before it increases the volume of
concrete. But, if we use 40mm aggregate then total dry materials needed will be 1.52
cubic meter.
Let’s calculate material required for M20 grade to prepare one cubic meter concrete.
Cement sand and aggregate ratio for M20 grade concrete is 1:1.5:3
Cement = 1 Part
Sand = 1.5 Part
Aggregate = 3 Part
Total Parts = 1 + 1.5 + 3 = 5.5
Total Material Required per cubic meter of concrete= 1.55
Q.52 The sound power level of an outdoor non-directional point source is 90 dB. Considering
an atmospheric impedance of 400 rayls, the sound pressure level at 10 m
distance from the source is _______ dB.
Ans: 59 dB
For full sphere propagation the sound power level (measured in watt) is equal to sound
pressure level (measured in Mpa) or intensity level (measured in ) at
the distance of r = 0.2821 m from the source.
When it is given ‘Sound power Level’ is 90dB, it means 90dB is at a distance of 0.2821 m.
(this 0.2821 m is the radius of a sphere whose surface area is 1 sqm)
Now we calculate the power (in watt) of the source.
90 = 10 log 10(
log 10( =
Id= ×
=
Now again putting it in equation of sound (dB)
= 10 log 10
= 10 log 10 [ ]
= 10 [log 10 – log 10 (4 π)]
= 10 (7-1.09)
= 10 (5.90)
= 59 dB
(Note: No role of atmospheric impedence here)
Q.53 The live load and dead load in a three storeyed residential building, transferred through a
single column, is 12 tons and 18 tons respectively. If the soil bearing capacity is
10 ton/sqm and the factor of safety is 1.5, the area of column footing is
_____________ sqm (up to one decimal place).
Ans: 4.5 sqm
Soln: Total load on column= live load + dead load = 12 ton + 18 ton= 30 ton
Soil bearing capacity is 10 ton/sqm, so for 30 ton→ 3 sqm would have been used.
But factor of safety is 1.5 so 3sqm×1.5= 4.5 sqm of column footing required.
Q.54 The indoor illumination requirement for a building is 350 Lux. If the daylight factor is 2.7
and the design sky illuminance is 9000 Lux, then the required supplementary
artificial lighting is ____________ Lux.
Ans:107 Lux
DF = × 100%
where, Ei = illuminance due to daylight at a point on the indoors working plane,
Eo = simultaneous outdoor illuminance on a horizontal plane from an
unobstructed hemisphere of overcast sky.
Q.55 Two design options of a business building on a 10.0 hectare site are being compared
for built up area. Floor to floor height of Option A is 3.6 m and that of Option B
is 4.5 m. If the maximum allowable building height is 45 m with same ground
coverage for both options, the additional built up area achievable in Option A over
Option B is______percent.
Ans: 20 percent
Soln: It says about same ground coverage but FAR is not mentioned.
Let us assume ground coverage as 50 %
Option A
Total Ground coverage = 5 ha = 50,000 sqm
No of floors= (since height is max. 45 m and fllor to floor height is 3.6 m in Option A)
= 12.5 ( since 12.5 storey is not possible, so max 12 storey can be built)
Total Built up area = 50,000 × 12 = 6,00,000 sq m
Option B
Total Ground coverage = 5 ha = 50,000 sqm
No of floors= (since height is max. 45 m and fllor to floor height is 4.5 m in Option B)
= 10 storey
Total Built up area = 50,000 × 10 = 5,00,000 sq m
Additional built up area in Option A over Option B = 1,00,000 sqm
Percentage = × 100 = 20 %
GATE 2019
Section: General Aptitude
Q.1 The fisherman, _______ the flood victims owed their lives were rewarded by the
government.
(A) whom (B) to which (C) to whom (D) that
Answer: (C) to whom
Q.3 The radius as well as the height of a circular cone increases by 10%. The
percentage increase in its volume is _______.
(A) 17.1 (B) 21.0 (C) 33.1 (D) 72.8
Answer: (C) 33.1
Q.4 Five members 10, 7, 5, 4 and 2 are to be arranged in a sequence from left to right
following the directions given below:
1. No two odd or even numbers are next to each other.
2. The second number from the left is exactly half of the left-most number.
3. The middle number is exactly twice the right most number.
Which is second number from the right?
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 7 (D) 10
Answer: (C) 7
According to given data the only possible arrangement is 10, 5, 4, 7, 2
So, second from right will be 7.
Q.5 Until Iran came along, India had never been ____________________in kabaddi
(A) defeated (B) defeating (C) defeat (D) defeatist
Answer: (A) defeated
Q.6 Since the last one year, after a 125 basis point reduction in repo rate by the reserve
Bank of India, banking institutions have been making a demand
to reduce interest rates on small saving schemes. Finally, the
government announced yesterday a reduction in interest rates on small
saving schemes to bring them on par with fixed deposit interest
rates.
Which one of the following statements can be inferred from the given passage?
(A) Whenever the Reserve Bank of India reduces the repo rate, the interest rates on
small saving schemes are also reduced.
(B) Interest rates on small saving schemes are always maintained on par with fixed
deposit interest rate.
(C) The government sometimes takes into consideration the demand of banking
institutions before reducing the interest rates on small
saving schemes.
(D) A reduction in interest rates on small saving schemes follows only after a
reduction in repo rate by the Reserve Bank of India.
Answer: (C)
The argument says that banking institutiions had been demanding for a reduction in
interest rates for the last one year. Finally the government
decided to reduce the interest rates of small saving schemes thus implying
that the govt. does consider the demands of banking institutions
before making any such policy decision
Q.7 In a country of 1400 million population, 70% own mobile phone. Among the mobile
phone owners, only 294 million access the Internet. Among
these Internet users, only half buy goods from e-commerce portals. What
is the percentage of these buyers in the country?
(A) 10.50 (B) 14.70 (C) 15.00 (D) 50.00
Answer: (A) 10.50
Q.8 The nomenclature of Hindustani music has changed over the centuries. Since the
medieval period dhrupad styles were identified as baanis.
Terms like gayaki and baaj were used to refer to vocal and instrumental styles,
respectively. With the institutionalization of music education the term gharana
became acceptable. Gharana originally referred to hereditary
musicians from a particular linage, including disciples and grand disciples.
Which one of the following pairings is NOT correct?
(A) Dhrupad, baani (B) Gayaki, vocal (C) Baaj, institution (D) Gharana,
linage
Answer: (C) Baaj, institution
Q.9 Two trains started at 7AM from the same point. The first train travelled north at a
speed of 80km/h and the second train travelled south at a
speed of 100km/h. The time at which they were 540km apart is _____AM.
(A) 9 (B) 10 (C) 11 (D) 11.30
Answer: (B) 10
Q.10 “I read somewhere that in ancient times the prestige of a kingdom depended upon
the number of taxes that it was able to levy on its people. It was
very much like the prestige of a head- hunter in his own community.”
Based on the paragraph above, the prestige of a head-hunter depended upon
_______
(A) The prestige of the kingdom (B) The prestige of the heads
(C) The number of taxes he could levy (D) The number of heads he could gather
Answer: (D) The number of heads he could gather
Q.3 A sanitary landfill is provided with High Density Poly Ethylene (HDPE) lining along
the ground surface. This is provided primarily to
prevent
Q.10 The closing syntax, for an executable command line in C or C++ program, is
(A) : (B) , (C) ; (D) ,
Answer: (C) ;
15 Ecumenopolis 50,000
million
Q.12 Which of the following projection types is adopted in Universal Transverse Mercator
(UTM)?
(A) Spherical (B) Conical (C) Planar (D) Cylindrical
Answer: (D) Cylindrical
A map projection is a systematic transformation of the latitudes and
longitudes of locations from the surface of a sphere or an ellipsoid into
locations on a plane.
Maps cannot be created without map projections.
All map projections necessarily distort the surface
Azimuthal map projection is angular- given three points on a map (A, B, and
C) the azimuth from Point B to Point C dictates the angle someone
would have to look or travel in order to get to A. These angular
relationships are more commonly known as great
circle arcs or geodesic arcs. The main features of
azimuthal map projections are straight meridian lines,
radiating out from a central point, parallels that are circular
around the central point, and equidistant parallel
spacing. Light paths in three different categories
(orthographic, stereographic, and gnomonic)
can also be used. Azimuthal maps are beneficial for finding
direction from any point on the Earth using the central point as a
reference.
Q.14 The cause of short column effect, during seismic occurrence, is due to
Q.15 The solar protection system consisting of fixed slates or grids, outside a building
façade in front of openings, is known as
(A) Brise-soleil (B) Solarium (C) Malqaf (D) Trombe wall
Answer: (A) Brise-soleil
Brise soleil systems use a series of horizontal or vertical blades to control
the amount of light and solar heat that enters a building.
Solarium: a room in which you can tan (= make brown) your skin using either
light from the sun or special equipment.
Trombe Wall-A Trombe wall is a passive solar building design where a wall is
built on the winter sun side of a building with a glass external layer and a high
heat capacity internal layer separated by a layer of air.
Q.16 The Indian property inscribed by UNESCO on the World Heritage List in the year 2018
is
(A) Mattanchery Palace, Emakulam (B) The Victorian Gothic and Art Deco
Ensembles of Mumbai
(C) Ancient Buddhist Site, Sarnath (D) Mughal Gardens in Kashmir
Answer: (B) The Victorian Gothic and Art Deco Ensembles of Mumbai
Name of Cultural World Year of
S No. State
Heritage Site Notification
1 Agra Fort Uttar Pradesh 1983
2 Ajanta Caves Maharashtra 1983
Buddhist Monuments at Madhya
3 1989
Sanchi Pradesh
Name of Cultural World Year of
S No. State
Heritage Site Notification
Champaner-Pavagadh
4 Gujarat 2004
Archaeological Park
Chhatrapati Shivaji
5 Terminus (Formerly Maharashtra 2004
Victoria Terminus)
Churches and Convents
6 Goa 1986
of Goa
7 Elephanta Caves Maharashtra 1987
8 Ellora Caves Maharashtra 1983
9 Fatehpur Sikri Uttar Pradesh 1986
Great Living Chola
10 Tamil Nadu 1987
Temples
Group of Monuments at
11 Karnataka 1986
Hampi
Group of Monuments at
12 Tamil Nadu 1984
Mahabalipuram
Group of Monuments at
13 Karnataka 1987
Pattadakal
Rajasthan
(Chittorgarh,
Kumbhalgarh,
Ranthambhore,
14 Hill Forts of Rajasthan 2013
Amber Sub-
Cluster,
Jaisalmer,
Gagron)
15 Humayun’s Tomb, Delhi Delhi 1993
Khajuraho Group of Madhya
16 1986
Monuments Pradesh
Mahabodhi Temple
17 Bihar 2002
Complex at Bodh Gaya
Mountain Railways of
18 Tamil Nadu 1999
India
Qutb Minar and its
19 Delhi 1993
Monuments, Delhi
Rani-Ki-Van (the Queen’s
20 Stepwell) at Patan, Gujarat 2014
Gujarat
21 Red Fort Complex Delhi 2007
Rock Shelters of Madhya
22 2003
Bhimbetka Pradesh
23 Sun Temple, Konarak Orissa 1984
24 Taj Mahal Uttar Pradesh 1983
25 The Jantar Mantar, Jaipur Rajasthan 2010
Archaeological Site of
Nalanda Mahavihara
26. Bihar 2016
(Nalanda University) at
Nalanda
Name of Cultural World Year of
S No. State
Heritage Site Notification
The Architectural Work of
Le Corbusier, an
27. Chandigarh 2016
Outstanding Contribution
to the Modern Movement
Historic City of Ahmedabad,
28. 2017
Ahmedabad Gujarat, India
The Victorian Gothic and
29. Art Deco Ensembles of Mumbai 2018
Mumbai
30. Walled City of Jaipur Rajasthan 2019
Q.20 Which of the following parameters is essential to estimate the Envelope Performance
Factor (EPF) of a building as per the Energy Conservation Building Code
(ECBC), 2011?
(A) Building Type (B) Maximum humidity
(C) Maximum and minimum monthly temperature (D) Building occupancy duration
Answer: (D) Building occupancy duration
Building Envelope :
The building envelope refers to the exterior façade, and is comprised of opaque
components and fenestration systems. Opaque
components include walls, roofs, slabs on grade (in touch with ground), basement
walls, and opaque doors. Fenestration systems include windows,
skylights, ventilators, and doors that are more than one-half glazed.
The envelope protects the building’s interior and occupants from the weather
conditions and shields them from other external factors e.g.
noise, air pollution, etc.
Q.21 The illumination level of a room is 300 lux and the efficacy of the lamps is 60. The Light
Power Density (LPD) of the room in Watt/m² is _________.
Answer: 5 Watt/m²
Efficacy of a lamp source is lumens per watt. Given here is 60 that means 60
lumens/watt.
The illumination level of Room is 300 lux= 300 lumens/m² (Technically Lux is
lemens/m²)
After consuming 1 watt, the lamp can give only 60 lumens.
Consider 1 square m of area in a room. To get 300 lumens for this area total wattage
needed is
= 5 watt
Light Power Density (LPD) = 5 Watt/m²
[Light Power Density (LPD) was asked for the first time in GATE AR]
Q.22 The load on a RCC column is 150 kN. The soil bearing capacity is 80 kN/m². Assuming
a factor of safety of 1.2, the side of the square column footing is
______ meter (rounded off to one decimal place).
Answer: 1.5 m
Soln: Soil bearing capacity is 80kN/m².
Factor of safety to be taken as 1.2 , it means soil bearing capacity mut not exceed
= 66.67 kN/m².
1 sqm of soil can take 66.67 kN, so in order to take 150 kN= = 2.25 sqm
Since it is a square footing the side of square will be sq m = 1.5 m
Q.23 A room is separated by a partition wall. The average intensities of sound in the source
and receiving sides across the partition are W/m² and
W/m² respectively. The transmission loss (TL) of the partition wall is
_______dB.
Answer: 30 dB
Sound Pressure Level (dB) and Intensity formula
(dB) = 10 ( where
(dB) = 10 (
= 10
= 10 × 8 ×
= 80 dB
Similarly Sound Pressure Level at the receiving side where intensity is W/m²
(dB) = 10 (
= 10
= 10 × 5 ×
= 50 dB
Transmission Loss = 80-50 = 30 dB
Q.24 The purchase price of 2BHK flat rises 10 percent, the demand for such flats is
observed to decrease by 8 percent. The given
elasticity of the housing demand for 2BHK flats is _____ (rounded off to one decimal
place).
Answer: 0.8
Price elasticity of demand is measured by using the formula:
Sextant: A sextant is a doubly reflecting navigation instrument that measures the angular
distance between two visible objects.
Distomat:
Distance measuring
instrument.
Q.27 Match the characteristics of settlement systems in Column- I with their corresponding
theory/rules in Column- II and select appropriate option.
Column-I Column-II
P Primacy of settlements 1 Central Place
Theory
Q Settlement size and 2 Gravity Model
location
R Random componenets 3 Rank size rule
in location of settlements
S Interaction between 4 Entropy of
settlements settlements
5 Core Peripheral
Model
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-5 (B) P-2, Q-5, R-3, S-1 (C) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-2 (D) P-3, Q-
1, R-4, S-2
Q.28 Match the architectural projects in Column I with the architect in Column II, and select
the appropriate option.
Column-I Column-II
P India Habitat 1 Christopher Charles
Centre, New Delhi Benninger
Q United World 2 Charles Correa
College (UWC),
Mahindra College,
Pune
R Brain and 3 Joseph Allen Stein
Cognitive Science
Centre- MIT,
Cambridge
S Habitat -67, 4 Norman Foster
Montreal
5 Moshe Safdie
(A) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-5 (B) P-1, Q-2, R-5, S-3 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-5, S-4 (D) P-3, Q-
4, R-1, S-5
Answer: (A) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-5
Q.29 Match the Name of book provided in Column I with the corresponding author in
Column II and select the appropriate option.
Column-I Column-II
P Earthscape 1 Ian McHarg
Q Synthesis of Form 2 John O
Simonds
R Design with Nature 3 Cristopher
Alexander
S The City of Tomorrow 4 Lewis Mumford
and its Planning
5 Le Corbusier
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-5 (B) P-5, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (C) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (D) P-2, Q-1,
R-4, S-5
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-5
Q.30 Match the thermal properties in the Column- I and their respective units in Column- II
and select the appropriate option.
Column- I Column- II
P Thermal 1
Resistance J
Q Thermal 2
Transmittance
R Specific Heat 3
S Thermal 4
Conductivity
5
J
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (B) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (C) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (D) P-3,
Q-4, R-2, S-1
Answer: (B) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2
Q.31 Match the application in the field of construction in the Column I and the respective
itemsin Column II and select appropriate option
Column-I Column-II
P Polytetrafluoroethylene 1 Tendon
(PTFE) membrane
Q Isolated compression 2 TMT
component inside a
network of continuous
tensile member
R Cable used for pre- 3 Tensigrity
stressed concreting
S Reinforcement bar used 4 TMD
in RCC construction
5 Teflon
(A) P-5, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (B) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-5 (C) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (D) P-3,
Q-4, R-2, S-1
Answer: (C) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2
PTFE Membrane is a material made by coating
the superfine glass fiber fabric with PTFE resin.
Such membrane has good welding
performance, excellent ultraviolet resistance,
anti- ageing performance and flame
retardation. In addition, it has the best anti-
dirt and self-cleaning performance among all
building membranes, but it is characterized
by poor ductility, which results in the difficult
construction and surprisingly high cost. The
processing method is the fiber fabrics are
placed quickly into Teflon melt for times, so that both
sides of the fabrics are uniformly
applied with Teflon coating.
Teflon:
polytetrafluoroethene (PTFE).Teflon is also used as the trade name for a polymer with
similar properties, perfluoroalkoxy polymer resin (PFA). :Teflon is the
plastic with the lowest coefficient of friction. It is also used as a non-stick
coating for pans and other cookware.
Q.32 Match the following types of masonry joints in Column I with their respective
corresponding description in Column II, and select the appropriate option.
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4
(B) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-5
(C) P-3, Q-4, R-5, S-2
(D) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-5
Answer: (B) or (D) both correct
Pointing is the term given to the ‘finish’ that is between the bricks or stone used to build
your house. Depending on the age of the building, the mortar used to lay the stone or
brick will either be made from lime, or more recently, cement. Incorrect pointing
causes irreparable damage to older buildings. It is essential to understand what the
mortar joints actually do for the fabric of the house.
The function of the mortar in the wall is to act as a bedding between stones and varies
from fine joints in ashlar stonework to larger joints in rubble masonry walls. Joints are
effectively reduced in size by inserting small stones and ‘snecked’ pieces of stone.
Whilst acting as a bedding the mortar must also perform other functions:
Prevent water penetration through the joints by its physical presence almost like a
masonry‘ sponge’, yet it must allow the wall to breathe and drain, porosity being a key
factor in the choice of a repointing mortar.
Q.33 Match the following in Column I with their suitable description in Column II, and
select the appropriate option.
Column-I Column-II
P Tolerance 1 100 mm
Q Precast concrete 2 Non modular
rings for well dimension
R 3 Acceptable
M variation
S Weather joints 4 3-D prefabricate
5 Resilient sealants
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-5 (C) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (D) P-3,
Q-4, R-1, S-5
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-5
Q.34 Match the units in Column I with their corresponding items in Column II and select the
appropriate option.
Column-I Column-II
P dB 1 Sound Intensity
Q 2 Absorption of
Phon sound
R 3 Frequency of
W/m² sound
S Sabine 4 Loudness
5 Sound Pressure
level
(A) P-5, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-5 (C) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (D) P-5,
Q-4, R-1, S-2
Answer: (D) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Q.35 Match the scientific names of the trees provided in Column- I with the corresponding
colour of their bloom in Column II, and select the appropriate option.
Column-I Column-II
P Cassia fistula 1 White
Q Lagerstroemia flos- 2 Red
reginae
R Cordia sebastena 3 Blue
S Piumeria alba 4 Yellow
5 Mauve
(A) P-4, Q-5, R-4, S-1 (B) P-1, Q-5, R-2, S-3 (C) P-5, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (D) P-4, Q-
5, R-2, S-1
Column-I Column-II
P Nahani Trap 1 Between waste
water pipe and main
house drain
Q 2 Between Septic tank
Gully Trap and soak pit
R 3 Junction of house
Bottle Trap drain and sewer
S Intercepting 4 Bathroom and
Trap kitchen floor
5 Below the wash
basin
(A) P-4, Q-5, R-2, S-3 (B) P-5, Q-1, R-3, S-2 (C) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-3 (D) P-3,
Q-4, R-5, S-2
Answer: (C) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-3
Q.37 As per the Handbook on Barrier Free and Accessibility, CPWD – 2014, match the
design guidelines in Column- I with their appropriate standards in Column- II and
select the appropriate option.
Column-I Column-II
P Minimum clear width 1 600 mm
of ramp
Q Maximum height of 2 1500 mm
wash basin (rim)
above the finished
floor level
R Minimum length of 3 750 mm
grab rail
S Minimum clear width 4 900 mm
for maneuvering
space (wheel chair)
5 1800 mm
Q.38 Match the contemporary Urban Design Movements listed in Column- I with the
corresponding principles listed in Column- II and select the
appropriate option.
Column-I Column-II
P Park Movement 1 Self-contained, self-sufficient
community surrounded by
green belts
Q New Urbanism 2 Revival of the relationship
between man and nature
R City Beautiful 3 Relationship between work
Movement and living, environment and
sustainability
S Garden City 4 Unity, cohesion and balanced
and New Town relationship between urban
Movement components and elements
5 Technical and socio economic
process resulting in growth,
energy production and waste
elimination.
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (B) P-1, Q-5, R-3, S-2 (C) P-5, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (D) P-2,
Q-5, R-4, S-1
Answer: (A) or (D) both correct
Park Movement: It started in USA.
The public park movement, which started in the 1830s, sprang mainly out of a desire
to improve health in the over-crowded conditions of the rapidly growing industrial
towns. By the end of the Victorian era the need for public open space had become
widely appreciated. Increasingly, parks additionally became symbols of civic pride,
providing inhabitants and visitors alike with attractive surroundings in which to enjoy
their leisure time. In the minds of their promoters they also assumed a social role as
places of betterment for the lower levels of society. In the United States, the best
known park advocate was Frederick Law Olmsted, who, with his partner Calvert Vaux,
conceived of and promoted the construction of Central Park in New York City (1858)
and the Emerald Necklace in Boston (1878–80), as well as some of the most notable
parks in other large cities in the United States.
2. Connectivity:
Interconnected street grid network disperses traffic and eases
walking. A hierarchy of narrow
streets, boulevards, and alleys. High-
quality pedestrian network and public realm
makes walking pleasurable.
3. Mix-Use and Diversity: Mix of shops, offices, apartments, and homes on site.
Mixed-use within neighborhoods, within blocks, and within buildings. Diversity
of people (of ages, income levels, cultures, and races.)
4. Mixed Housing:A range of types, sizes and prices in closer proximity.
5. Quality Architecture and Urban Design: Emphasis on beauty, aesthetics,
human comfort, and creating a sense of place. Human scale architecture and
beautiful surroundings nourish the human spirit.
6. Traditional Neighborhood Structure: Discernible center and edge. Public
space at center. Importance of quality public realm; public
open space designed as civic art. Contains a range of uses and densities
within 10-minute walk.
7. Increased Density:ore buildings, residences, shops, and services closer
together for ease of walking, to enable a more efficient use of services
and resources, and to create a more convenient, enjoyable place to live.
8. Green Transportation: A network of high-quality trains connecting cities, towns,
and neighborhoods together. Pedestrian-friendly design that encourages a
greater use of bicycles, rollerblades, scooters, and walking as daily
transportation.
9. Sustainability: Minimal environmental impact of development and its
operations. Eco-friendly technologies, respect for ecology and value of natural
systems. Energy efficiency. Less use of finite fuels. More local production. More
walking, less driving.
10. Quality of life: Taken together these add up to a high quality of life well worth
living, and create places that enrich, uplift, and inspire the human spirit.
The City Beautiful Movement was a reform philosophy of North American architecture
and urban planning that flourished during the 1890s and 1900s with the intent of
introducing beautification and monumental grandeur in cities.
The New Town Movement was derived from the Garden City Movement, founded by
Ebenezer Howard in the late 1800s, as an alternative to the overcrowded, polluted,
chaotic and miserable industrial cities that had appeared in Britain. Towards the end of
World War I (1914-18) a group developed – the ‘New Townsmen’ – whose members
were Howard, F.J. Osborn, C.B. Purdom and W.G. Taylor. They began advocating the
development of 100 new cities to be built by the government.
New Town Movement started after World War II (1939- 45)
Q.40 A colony of 50 people is served by a septic tank. The rate of water supply is 90 lpcd in
the colony and 40% of it is going to the septic tank. The retention
period of the tank is 24 hours. The length of the septic tank is _____
meter (rounded off to two decimal places).
Assume, storage capacity/person = 0.085m³( 3 years)
Space for digestion = 0.0425m³/person
Depth of tank = 1.4m
Length: Width = 2:1
Answer: 3.4 m
Rate of water supply to septic tank (40% of 90 lpcd) = 36 lpcd
Amount of water to be retained for 24 hr in septic tank 36 × 50 = 1800 litres/ 24 hr= 1.8
m³
Space for storage for 3 years 0.085 m³ × 50 = 4.25 m³
Space for digestion 0.0425 × 50= 2.125 m³
Total volume required for septic tank (1.8 + 4.25+ 2.125) = 8.175 m³
Q.41 A cone, with a base of 10cm diameter and axis of 12cm, is lying on Horizontal Plane
(HP) along its generator. The internal angle which the base of the cone
makes with HP is ______ degrees.
Tan θ=
Tan θ=2.4
θ=
= 67.3º
Q.42 A public utility building of 5000 m² was constructed 5 years before, on a site of 1
hectare. The present value of open land in that location is Rs.
100/m² and present construction cost of such building is Rs. 2500/m². If the
value of the building is assumed to be depreciating at a constant
rate of 6 percent per annum, then the present value of
the property using ‘Valuation by Cost Method’ is ______ (in Rs. Lakh) (rounded off to one
decimal place).
Answer: 101.2 lakh
Cost of land @ Rs 100 /m²= 10,000 × 100= 10,00,000 Rs
Cost of construction @ Rs 2500 /sqm= 5000 × 2500 = 1,25,00,000 (here we assume
that the cost of const. 5 years ago was this much)
Depreciated value of the building = 1,25,00,000
=1,25,00,000 (
= 1,25,00,000 (0.73)
= 91,25,000 (value of building)
Value of Property = Value of land + value of building
10,00,000 + 91,25,000 = 1,01,25,000
Q.43 A residential area of 20 hectares is planned for three different types of plots of 500m²,
300m² and 200m² with numbers of plot in each category are 100,
120, 150 respectively. The rest of the area is allowed for roads and
facilities such as school, shops and parks. Each plot has one dwelling unit and the
average household size is 5 persons. The net residential density
of the area in person per hectare is ______.
Answer: 159.4 person/ ha
There are two terms Net Residential density and Gross Residential density
20 hectare= 2,00,000 sqm (since 1 ha = 100m ×100 m)
Size of No. of Total area Total area in hectare under Residential use
plot (m²) plot (sqm) 116000 sqm = 11.6 ha
1 500 100 50000 Population = Total Dwelling unit (DU) ×
2 300 120 36000 avg. household size
370 × 5= 1850
3 200 150 30000
Total area 1,16,000 Net Residential density=
= 159.4 person/ha
Q.44 In a single lane road, traffic volume of 1000 vehicles/hr moving at 20Km/h, comes to
halt due to an accident. If jam density is 150 vehicle/km, the
velocity of the shock wave generated (in absolute value) is _____ km/h.
Answer: 10 km/h (since absolute value is asked, otherwise -10 km/h)
The equation that is used to estimate the propagation velocity of shock waves is given
below.
=
Where
=
= - 10 km/hr
Note the magnitude and direction of the shock wave.
(+) Shock wave is travelling in same direction as traffic stream.
(-) Shock wave is traveling upstream or against the traffic stream.
Q.45 In a site map, a rectangular residential plot measures 150 mm x 40 mm, and the width
of the front road in the map measures 16 mm. Actual
width of the road is 4m. If the permissible F.A.R is 1.2, the maximum built up
area for the residential building will be _____ m².
Answer: 450 sqm
= 0.148
Case 2 ( when door and window of 16 m² is open)
= = 0.95 sec
(Note: Open fenestration has absorption coefficient of 1)
Q.47 A depressed portion of a land is identified by three closed contours, as shown in the
figure below. The area bound by three contour lines is 6m²,
24m² and 96m² respectively. The contour interval is 1m. Using prismoidal
method, the volume of the earth needed to fill land depression is ________m³.
Answer: 66 m³
Soln:Prismoidal Volume formula
= [ × Length
= (96 + 4(24) + 6) × 2
= × (198) × 2
= 66 m³
Q.48 Solar panels are proposed to be installed on a building roof top to generate electricity.
The size of each solar panel is 2m². The efficiency of each panel is 75%. The
orientation of the solar panel and related solar data are given in the table
below.
Orientation No of Average daily Average solar
panel solar radiation hours per day
in W/m²
South 10 400 4
West 5 300 2
As per above proposal ______ kWh solar power will be generated daily (rounded off to
one decimal place).
Answer:
South Direction: Total size of solar panel 10 = 20 sqm
Total solar power received 400 W/m × 20m² = 8000 W
total solar energy received in 4 hour 8000 × 4= 32,000 Watt.hr
Q.50 A room having dimension 12m x10m x 3.5m is required to be mechanically ventilated
by air-conditioner. The temperature difference outdoor ambient air
and the supply air is 12 ℃ . Consider three air exchanges per hour.
The volumetric specific heat of the air is 1250J/m³ ℃ . Assume one ton of
refrigeration (TR) is equal to 3.5kW. The
capacity of the air-conditioner for the room in TR will be _______.
Answer: 1.5 Ton
Soln: Volume of Room = 12 m × 10 m × 3.5m = 420 m³
Total amount of air replaced in 1 hour 420 × 3= 1260 m³ (Since three air changes per
hour)
Amount of heat transfer per hour = Vol × Specific heat × ∆T (where ∆T is temp
difference)
= 1260 m³ × 1250 × 12 ℃
Moment =
36 kN-m=
36 kN-m=
P= = 21 kN
Q.52 For a symmetrical trapezoidal open drain in a landscape with grass and loose rock,
surface, the velocity of flow of water is ___m/sec, (round off to two
decimal places), given the following data.
V= ×( ×(
= 20 × 0.355 × 0.06
= 0.425 m/s
Q.53 The stack pressure is created by 10m height of stack and 15 ℃ temperature
difference. The motive force due to the stack pressure over a cross section
area of 2.5m² is _____N.
Answer: 15.75 N
The Stack Pressure ( ) can be calculated from the equation = 0.042 x h x ∆T
Where
h = height of stack in m
∆T= difference in Temp (deg C)
(the constant is N/
Stack pressure = 0.042 x 10 x 15 = 6.3 N/ sq.m
Motive Force= Stack pressure × cross-sectional area = 6.3 x 2.5 = 15.75 N
Q.55 A simple truss is shown in the figure below. The truss is loaded with horizontal and
vertical force 15 kN and 25 kN respectively. The force in
member AB wil be ____ kN.
Answer: 20 kN
Q.2 Despite a string of poor performances, the chances of K. L. Rahul’s selection in the
team are
(A) slim (B) bright (C) obvious (D) uncertain
Answer: (B) bright
Q.4 Hit by floods, the kharif (summer shown) crops in various parts of the country have been
affected. Officials believe that the loss in production of the kharif crops can be
recovered in the output of the rabi (winter sown) crops so that the country can
achieve its food grain production target of 291 million tonnes in the crop year 2019-20 (July-
June). They are hopeful that good rains in July- August will help the soil retain
moisture for a longer period helping winter sown crops such as wheat and pulse
during the November- February period.
Which of the following statements can be inferred from the following passage
(A) Officials feel that the food- grain production target cannot be met due to floods
(B) Officials want the food-grain production target to be met by the November- February
period.
(C) Officials hope that the food gain production target will be met due to a good rabi
produce.
(D) Officials declared that the food grain production target will be met due to good rains.
Answer: (C)
Q.5 The difference between the sum of the first 2n natural numbers and the sum of the first
n odd natural number is __________
(A) 2 (B) -1 (C) (D) +n
Answer: (D) +n
(Two marks each)
Q.6 Repo rate is the rate at which Reserve Bank of India (RBI) lends commercial banks, and
reverse repo rate is the rate at which RBI borrows money from commercial banks.
Which of the following statements can be inferred from the above passage?
(A) Decrease in repo rate will decrease cost of borrowing and increase lending by
commercial banks
(B) Increase in repo rate will decrease cost of borrowing and decrease lending by
commercial banks
(C) Increase in repo rate will decrease cost of borrowing and increase lending by
commercial banks
(D) Decreae in repo rate will increase cost of borrowing and decrease lending by
commercial banks
Answer: (A)
Q.7 P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W are seated around a circular table:
I. S is seated opposite to W
II. U is seated at the second place to the right of R.
III. T is seated at the third place to the left of R.
IV. V is the neighbor of S
Which of the following must be true
(A) P is a neighbor of R (B) R is the left neighbor of S (C) Q is the neighbor of R (D) P is
not seated opposite to Q
Answer: (D) P is not seated opposite to Q
Q.8 The distance between Delhi and Agra is 233 km. A car P started travelling from Delhi to
Agra and another car Q started from Agra to Delhi along the same road 1 hour after
the car P started. Two cars crossed each other 75 minutes after the car Q started.
Both cars wre travelling at constant speed. The speed of car P was 10 km/hr more than the
speed of car Q. How many kilometers the car Q had travelled when the cars
crossed each other?
(A) 66.6 (B) 88.2 (C) 75.2 (D) 116.5
Answer: (C) 75.2
Q.9 For a matrix M = [ ; I,j= 1,2,3,4 the diagonal elements are all zero and .
The minimum number of elements required to fully specify the matrix is ________
Q.2 Who among the following architects has NOT won the Pritzker Architecture Prize till
2019
(A) Moshe Safdie (B) Arata Isozaki (C) I. M. Pei (D) B. V. Doshi
Answer: (A) Moshe Safdie or (B) Arata Isozaki
2020- Yvonne Farrell, Shelley McNamara (Grafton Architects)
2019- Arata Isozaki
2018- B V Doshi
2017- Rafael Aranda, Carme Pigem and Ramon Vilalta of Spanish
studio (RCR Arquitectes)
2016- Alejandro Aravena (GATE 2017)
2015- Frei Otto
2014- Shigeru Ban (Japanese Architect)
2013- Toyo Ito (Japanese Architect)
2012- Wang Shu (Chinese Architect)
2011- Edwardo Souto de Moura
2010- Kazuyo Sejima & Ryue Nishizawa
2009- Peter Zumthor (GATE 2010)
2008- Jean Nouvel
2007- Richard Rogers
2006- Paulo Mender de Rocha (GATE 2005)
2005- Thom Mayne
2004- Zaha Hadid
2003- Jorn Utzon (Sydney Opera House)
2002- Glenn Murcutt
2001- J. Herzog & Pierce de Meuron
2000- Rem Koolhas
1999- Norman Foster
1998- Renzo Piano
1997- Sverre Fehn
1996- Rafael Moneo (GATE 2008)
1995- Tadeo Ando
1994- Christian de Portzampare
1993- Fumihiko Maki (Japanese Architect)
1992- Alvaro Siza
1991- Robert Venturri
1990- Aldo Rossi
1989- Frank Gehry
1988- Oscar Niemayor
1988- Gorden Bunshaft
1987- Kenzo Tango
1986- Gotfried Bohn
1985- Hans Hollein
1984- Richard Meier
1983- I M Pei
1982- Kevin Roche
1981- James Sterling
1980- Luis Barragn
1979- Philip Johnson
Q.7 In India, the Constitution (Seventy Fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, delegates powers to
institutions forming the third tier of government, which are
(A) Development Authority, Municipal Corporation and Municipality
(B) Municipal Corporation, Municipality and Nagar Panchayat
(C) Improvement Trust, Nagar Panchayat and Panchayat
(D) Development Authority, Improvement Trust and Panchayat
Answer: (B) Municipal Corporation, Municipality and Nagar Panchayat
Q.21 One of the cities added to the list of UNESCO World Heritage Sites in 2019 is
(A) Chandigarh (B) Walled City, Jaipur (C) Walled City, Ahmadabad (D) Fatehpur Sikri
Answer: (B) Walled City, Jaipur
Q.22 In the given contour map, the angle at ‘A’
(in degrees, rounded off to two decimal places)
is ______
Answer: 18.2 to 18.5
tan θ =
tan θ = 0.33
θ= (0.33)
θ = 18.26º
Q.23 A 1.2 m high window is located on a south facing wall. The solar azimuth angle is
equal to the wall azimuth angle and the solar altitude angle is 60º. The minimum depth (in
meters, rounded off to two decimal places) overhang required to
completely shade the window is _______________
Answer: 0.68-0.70
tan 60º =
x= = 0.69 m
Q.25 Average density of a highway is 25 vehicles per km. Average volume of the vehicles
on the highway is 520 vehicles per hour. The mean speed (in km/hr,
rounded off in one decimal place is) _________________
Answer: 20.8 km/hr
Mean Speed =
= 20.8 km/hr
Q.27 Match the plants form in Group I with their botanical names in Group II, as per ‘A
Handbook of Landscape’, CPWD 2013, Government of India
Group I Group II
(P) Columnar (1) Pinus roxburghii
(Q) Globular (2) Ipomoea grandiflora
(R) Weeping (3) Juniperus chinensis
(S) Pyramidal (4) Salix babylonica
(5) Mimusops elengi
(A) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1 (B) P-1, Q-5, R-2, S-3 (C) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (D) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-
5
Answer: (A) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1
Q.28 Match the images of Garden in Group 1 with their names in Group II
Q.30 Match the graphical representation in Group I with corresponding elements in Group II
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (B) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-5 (C) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2 (D) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-
5
Answer: (A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5
Q.31 Based on the psychrometric chart given below, match the vector in Group I with the
respective process in Group II
Group I Group II
(P) V1 (1) Heating and humidification
(Q) V2 (2) Cooling and humidification
(R) V3 (3) Heating and dehumidification
(S) V4 (4) Sensible heating
(5) Humidification
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-2
(C) P-5, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (D) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-5
Answer: (A) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2
In sensible heating process the temperature of air is increased without changing
its moisture content.
Q.32 Match the software tools in Group I with their primary applications in Group II
Group I Group II
(P) ETabs (1) Acoustic analysis
(Q) Carto (2) Structural analysis
(R) eQuest (3) Statistical analysis
(S) SPSS (4) Energy simulation
(5) Geo-spatial analysis
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (B) P-2, Q-5, R-4, S-3 (C) P-4, Q-5, R-1, S-3 (D) P-2, Q-4, R-5,
S-1
Answer: (B) P-2, Q-5, R-4, S-3
Q.33 Match the structural form in Group I with their corresponding illustration in Group II
(A) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-2
(C) P-2, Q-4, R-5, S-1 (D) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-5
Answer: (C) P-2, Q-4, R-5, S-1
Shell roof is three-dimensional
structures consisting of thin membrane slabs, curved in one or more directions which
transfer the loads on points of support, i.e. columns, beams, walls etc.
Q.34 Match the books in Group I with the corresponding authors in Group II
Group I Group II
(P) The Autobiography of an Idea (1) Christopher Charles Beninger
(Q) Letters to a Young Architect (2) Sunil Khilnani
(R) A Pattern Language (3) Francis D. K. Ching
(S) Architecture: Forms, Space and Order (4) Louis H. Sullivan
(5) Christopher Alexander
(A) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-3 (B) P-3, Q-1, R-5, S-4 (C) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-2, R-1,
S-4
Answer: (A) P-4, Q-1, R-5, S-3
Q.35 Match the names of tactile paving in Group I with their patterns in Group II
(A) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1 (B) P-2, Q-5, R-1, S-4
(C) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1 (D) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1
Tactile paving was first developed in Japan by Seiichi Miyake in 1965. In Japanese
these tactile tiles are called Tenji blocks. These blocks were first used in Okayama
City in 1967. Such blocks are also called truncated domes.
Most persons with visual impairment have some degree of sight. This is the reason
tactile tiles are made in bright colors like yellow and red. These colors are easier to
be seen by partially-sighted people.
Red titles are often used for indicating a controlled crossing. For example, you will see
red colored tactile tiles on crossings where there is a traffic and/or pedestrian light
available. This indicates to the partially-sighted person that she can use pedestrian
light to cross the road. Yellow colored tactile tiles are used for uncontrolled
crossings.
Persons with visual impairment use a cane to feel the path in front of them. When cane
touches these patterned tactile tiles, the bearer gets various types of information on
how to navigate the way ahead.
Q.36 Match the name of architects in Group I with the buildings designed by them in Group
II
Group I Group II
(P) Brinda Somaya (1) Museum of Tribal Heritage, Bhopal
(Q) Sheila Sai Prakash (2) St. Thomas Cathedral, Mumbai
(R) Revathy Kamath (3) Bait-ir- Rauf Mosque, Dhaka
(S) Marina Tabassem (4) Indian Navel Academy, Kerala
(5) Cholamandal Artist’s Village, Chennai
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (B) P-2, Q-5, R-1, S-3 (C) P-4, Q-5, R-1, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-1, R-4,
S-2
Answer: (B) P-2, Q-5, R-1, S-3
St. Thomas Cathedral, Mumbai was not designed by Brinda Somaya, but it was
renovated by her. It was opened in 1718.
Drift Index: The drift index is a simple estimate of the lateral stiffness of the building
and is used almost exclusively to limit damage to
nonstructural components.
Biotope Area Factor: The BAF expresses the ratio of the ecologically effective surface
area to the total land area.
Q.38 Match the structural system in Group I with their potential causes of failure in Group II
Group I Group II
(P) Flat Slab (1) Thrust
(Q) Long Column (2) Flutter
(R) Arch (3) Punching Shear
(S) Tensile Fabric (4) Buckling
(5) Moment
(A) P-1, Q-3, R-5, S-2 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1 (C) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (D) P-3, Q-4, R-
1, S-2
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Punching shear is a type of failure of reinforced concrete slabs subjected to high
localized forces. In flat slab structures this occurs at
column support points. The failure is due to shear. This type of failure is catastrophic
because no visible signs are shown prior to failure.
Buckling of Columns is a form of deformation as a result of axial- compression forces.
This leads to bending of the column, due to the instability of the
column.
Thrust in Arch: The thrust is the resultant of two forces: the weight of the arch and the
horizontal thrust. Thus, the thrust always pushes downwards with
an angle which depends on the arch profile and weight. The intensity of the
horizontal thrust is generated by the weight of the voussoirs, which rest on
each other, and the flatness of the arch. The flatter the arch is, the
more intense the horizontal thrust is.
Q.39 Match the masonry bond type in Group I with the corresponding illustration in
Group II
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5 (B) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3
(C) P-2, Q-5, R-1, S-3 (D) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-5
Answer: (D) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-5
Q.40 Match the characteristics type in Group I with the type of settlements in Group II as
given in URDPFI Guidelines 2015, Government of India
Group I Group II
(P) Zones of transition from (1) Counter Magnets
natural to urban land uses
located between the outer
limits of urban and regional
centres and rural environmnet
(Q) Towns having potential for (2) Satellite Towns
investment and development
identified on the basis of their
inter-aerial relationship with
the regional nodal centre
(R) Settlements that are growing (3) Peri- Urban Areas
sub- nodal centres but
located out of the direct
functionally linked areas of
the growth node / nodal
centre in the region
(S) Located near or within (4) Priority Towns
reasonable distance, well
connected by transportation
route of the growth node or
metropolitan city and
dependent on growth node
largely for employment
(5) Statutory Towns
(A) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-5 (B) P-3, Q-5, R-2, S-4 (C) P-3, Q-5, R-1, S-4 (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1,
S-2
Answer: (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Q.41 A population of 2500 persons require a minimum area of 3000 for primary
schools. For the population in four different sectors given in the
table below, the sector having maximum shortage of school area per person.
Sector Population Number Existing
of area of
existing each
schools school (
1 20000 5 2000
2 15000 4 4500
3 12500 2 2500
4 10000 4 1500
Answer: Sector 3
For 2500 person school area required is 3000
Sector Population Number Existing Aggregate Aggregate Deficit shortage of
of area of school School school school area
existing each area area area per person.
schools school ( required available
= No. of (
schools ×
area of
each
school
1 20000 5 2000 24,000 10,000 14,000 0.7
2 15000 4 4500 18,000 18,000 nil nil
3 12500 2 2500 15,000 5000 10,000 0.8
4 10000 4 1500 10,000 6000 4000 0.6
Q.42 Number of married couples in a household along with number of rooms (for a
household) are given in the table. Assuming each married couple needs one
separate room, the total number of additional rooms required for them is
_____________
Number Number of households with
of Married
couples in a 1 Room 2 Room 3 Room
household
0 2500 450 100
1 4700 3000 2000
2 3600 5500 1100
3 432 750 400
Answer: 5214
Every married couples need a separate room.
Number Number of households Extra room
of Married with needed
couples in
a 1 2 3
Room Room Room
household
0 2500 450 100 nil
1 4700 3000 2000 nil
2 3600 5500 1100 3600 ×1=
3600
3 432 750 400 (432 ×2) +
(750 × 1) =
1614
Additional Rooms Required 3600 +1614= 5214
Q.43 In a residential complex, the central play area is to be converted as a detention pond
for storm water management. For a 24 hour rainfall event of 100 mm, a
100 % storm water of central play area and 70 % storm water run-off from rest of
the complex is to be held at a detention pond. Area distribution in the residential
complex is given in the table.
Type Area Run-off
coefficient
(
Apartment 1250 0.80
Blocks
Central Play 150 0.60
Area
Other 200 0.70
Permeable
Areas
Other 400 0.90
Imperrmeable
Areas
The required depth of the detention pond (in mm) is _________
Answer: 760 mm
Type Area Run-off Total Percentage Total vol
coefficient Rainfall of ruoff of
( (m) collected rainfall
collected
(
Apartment 1250 0.80 0.1 0.7 70
Blocks
Central Play 150 0.60 0.1 1 9
Area
Other 200 0.70 0.1 0.7 9.8
Permeable
Areas
Other 400 0.90 0.1 0.7 25.2
Imperrmeable
Areas
Total vol. of water to be collected
114
Q.44 In the plot shown below , ‘S1’ and ‘S2’ are two non- directional point, having a
sound intensity level of 95 dB and 60 db, respectively, at a distance of 1 m from
each point source. Considering free field conditions, the effective sound
intensity level at the receiver location ‘R’ (in dB, rounded off to two decimal
places) is
Answer: 75- 79 dB
95 dB has more than 1000 times more intensity than 60 dB. Since only two places of
decimal is required we ignore the intensity of 60 dB.
Calculating power at source for 95 dB sound.
Intensity corresponding to 95 dB
95 dB = 10 ( )
( ) = 9.5
=
I= ×
I= ×
Power at source = Intensity × 4π (here distance is 1 m so r= 1)
= × 4π Watt
Now calculating dB = 10 ( )
= 10 ( )
= 10 [ - 81]
= 10 (9.5- 1.90)
= 10 (7.6) = 76 dB
= 64.44 - 40
a= 24.44 ×
a= 0.5499
Now is the Twist in Question …. Question is asking ‘minimum reduction required in
solar absorption of the roof’
So the reduction required is 1- 0.5499 = 0.45
Q.46 The activity duration, early start, early finish, late start and late finish of the three
activities ‘P’, ‘Q’ and ‘R’ are shown in the following figure. The independent float of
activity ‘Q’ is _________
Answer: 1 day
Independent Float of activity Q=
Early Successor (R) - Late Predessor (P) – Activity duration of Q
22 - 15 – 6 = 1 day
Q.47 A square based regular pyramid has all sides equal to 10 units. Its height (in the
same units, rounded off to two decimal places) is
_______________
Answer: 7.07
BCDE is the base of the pyramid while height is AF
Q.49 Plan and section of an isolated foundation is given below. The volume of concrete up
to Ground Level (GL)
(in , rounded off to two decimal places) is___________.
Portion of Volume Volume Answer: 3.1 to 3.4
foundation
(
Rectangular 2.5× 2 × 0.4 2.00
base
(L× B × H)
Truncated 1.03
pyramid × 0.5 × [ 5 +
1 + 0.2]
×h [ +ab
+
Column 0.2 × 1.1 0.22
3.23
Volume (
Q.50 Top floor of a 25 story building is using a flush valve system with a minimum fixture
pressure of 1.0 kg/ . If static pressure increases by 0.3 kg/ per metre length and
friction loss is zero, then height of the bottom of the water tank
from the top fixture (in meters, rounded off to two decimal places) is
___________.
Answer: 3.30 to 3.40 m
For a fixture to operate minimum pressure required is 1.0 kg/
Pressure develops @ 0.3 kg/ for every metre of vertical length
= = 3.33 m
Q.51 In a single phase alternate current circuit, an electric lamp is rated 100 watts. If 220
volts is impressed on it and the power factor is 0.85, the energy (in watt hour,
rounded off to one decimal place) delivered in an hour is _____________ Answer:
116 to 117 watt hour
In electrical engineering, the power factor of an AC electrical power system is defined as
the ratio of the real power absorbed by the load to the apparent power flowing in
the circuit,
Power Factor =
0.85 =
Q.52 A simply supported RCC beam of cross section 0.4 × 0.6 m covers a span of 8 m. It is
subjected to a uniformly distributed load of 30 kN/m. If the unit weight of concrete is
24 kN/ , the tensile stress (in N/ rounded off to two decimal places at the
bottom of the beam at mid-span is ________________
Answer:
Weight of 1 m of beam
M=
M = 35.76 ×
= 286.08 kNm (286.08 × Nmm)
Now =
=
= 11.32 N/
(9000 × ) = 10,350
Number of candidates appeared and cut off marks for GATE AR
ARCHITECTURE/ PLANNING
GATE, for long, has been known to test the Arch/Planning basics in a smart way.
Complaints of “lengthy” problems have been rare. But the task of mastering an
entire course of syllabus (around 30 undergraduate subjects) for a three-hour test,
itself gives the test a certain level of toughness. Each year, only around 18 % of
all appearing candidates qualify.